1: Smith fecit X: uLoJ ter man pirucit ANATOMY HUMANEF BODIES, WITH FIGURES DRAWN AFTER THE LIFE By Tome JH;3 j&TH in Europe, <5TncL Cunoiifli/ E/ujraz t/i In One Hundred and Fourteen Copper Plates, ILLUSTRATED WITH LARGE EXPLICATIONS, — c ojycfu /.\v.\ c jvfajf v jy e w ■Aiialonuca/ Discoveries, CHIRURGICAL OB SERVATIONS: ‘/#U U'I/l C H IS *A‘D‘I)ET> AN INTRODUCTION % & $ M%ii Wi® M's, WITH A COPIOUS INDEX. jj F * -— OXFORD PJt/JV TE D AT THE THE A TE R, For SAM. SMI THand BENJ. WAL FORD, PRINTERS totheROYAL SOCIETY, Acrhf PRINCES arm SmST PAUL'S CHURCHYkA, LONDON MDCXCVIIL T O T H E Right Honorable CHARLES MOUNT AGU E, FIRST LORD OF THE TREASURY; CHANCELLOR OF THE EXCHEQUER; / ONE OF THE LORDS OF FI IS MA- JESTYS MOST HONORABLE PRIVY- COUNCIL; AND PRESIDENT OF THE ROYAL-SOCIETY, &c. Having beard from thoje Perfons who have of- ten the Happinefs of waiting on You, how ea/ie an Accefs You give to All, Ihave prefumd to asf, the Honor of being admitted into Your Prefence. The DEDICATION If this Addrefs may he thought too forward, it will he fome Excufe, to have it known, that • / rms juftly afraid of being prevented by thofe Numbers of Men, Eminent in all Faculties and Profeffions, who are preparing to make the fame Attempt upon Tou. The Peace, which His ' Most Sacred M a j e s t y has with the greatest Glory brought Home to us, as much as it owes to the Influence of Tour particular Counfels, will be very far from allowing Tou any Share of that Rest, which it affords to all Europe befides: Believe me, S i r, the Men of Letters knowing now, that Tour Thoughts are no longer taken up by the W ar, are all ready to break in upon Tou with their Offerings; they lookon Tou as their declar'd Patron and Protestor; they have upon this Profpebl recover'd their Spirits, and en- larged their Hopes ; and fome of them have gone Jo far, as to think they find Tou Born for their <_Advancement, under that very Star, which was never before obfervd to floine out in all its Luftre, but only at the Birth of the Roman Mecasnas, and the French Rich- lieu and Colbert. Every <-Art and Science pretends a Right to approach Tou, becaufe every one of 'em is Familiarly kyiown to you: ANATOMY has this aljo in particular to Alledge for it Jef that, having receivd its Chief Improvements and from our own Country-men, it may be accounted of Englifh Growth; which the World will agree, is the mod effectual Thing that can be Jaid of it, to Recommend The DEDICATION it to Tour Prote&ion, who lay the Honor and Intere Li of England Jo near Tour Heart, and whofe Love for Tour Country, is not to be out- done, but by the Lovse Tour Country returns Tou. The Favor of Great Minijlers to the Learn- ed, is a Subject that takps up but little Room in our Britifh Annals. It has been thought to be the DefeCt offome Former Reigns, Fa- mous in all other refpe&s; and was refervd, we believe, to Ompleat the Glories of This. My Lard Treafurer Burleigh was a better dci jant to Lfueen Elizabeth, than Patron to the Mules: But were Spenfer, who had the Misfortune of being born a Hundred Tears too foon, HJive at this Time, we have lnflances jufficient to Convince us , that his applica- tions would meet with no Repulfe. Mr. Stepny, Mr. Prior, Mr. Congreve, and many more, are as much Diftingujfld d by Tour Favor, as by their own Merits • the LForld at left being Jatisfied, that Polite Learning in good Hands, is fo far from excluding Bufinejs, that it gives a Grace to it; and that a Genius truly Great, will, which way foever it is Directed, Exert its Force and Maintain its Rank* Tou will pleafe to bear this Freedom, Sir, in a Perjon who as little Capable as he is hirnjef of making a right fudgpnent (f Men, yet living in a Place, where he is ever Jur- rounded on all Jides with Tour Praifes, may have leave to Remember what he Jo often hears from the Knowing and Judicious, and The DEDICATION to repeat a Cbara&er, that comes Warranted to him, by the moft allow d Authorities. The truest Marf of fVortb, Sir, is to be Valued there, where One is moft Known. The People of Weftminlter, who were acquainted with the First Parts of Tour Life, and have had the longeft Experience of Tour Virtues, own Openly their juft Efteem of Tou, by Pla- cing in Tou the Trull of Reprefenting them in Parliament. Tis there, in the Midft of Thofe that Choofe Tou, that Tour Excellent Con- duct of Publicf Affairs is ftill Supplying Them, and all the fVorld, with Frefh Matter of Ap- plaufe and Admiration : But they had never more Reafon to be Satisfied with their Choice, than on that Glorious Day, when Right was done to Tour Merit, by the Teftimony of the Elation in a Vote of the Houle of Commons; where it was Relolvd, That it is the Opi- nion of this Houle, That the Honorable CHARLES MOUNT AGUE E sclu ire, Chancellor of the Exchequer, for his Good Services to this Government, do’s Deferve His Majefty’s Favor, Vote, that carries more Honor in it, than all the Titles and Patents of Modem Heraldry, than all the Infcriptions of Ancient Greece or Rome. TVhat has ever happen d lik§ this to any of our , in all the Courfe of our Re- cords and Hiftories ? TV ho befides, has Re- ceivd fo Solemn, fo Noble, and fo Publicly a Panegyric f from the Vocie of his Country; Pronounc'd within thofe TValls, where the The DEDICATION Tongue is left to its Liberty, and no UMan Obligd to Speaks other wife than he Thinks ? Tis, without doubt, the First IVifh an En- glifh-man would make, thus to Deferve, and Poffefs the United Favors of Prince and Peo- ple ; and this Degree of Happinefs has been Granted to Tou alone : The Next is, to have a Place in the Good Opinion of Him that is fo Univerfally Valued; and this is the Utmost Ambition of SIR, Tom' fMoft Humble and Moft Obedient Servant WILLIAM COWPER THE INTRODUCTION Explaining the ANIMAL OECONOMY. ■ HE Contemplation of Humane Bodies is doubtlels one of the moft Diverting and Noble A- . mufements, in which a Philo- vance, and Dilpolition of the can hardly delire more plain and convincing Proofs of the Wildom and Providence of the Author of Nature, than what may be deduc’d from this Source. How furprizing are the Difcoveries which the Hap- py Induftry of the prefent Age has made in the Animal World: The DoCtrine of the Circulation of the Blood ; the Vnity of the Veins and Arteries; the Origin and Diftribution of the Chyle and Lympba ; the Ovaria in Females; the Em- briunculi in the Mafculine Seed, are equally certain and ama- zing ; belides a Multitude of other Curious Obfervations we Daily make by the Help of Microfcopes, Mercurial Inje- ctions, and fuch like Methods. Thefe are fufficient Motives to induce all Inquifitive Per- fons, and Lovers of Natural Hiftory, to the Study of Ana- tomy ; but all Profeflbrs of Medicine are more immediately concern’d to be Acquainted with it ; this being little lefs than the Bajis and Foundation of their Art. Without a due Knowledge of the Animal Mechanifm, 1 doubt all our Attempts to Explain the Multiform Appearance of Ani- mal Bodies, will be Vain and Ineffectual, and our Ideas of the Caufes of Difeafes and their Symptoms, as Extravagant and Abfurd as thole of the Cbineje and Indians ; nay I am afiaid the whole Art of Phyfick will be little better than Em- pirical. But if the Knowledge of our Bodies do’s fo much con- duce to advance true Philofophy and Medicine ; it is not lefs required in the Practice of Surgery : In this Cafe it teems not meerly convenient, but abfolutely neceffary ; I mean fo far as concerns the External Parts, fince the Ar- tit hete, dos not as in the former Inftances, Acquiefee in Contemplating his SubjeCt, and the Manner how it is Affe- cted; but is often oblig’d to Perform fome Difficult, and per- haps Hazardous Operation on it. For my Part I cannot d°are^^°i;drillJ at the Confidence of Ignorant Men, who ftlckATV H,ul£ane ?ody5 make Incifions, apply Cau- the Site afV “d ??tentl1al 5 wlthout a due Knowledge of yfa.»Tr° ««i »«Kng«cM[U,g,Mi Circumftanoes in .11 r„,„„ n,„'fc,''ke j*". *h“ petent, if not Accurate Knowledge of i™*0"?S?™; Adnuniftration of DifleCtinn Anatomy and aCtual Time Spedators, btiblethey’ca"A,-1*"3 muft be a l°ng tence to a General Pradice : Ami ,11VLrat a tolerable Pre- deplore the Profound and Univer^i^C*°ie asIcannotbut vails, fo I would candidly recommenH - gn°mnce which pre- geons in this vaft and t° m°? °* ie ur‘ with more Induftry than they have ? y themfelves ful a Part of their Art; who would ”1’ to fo Ufe' this was no Diflionour to themfelves, and ceale to Reproach others who have fpent fbme of their vacant Hours in thefe Exercifes. But this is foreign to my purpofe, and therefore I fliall Addrefs my felf to the Bufinefs now before me, which is to Prefent the Reader with a Brief and General Plan of the Animal 0economy , as an Introduction to the following Ta- bles. *;he Functions of an Animate Body may be well enough divided into Natural and Animal ; by NaturalI mean all which Terminate in the Body, and Conduce to the preferva- tion of the Individual or Propagation of the Species ; by Animal, I underhand fuch, in which the Soul is concern'd, which in Regard of the Body to which it is United, are Pa{- live or ACtive; the Firfl is Senfe; the Latter Voluntary Mo- tion. For the more Orderly Diftribution of the Whole, we mall firft Treat of the Former, leaving the Animal Fun- ctions to fucceed ; and here we fliall follow the Procefs of Nature; beginning with the Firft Reception of the Aliment in the Mouth, and purfuing it thence thro’ its feveral Sta- ges. After the Aliment is taken into the Mouth, (for the more Commodious doing of which, the Dentes Inciforii are often Employ d) it here foffers Comminution, and is mixt with Sa- liva, which is Previous to the Second Preparation, it receives in the Stomach. This Operation is call’d Maftication, and is perform’d by the Lower Jaw, Varioully mov’d by its Pro- per Mufeles, and Affifted by the Tongue, Cheeks, and Lips; which laft, ftill apply the Lefs divided Parts of the Mals, to the Dentes Molares, for it’s due Comminution; while all the Neighbouring Mulcles in their feveral Actions, Comprels the Parotid, Maxillary, Sublingual Salivary Glands, and thofe of the Lips, Cheeks, &c, and force them to Difcharge their Contents to mix with the Mafticated Aliment, now ready for Deglutition. The Aliment after it has undergone this Alteration, do’s not Defcend into the Stomach by its own Weight, but is con- vey’d thither by the joint ACtion of the Mulcles of the Tongue, Os Hyoides, Fauces, and Oefopbagus; all which Con- fpire in Deglutition, by Railing and Dilating the Gula, and Protruding the Meat into it. The whole ACtion do’s very much refemble the pouring Corn into a Sack, and is done in the Manner I fliall juft now Delcribe. The Root of the Tongue being Depreft by means of its Mufeular Fibres, its Tip and Sides are applied in a Semicircular Manner, to the Infides of the whole Range of Teeth of the Upper Jaw or Gums, when thefe happen to be wanting; and the Whole m this Polition is drawn Upwards, by the Mufcuh StylogloJ/iana Stylohyoidei, Tab. 14. Fig. 1. Tab. iy. Fig• At the ame Time7 the Fauces are Rais’d by the MufculiStylopbaryngai, which by their Oblique Polition, (as is Noted App> %• -3 • j draw open their Mouth, and Dilate that Cavity. wo Thirds at leaft of the Upper Surface of the Tongue, being applied to the Roof of the Mouth, and di awn as; we have nowDelcrib’d, Upwards, and Inwards; the “ >s De- preft in fuch Manner, that Alnnentis Irotiuded over it (as on a Bridge) into the Dilated f, J 1 the F“uces-> and thence bvthe Contraction of theMufculus'Pterygopharyn- gam and Oejophagaus, Jpp. Fig- IC ls Depreft into the Gula, which Helps its Defcent into the Stomach, by the Adtion of its Mulcular Fibres. We mull not omit to oblerve here, That in the In- ftant the Aliment palfes thro’ the Iflbmus of the Throat, the Gargareon is drawn Upwards and Backwards, by the Mufculi Spbamjlapbylini, (Expreft Append. Fig. 8. ) and the The INTRODUCTION Foramina Narium by this means occluded, while the Epiglottis below covers th cRimula, as was above Noted; and by this means the in its Paflage is hindied from Reverting by the Nofe, or Defending into the Wind-Pipe; The firft hap- pens when the Gargareon is wanting, whether by Venerial Ex- ulcerations or otherwife; or Intumified and Inflamed as in the Small Pox, and cannot yield to this Motion. We may like- wife Note, That the Mufculus Mylohyoideus (T. 1 y. F.i.) in its Adion does prefs the Sublingual and Maxillary Glands, and force them to difcharge their fecreted Liquors, by the Papilla, fituated at the Frcenum or Ligament of the Tongue; and that the Mufcles which Contrad the Fauces, have the fame Effedon the Tonfills and other Glands of that Part; all which Liquors, difcharged from the Mouths of their Excretory Channels, do facilitate the Paffage thro’ the Gula, and ferve to Compofe the Stomachick Menjlruum; of which further in the next Paragraph. After the Aliment, thus alter’d by Comminution and Ad- miftion with the Saliva, is received into the Stomach, we proceed next to confider, how its Second Preparation is perform’d. The great Agent in Digeftion is the Sto- machick Juice, fecreted from the Blood by numerous Glands in this Part, and difcharged into its Cavity, in Conjun- dion with the Spittle. This is that which ads promptly upon the Meat lodg’d in the Capacity of the Stomach, and from the Mixture of thefe two Juices, is compounded a proper Menjlruum, by which the Parts of the Aliment are diffolved, and receive their firft Tranfmutation with- in the Body. In this Adion, which is a DilTolution of the Texture of the Alimentary Mafs, the Aerial Parts included in its Pores, now efcape from their former Prifons and being rarified, diftend the whole Body of the Stomach; and this I take to be the true Reafon why moft Men have lefs Appetite at fome diftance of Time, vi%. when this Intu- mefcence is made, than immediately after they ceafe from Eating: From the fame Caufe arife frequent Erudations great Inflation from divers Meats, fuch as Old Peafe’ Cabbage, Roots, Heibs, and other Vegetables, which very much difturb decayd debilitated Stomachs. I am apt to lufped the Stomachick Menjlruum may excite an Inteftine motion of the Particles of the Mafs in Digeftion; which yet I do not think fit to call Fermentation, fearing fo bold a Term may miflead us into a Falfe Idea of a greater Con- flid than really happens. The Intumefeence or Dilatation of the Stomach has two Effeds: Firft to comprefs the Gall Bladder and Pancreas, and oblige their DuUus Excretorii to fpue out their Contents into the Duodenum; next to retard the Refluent Blood, and by this means difpofe the Mufcular Fibres of the Ventricle to a Contradion. The Reafon of this laft Hint will appear by what we have offer’d concerning Mufcular Motion, in the Introdudion to our Myotomia Reformata. For the Caufe of Hunger which is an obfervable Phceno- vienon belonging to this part, I conceive it to be an Irrita-' tion of the Stomach, arifing from a copious Quantity of this Menjlruum, when it wants Matter to ad upon. This con- jedure feems more probable, fince it is Natural to difcharge the Spittle out of the Mouth which comes into it at that Time, rather than fiiffer it to defcend into the Stomach; and we may perpetually obferve a depraved Appetite does follow a Vitiation of the Saliva, as in Scorbutick Ha- bits, Salivations by Mercurial Medicines, and fuch like Cafes. When the Mafs is fufficiently prepar’d and reduced to a Pultaceous Confidence, the Stomach by the help of its Muf cular Fibres contrads it felf, and expels its Contents thro’ the Pylorus into the Duodenum; where the Digefted Mafs is mixed with the Bile and Pancreatick Juice, (forced to difcharge it felf here as was juft now defcribed) which Volatilize, Subtiliate, and Separate the more Fluid and Fine Parts of the Aliment, from the more Impure and Grofs, and here it is that Chylification is firft made perfed. Now the Bile abounding with Lixivial Salt, is apt to intangle with the orofTer Parts of the Chylaceous Mafs, and its Saline Qua- lity ¬ only cleanfes the Cavities of the Guts from the Mucus, Excreted by their Glands (Afip. Fig. 40.) (to fmear their InmoftCoat, and defend the Ofita of theLadeal Vef- fels from being injured by Extraneous Bodies, which may happen to pafs that way) but Stimulates the Inteftines in their Periftaltick Motion. . The Periftaltick or Wormlike Motion of the Guts being thus Accelerated by the Acrimony of the Bile, the Contents of the Inteftines are earned on, and the Thmner and more Fluid Parts, fitted for the Pores of the La6te.il VelTels, is abforbed by them, and the Thicker move on mote flowly, till by the many Stops they meet with in the Connivent Valves, all the Chyle is at length abforbed, and the Remains being meerly Excrementitious, are only fit to be excluded by Stool. This Vermicular Motion of the Guts, is perform’d by the Alternate Contraction of their Longitudinal and Tranfverfe Fibres, {Jpp, Fig. 39. 40.) which at the fame Time convey the Digefted Mafs thro’ the Inteftinal Tube, and exprefs the Chyle into the Orifices of the Ladeal VeE fels adapted to receive it; whofe Progrefs from the Inteftines till it is difcharged into the Mafs of Blood, next prefents it felf to our Confideration: By the reciprocal Adion of thefe differing Fibres, and the Appofition of the Connivent Valves (Tab. Fig. 2.) the Chyle is forced into the Ladeal Veflels, Tab. ib. Fig. i.) and hence it is we cannot make any Fluid pafs from the Cavity of the Guts into the fame Veffels, when the Periftaltick Motion ceafes. A farther Ufe of the Con- traction of thefe Mufcular Fibres, is to Accelerate the Chyle in its Progrefs, till the Lympha derived from the Arteries of the Guts joyn with it, which is done before it leaves the External Surface of the Inteftines; by this Addition the Chyle is diluted and aflifted in its Progrefs towards the Me- fenterick Glands; in the Cells of which it is a Second Time Mixed with a Juice or Lymphatick Liquor there Secreted from the Arteries, and fo carried on to the Vaja LaUea fe- cundi Generis. Thefe Veffels refembling Pipes, convey the Chyle from hence, all emptying themfelves into the Common Receptacle or Cijlern; the happy Difcovery of which, we owe to the Obfervation of Monf. Pecquet: It is here the Lympha re- turned from the Inferior Limbs and adjacent Parts, is mixed with the Chyle, (App.Fig. u.) which not only ferves to di- lute, but promotes its Afcent thro’ the Thoracick Dud:, (Fig. ib.) to the Left Subclavian Vein, (Fig. ib.) where this Channel empties its Contents into the main Current of the Blood. If we confider in this Dud:, its feveral Divifions and Inofculations, (refembling the Veins of the Tefticles) its numerous Valves looking from below Upwards, its advan- tageous Situation between the Great Artery and Vertebrce of the Back, together with the Duds difcharging their Refluent Lympha from the Lungs, and the other Neighbouring Parts, we mall find all conduce to demonftrate the utmoft Art of Nature, ufed in furthering the Steep and Perpendicular Afcent of the Chyle; which Beautiful Order is Reprefented App. Fig. ii. and cannot but equally Create in us Delight and Admiration. Having traced this Animal Juice to its Reception into the Blood, with which it is at laft Circulated and Aflimulated, we fhall proceed to the Blood it felf, whole Circular Motion, the various Artifices of Nature for adjufting the Proportions and other fubordinate Contrivances; the Manner and Caufe of the Contradion of the Heart and Arteries, Refpiration, with the whole Theory of the Lympha and Glandular Secretion in the Order of Nature, follow. The Refluent Blood in the Upper and Lower Trunk of the Vena Cava meeting in the Right Auricle of the Heart, is thence expelled by its Contradion into the Right Ventricle when the Heart is in its Diaftole; but by its Syftole or Con- tradion, it is thence driven into the Arteria Pulmonaris, from whole Capillary Veffels it paffes into the Extremities of the Vena Pulmonaris, and thence returning, is difcharged into the Left Auricle and Ventricle of the Heart: From whence it is again by the Syftole driven into the Aorta, by whole Branches it is convey’d thro’ the whole Syftem of the Bod v : But when it arrives in the Capillary Arteries, it do’s not flop there, but paffes into the like Capillary Veins, and from thence into the greater Branches, next into the Trunk of the Vena Cava, and fo into the Right Ventricle again. Jn the mean time the Three Tricufpid Valves in the Right CTab 22 Fig. 6.) and the two Mitral Valves (Tab. ead. Fif. I2(.) in the Left Ventricle of the Heart, oppofeits return into the Vena Lava and Vena Pulmonaris; and the Semilunary Valves of the Arteria Pulmonaris (Tab. eacLFig. 14.) and Aorta, (Tab. ib. Fir. 1 * ) prevent its Reflux into the Ventricles. The Strudure and iolition of which Membranes, are fufficient alone to lead all Obferving Men into a compleat Knowledge of its Motion and Progrefs. The Circular Motion of the Blood was firft Explain’d and the whole Demonftrated in a Treatife exprefly Writ upon that Subjed, and Publifhed in the Year 1628. by our Learned and Ingenious Dr. Harvey; To omit all* de- putes here how far this was known to Cafalpinus, Colum- bus , Servetus, or any of the Anatomifts or Virtuofo’s of the laft Age. But the Manner how this Animal Liquor is tranfmitted from the Arteries to the Veins, has remained hitherto a Secret, and afforded Matter of Controverfie. Some pretend this is done by fome blind Imperceptible Meatus in the Carnous Parts, and perplex themfelves to give Irrational and Chimerical Accounts, which we fhall not here lofe Time to enumerate or refute. But the late great Improvement of Microfcopes has put an end to all thefe un- certam Conjedures, by difcovering to our Naked Eye, that the Veins and Arteries are but one continued infleded Tube, and the Blood paffes from one to the other in an uninterrupted Current; which Unity of the Blood-Veffels by a Parity of Reafon, we infer extends to the whole Syftem, and will hardly be queftioned by thole who confider the Prompt Pa£» fage of Mercury, and other injeded Liquors from the Ar- teries to the Veins, or fee the Globules of Blood palling thefe dngujlw} and reverting with incredible Rapidity in the The INTRODUCTION. Fins of Fillies; {4pp. F, 4, y.) which curious Difcovery ought not to be reputed the lealt Advancement which this Part of Natural Hiftory has receiv’d. The great Engine which lets all this Motion on Foot, is the Heart, (Tab. 22. Fig. 9.) by whole repeated Elaftick Con- traction, the Blood is driven to the remoteft Parts thro’ the Arterial Syftem, {4pp. Fig. 3.) and forced to continue its Motion back thro’ the Venous Channels. This Elaftick Force is primarily feated in its own Mufcular Fibres, whofe Spiral Contortion {Fab. 22. Fig. 2,3.) is very well delcribed by Dr .Lower in his Book De Corde ; but the Pendulous Polition and the Fibres, which compote its Great Arteries, i. e. the PuL monaris and Aorta, aflift very much; and the Heart taken out of the Body and held up by the Arteries, will continue the leaft gentle Motion impreft on it for a confiderable Time, which EffeCt can only be ateribed to the Elafticity of the Arterial Trunks by which it is fufpended. The Heart is the immediate Inftrument, but what is the Vis Matrix which forces its Fibres to a Contraction, is a far greater Difficulty, and one of the molt Abftrufe, Interutable Myfte- ries of Nature. It is in this refpeCt our Bodies differ from Ar- tificial Machines; the Former having in themtelves a perpetual Principle of Motion, which the Latter by no Invention of Men can arrive at. In my Opinion the Pleart of an Animal bears a great Analogy to the Pendulums of thole Artificial Automata, Clocks and Watches, whilft its Motion is per- form d like that of other Muteles, the Blood doing the Office of a Fondus. The Obfervation of the Curious Monf. Feyer in FarergoSeptimo, feems to favour this Opinion; who tells us, He has with Pleafure teen the Heart renew its Con- traction, by blowing into the Thoracick DuCt, when the Parts have began to grow ftiff after Death. The like Motion of the Heart I have more than once obterv’d to be reftor’d, by blowing into the Veins of a Dog, and pouring warm* Water on it, or applying the Palm of the Hand not long after its Ceffation. Befides the Quantity, doubtlefs the Quality of the Blood has a Share, fince all Diftempers which alter the Mafs, at the fame Time create a Hurry and Diforder in its Motion. To explain the ACtion of the Blood in this Cafe, and the Influence it has over the Motion of the Heart, we muft con- fider its Nature, Conftituent Parts, and the Alterations it is difpofed to receive. This Animal Fluid confifts of Two Parts, Serous and Globular. The Diftindion of thefe Parts of the Blood is evident to the Naked Eye, after its Stagna- tion in any Veffel, but is clearly evinced by the Microfcope in its Circulation thro’ the Tails and Fins of Fifties, and other Tranfparent Parts, in the fame manner as is Repre- sented 4ppendix Fig. 4, 7. where the Globules feem to Swim in the Serum in this ftate of Mixture. Now the Blood being in this manner a Heterogeneous Liquor, Compos’d of Particles of various Magnitude and Figure, muft be fiibjed to an In- teftine Motion; but the great Rapidity of its Current thro’ the Arteries, and the Angufiue in the Extremities of the Blood- VelTels,iiot admitting any Retrograde Motion to be there made, it is deferr’d till it arrives in the Great Veins, where its Progrefs is retarded, and the Room more fpatious, and the Inteftine Motion there Commences, which arifes to a Greater or Lefs Height, as the Blood is more or lefs Charged with Incon- gruous Parts. The Alteration which the Blood by this means receives, has no inconfiderable Share in the Heart’s Con- tradion; and tho it be not the prime efficient Caufe, yet we cannot deny but that it is Partial and Incitative, as appears in Fevers and feveral other Diftempers, where the whole Mafs is Accelerated, and the Pulte more frequent. Befides all thefe Cautes, the Brain by its Nervous Trunks lent to this Part, which are very Thick and Tenfe, yet lie very loote, contributes much to this Adion. And here we may obterve, not only thefe of the Heart, but the whole Syftem of Nerves which ferve the Vifcera in the Thorax and Lower Belly, have their Propagines very Numerous and Tenfe, notwith- andmg which, they lie Loole or Free in their Progrefs from e rain to their relpedive Parts; both which concur in dif- po ing them to Receive and Retain all Impreffions from their This Faculty beginning to Exert it felf even while this w ur §rows Familiar and Natural, and from their Din-and“ce of the Infant, they after perform but this bv th?lln^0A a^inD’ without the leaft Advertence; be though fuffiaenf rd "°W wh« has been Noted, (hall quir.es may £v" ° S1V"F°Und to Hope Future En- 1‘hmnomcnon we have Ft C A?e1uate Caules of this great thefe Hints to be 'T, °ur Defire> a"d Ihall leave Leafiire. piovt y Men of more Induftry and feme ObfevabkXtificesUoi?NatWe T omk to Remark on the Circulation TheS f°rrtle >*«« carrying feveral Divarications of the ValVeS Placed “V? Extremities and Larger Trunks • twtvvee^,their Capillar ceeding from the infer CoaTof *e ffiT" Pf°' Crefcent or Q. which was the Ancient f i U ? Form°f a generally Double, with their Concavity looking’ T Heart, and readily give way to the Current Sf‘tejfcSd thither, as is Reprefented: [Tab. 23. F. 7.) But if by its Weight, or any other Caufe, the Blood fhould Revert, they oppofe it, and being Diftended, prevent its Return from the Great Trunks of Veins to the Lefler, and at the fame time hinder the Superincumbing Blood from’prefling on the Inferior j con- cerning which confult Tab. 23. Fig, 6, Another Conliderable Artifice in Nature, is the Conveying great Quantities of Refluent Blood from feveral Parts of the Trunk by particular Channels, inftead of difcharging it by the next and moft immediate Paffage into the Neighbouring Cur- rent. Dr. Lower has well Obferv’d, that the Heart is not placed in the Center of the Body, but inclines to its Upper Part,which Pofition is neceflary to Drive the Blood in its Syftole to the Head, with more Force then is required to make it Defcend to the Feet, to which its own Weight and Fluidity do’s not a little Conduce. Now the Heart being feated fb near the Upper Part, as that Two Parts in Three of the whole Fabrick, appear to be below it, there muft be a like Inequality of Blood lent to the Inferior Parts, to that which Afcends to the Superior. And this we fee Confirm’d by comparing the Diameter of the Blood-Veflels Defending with theAfcending,the Former being much Larger then the Latter. This great Difpropor- tion of Blood in the Upper Syftem to that of the Lower,feems to threaten a great Difturbance in the Animal Order, but is prevented by the Provident Care of the Author of Nature, in the Manner we are now about to Defcribe. The Intercoftal Arteries 4pp.F. 3. which arife from the Low- er Syftem, are accompanied with Veins (that Return the Blood they Exported) which do not enter into the next Large Trunk according to the ordinary Procefs of Nature in other Parts; but are all United into One Channel (and fometimes Two) which Aicends by the Side of the Aorta, and Empties it felf into the Defcending Trunk of the Vena Cavay there Difcharging all its Refluent Blood j which had it been Inferted into the Aicending Trunk, it muft have added fo great a Weight, that the Blood could not have paft up to the Heart, which it now eaiily do s, Befide theie, the Mammary Veins likewife Empty themfelves into the Subclavian, fo that all the Blood Ari- ling from the Parietes of the Thorax, the Back and its Muf- cles, as well as thole of the Scapula, returns again to the Heart, by the Upper Trunk of the Vena Cava, tho’ it was lent thi- ther from the Lower Trunk of the Arteria Magna. r Another Contrivance of this Nature is Obfervable in the Vena Porta, which Receives the Blood from the Stomach, Omentum, Spleen, Pancreas, Guts and Mefentery, fent thither by the Coeliack and Mefenterick Arteries, which large Quan- tity had it Enter d into the Vena Cava, immediately below the Liver or Kidneys, its Weight fo far beneath the Diaphragm, muft have Hindred its Afcent ; wherefore the Vena Porta (notunlike the Azygos of the Thorax before Noted) carries up all the Blood by another Channel, and Difcharges it into • the Extremities of the Vena Cava within the Liver, where it is Diluted and Propell d by the Refluent Blood from the Splenick Vein, and afterwards aflifted in its Afcent, by the Contraction of the Diaphragm. Here I cannot forbear making a Digreflion, and prefenting my Conjectures of the Ufe and Office of the Spleen, fince it minifters in this Part of the Animal Oeconomy. The Arteria Splenica is not only very large in Proportion to the Magnitude of the Spleen, but has a Remarkable Tortuous Paflage to it, (Tab. 3 6. F. 1.) whence we may conceive as the Quantity of Blood lent to the Spleen is very great, fo its Impetus is very much Abated: Next the Communications between the Ex- tremities of its Arteries and Veins are very Large, as ap- pears by the Prompt Exit, which Water pour’d into one Finds by the other, and the Inflation of the Veins which is eafily made by Blowing into the Arteries, when the whole Spleen and its Veins become Diftended with it. The Lym- phe-duCtsof the Spleen we have Obferv’d, (Tab. 36. Fig. 1.) to Arife from the VeJicuU at the Extremities of its Veins, and Difcharge their Contents into the Neighbouring Lym- phatick Glands, whence it is fent into the Receptacule of the Chyle : Its Nerves are Diftributed thro’ its whole Sub- ftance, and ferve to preferve its Tone and Regulate the Separation of its Lympha and Nutritive Juice. But the 1110 exaCfc Scrutiny of Anatomijls could never yet Difcover any Excretory-duCt arifing from this Vifcus ; and indeed t e Patent Communication of its Veflels feems a convincing Proof, that no fuch Excretory-dud: can Exift butmuit ap- pear very plain. Befides it feems Extravagant and Unbecom- ing the Wonderful Providence of Nature, to ePara e particular Juice in the Arteries here to be inftantly Refunded into the Veins, and we can hardly conceive the Blood can fuffer any Alteration, in a Place where the Tranfit from the one to the other, is fo Ample. 1 r> After thefe Confiderations Premis d, if the Problem be Pro- pos’d What can be the Defign of the great Architedt of our Bodies in the Fabrication of fo Large and Remarkable a Part, without any Fluid Secreted in it, befides its own Nutritive juice and Lympha > I believe our Hypothecs will enable us to give a fufficient Reply to this feeming invincible Difficulty, witli which Learned Men have exceedingly perplex’d them- felves, I conceive then the Spleen is Defign’d by Nature, as The INTRODUCTION. a Diverticle to receive a large Proportion of Blood to be Refunded by its Veins into the Porta, and promote the Re- flux of the Blood Imported thither from the Stomach, Guts, Pancreas, Mefentery, (3c. by whofe flow Progrefs thro’ the innumerable Glands of thofe Parts, it returns Thick and unfit for Motion : And this leems but Neceflary that a new Quantity of Blood, charg’d with a Copious Serum, fhould be Infunded into this Refluent Liquor before it Arrives at the Liver, to dilpole it to pals the Extremities of the Vena Cava, and add a frefli Impetus to its Languid Motion caus’d by its Long and Tortutous Progrefs. This I take to be the Ufe and Office of the Spleen, and leems to have all the Cir- cumftances the Laws of Mechanifm require for this Purpofe. The Novelty of which Opinion will (I hope) be no Preju- dice to its Reception in the Minds of Candid and Impartial Men. Having thus Reprefented the Circulation ; the Order of Nature leads us to Refpiration, which ferves in conveying the Blood from the Right to the Left Ventricle of the Heart, and Impregnates it with Parts proper for its further Elaborations. Refpiration or Breathing is a double Acftion, i. e. Infpi- ration or Receiving of Air into the Lungs; and Expiration or Expelling it again: The whole is done by means of Wide- ning and Straitning the Cavity of the Thorax, in which the Lungs are contain’d. How the Cavity of the Thorax may be Enlarged and Con- tracted, we may eafily conceive, if we confider the Order of its Bony Parietes, (Tab. 27, and 28.) and obferve the Oblique Defending Pofition of the Ribs from the Vertebra of the Back, with their Cartilaginous Connexion to the Os Pettoris, and the Pofition and Adion of the Diaphragm, as is ex- plained Tab. 5-2. whence it appears when the Ribs are drawn up, and the Superior Convex Surface of the Diaphragm de- preft towards a Plain, the Included Space muft neceflarily be Enlarged; and on the contrary very much Straitned when the Ribs are drawn down, and the Upper Surface of the Dia- phragm Convex towards the Lungs, as it is Reprefented in the laft mention’d Table. The Elevation and Depreffion of the Ribs is perform’d by the Proper and Common Mufcles of the Thorax: The Firft have their Rife and Termination confined to the Parts Compofingits Parietes: The Other, notwithftanding their Relation to other Parts, yet chiefly refped This: Of the Common Mufcles fome are Principal, immediately moving This, together with thofe Parts from which they are de- rived : Others are Auxiliary, which bv moving the Con- tiguous Bodies, Contribute to the better performing the Grand Motion; Thus the Elevation of the Shoulder-Blades • m violent Refutations, without which the I Mufcuh Serrati (Tab.,20.) (which fpnng from the Scapula) (Tab. 29. V. W.) could not A6t; hence it happens that Re- ipiration is Interrupted when the Arms are in Adion, by reafon the Scapula at that time engage all their Mufcles (efpe- cially the Serrati T. 20.) to render them Stable; and the Extenfionof the Vertebra of the Neck becomes neceflary to the end the Mufculi Scaleni (Tab. 18. BB.) may Raife’the Upper Ribs. The Proper Mufcles of the Thorax are the Intercoflales Ex- terni and Ititerni, (Tab.26.Tg. 1.) the Triangularesy (Tab. and Fig.ead.) the Serrati Superiores and Infer tores Poftici, Tab. 28. The Principal Common Mufcles, are the Scaleni, (Tab. 18.) the Subclaviiy Tab. 20. the Serrati Afajores (3 JShnores Antici, (Tab. ead.) and the Sacrolumbales, (Tab. 29.) The Auxiliary Mufcles are fuch as Raife the Scapula, and draw them Backwards, and thofe which Extend the whole Spine. The Cavity of the Thorax being dilated in the manner above mention'd, the Ambient Air neceflarily rufhes thro* the Afpera Arteria and Bronchia, into the Vefaula of the Lungs, whereby their whole Subftance becomes Diftended; and this we call Infpiration. In Expiration, the Air contain’d in the Vejicula of the Lungs, is Excluded; in this Adion the Lungs are not meerly Paflive as in the Former, but the Elafticity of the Ligaments of their Bronchia, draw their Small Cartilages over each other, and Conduce to the Expulfion of the Air contain’d in their Ve- jicula. This Alternate Diaftole and Syftole of the Lungs and Iho- rax, bears an Analogy to a Pair of Bellows, whole Two Boards being drawn from each other, the Ambient Air necef farily rufhes in between them, and Fills the Internal Space enlarg’d by the Dedudion of their Sides ; which Air is again Expell’d from thence, by Approaching them towards each other. The Inducements the Author of Nature had to Frame this Pulmonary Organ, are many; by this the Aerial Parti- cles pafs to theMafs of Blood, which Rarifie, Subtilize and render it fit for thofe Elaborations it afterwards undergoes: By thefe Tenacious Serum of the Blood is Attenuated, v uieuWhole Mafs fendred fit for Motion ; the Effeds ot which are Evident in thofe Rhumatick Aftbmas and other Cafes, which Oblige fome to leave this Town for a Clearer | Air. The Lungs are the Intermediate Paflage between the Two Ventricles of the Heart, whereby the whole Mafs of Blood pafles thro’ their Large Blood-Veflels in an equal Rapidity and Quantity, with that of all other Parts of the Body be- fides, and do by this means difcharge the Blood of a great Quantity of its Serumy by Halitus in Expiration ; wherefore tne Accurate Dr, Tyfon Reckons them among the Num- ber of Glands. This Alternate Adion in which Refpiration confifts, is Ne- ceflary, to the End the Blood may pals the Lungs, whole Ve- jiculce, if they were conftantly Diftended by the Infpired Air, the Extremities of the Pulmonick Blood-Veflels would be Lompreitj and on the contrary, if thefe Vejicula were Col- iaps d (as after Expiration) their Blood-VefTels would be con- sequently Corrugated ; but by this Viciffitude they become leimeable, and the Blood eafily pafles their Extremities. .yi iaveTrafedthe Aliment from its Firft Reception till is Elaborated into Blood, and purfued in its Motion and Ciicuhtion thro its feveral Channels. We ought next to in ir A eW °Afnh! fever,al Llcluors or Fluids feparated from it flJ* TJtir\ A!1 Aiumal Juices except the Chyle are feparated from the Arterial Blood, which common Material in its Per- ‘thl rilnd'ld I*!™*,? ylLvld the Contents of their ■ i O Glands of the Mouth and Throat, the Saliva- in the Mamnm, the Milk: in the Kidneys, the Urine; in the J/ter, Spei m; (not to name the Sweat, Mucilage of the Joint* Lvljnd I”/, the Unlv.erff1 B°dy, a Copious Quantity of l^ympba; which is not applied to any diftindUfein the^J,W 0economy) but is alldflchargd into the Great Cyftern or Re- ceptacle of the Chyle and Subclavian Vein, and fo Refunded into the Refluent Blood. The Dodrine of Secretions is the laft and only remaining Part of thole Natural Fundions, which are direded to the Prefervation and Subfifting of the Individual. For the Na- ture and Properties of thefe Liquors, their Ufe and Office and the peculiar Structure adapted for the Percolation of one’ and excluding the reft; we muft remit the Reader to the De- fcription of the Organs themfelves, contenting our felves here with the Theory of the Origin of the Lympha,, and Se- cretion in General. The Knowledge of this Animal-liquor call’d Lympha,, and the Duds which Convey it, is owing to the Induftry and Searches of this prelent Age. But whether Bartholine or our Countrey-man Dr. Jolive ought to carry the Honour of the Difcovery, I lhall not pretend to decide. But the Rile, Courle, and other particular Circumftances needful to inform us of their Ufe, and the Delign of Nature in the Fa- brication of thefe Duds, has not been hitherto, at leaft fully, Demonftrated. Some have pretended to derive thele Duds from the Nerves, others from the Membranes or Tendinous Parts of the Mufcles ; but thefe are Impertinencies lcarce worth a ferious Refutation. * c^1^Sent Melpighius in his Epiftle to the JRpyal-Society. is lollicitous in enquiring whether they are not Excretory- ucts to Export the Juice Secreted in the Conglobate Glands u-VSi n°ne °? t^le^e Glands fo inconliderable to be un w ic 1 has not its Lymphe-duds belonging to it as well as its Nerves and Blood-Veflels. After feveral Obferva- ons ptenns d, he concludes they Arile in exceeding Minute and lcarce perceptible Sirculi, from the Leflfer Glands which themfefvefInto thJr kS) a£df° proceed tiU they Empty repeat the pyftern °fthe C¥'- I fhall not man tofuftainhis °f *7 Cunous Gentle- That in purfuine thefe n, A C1 mamly anl°unts to this, f8 we muft crave leave to differ from him in this Point and per haps the Reafons we fliall offer, will be fufficicnt’toll,fie‘ c"d §'VC,? !rio,'e clear and fatisfadory Account of the Firft Source of this Fluid. 7 ounc • T1l? Grknds.1 conPeft have a great Concern in prepa- ring the Lympha, infomuch that no Lymphe-dud can abfolU its Com fewithout Touching on them; and their Neceffitv ap- pears yet further, while we fee other Lymphe-duds, (when the main Trunk pafles by,) yet emit feveral Lateral Branches Glands, are frequently div ded into fevemI p‘ u , , make their Exit again divided and afre, 5 wluch other, join into one Current, i each portant the Glands mav bp T 3‘ however Im' being their Source. Y ’ k theY are far enough from Import,'Cand “an “ perhaps convenient in the Veins, where the Pro- I P t! (5hefE ood 13 Slower, and the Quantity much greater.! This Rife of the Lympha is ftill more ckar, if we coniider in ' fome States or Habits of Body, when the Crafts of the Blood ! is deprav d, fome Parts of it pafs this way, and the Lympha i A , wSt ff 1T\i ? 1C haPRens bY Injeding Water by the Artei.es after Death, when Part of the Blood ftill remains in Water 3’ “ the LymPhe-du and the Particles Adapted to their Bv’fok IT6" 'T tbe T"bes deriv'd from them, ner of Secretin'll e.PnSm oF the Lympha, and the Man- hva is feparated i.wl, Cn°Ugh 1ExPIaill d- But why the Glands, the Bile in 31 °tid Maxillary and Sublingual neys Jc. muft te dalnll f ’" the Urine by the Kid- Magnitude, Figure dP-0111 theu'Pecidlar Strudure; the tion of their Arfenes Llf P°r?SP and Vanous Difpofi- t'ons. Thus we mav OhfrS 1 nV§hty ftare in thefe °Pera- have a long and Flexed P" Arteries of ‘he tefles, ordinary Method of Natll ?,"d contl'ary to the tions from the Aorta than’in at theu' Origina- Delcent, as we have ’Noted (rfU trunks after a farther to abate the Impetus of the Blnld’ tic ad- which conduce Tefles. On the other Hand the ’r-bcF°le 11 Arrives in the foe Kidneys, (by the Laroenef = Current of the Blood to of the Emulgents, and their v’iri' and freight Courfe cleof the Heart,) is very RaPTd n'h- “ the Deft Ventri- Quantity of Urme, foon after the nr 1 dirc!large3 a great ters, or other plentiful Drinkinl Ule °Fchalybeat Wa- j ly more flow in the Salival Gland? 5 7>whllit lC is infinite- We fhall not here recite any furrL,. arTreas 3 Liver, efc. y nher Particulars, hoping I the Reader will perufe our Tables and Difcourfe of the fede- ral Organs. Having done with our Do&rine of the Firft Order of Natu- ral Functions, we proceed to the Second, or thole which ferve t?.1' . Propagation of the Species; which Naturally divides its e r into Two Parts, Generation, and Accretion, or what concerns the Foetus in its Formation, and by what means and fteps its carried on to an Adult State. Since Animal Bodies are Tranlient and Temporary, the Author of Nature has endued them with the Power of Propagation, and a Set of Proper Organs to continue their Species, and furnilh a CO™?nX uPPty new Individuals. From the Difference of W ah Generation Arifes the difference of Sexes. All Animals have been Divided into Viviparous and Ovi- parous, till Dr .Harvey remov’d the Diftin&ion, by Demon- strating all Living Creatures to derive their Original from ggs> with this Difference only; in one the Foetus is perfected within, and in the other without the Mothers Body. This Doctrine of that great Man has fince been fully evinc’d by I the repeated DiHeChons, Obfervations, and Experiments of I Later Anatomifis: No Species of Fowls, Fifties and Quadru- pedes aie found to want them : The Foetus being fometimes Un"& aSrees in every refped with the Cuatricula, and bv Almftr3?3 3 ie u,nxneccflar>ri becaufo the Fietus is nourilh'd covtrv of iTt froT the Mothers body. Since the Dif- wa?Fnrnt l fc Eg,gS> the AnCleut Dodrine that the Foetus . °rm d from the Commiftion of the Male and Female been takenT" bp * 1 Rej?aed> and that Eiquour which has found t he by,a11 Preced“S Ag« for Seed in the Latter, i found to be only a Mucous Matter, Secreted from the Glands Rod! T TP fuF-3- C> a«d difcharg d without the y » which in Mares, Cows, and many other Animals is in fheir TcfllT antUy > tllan 13 Poffible to be contain'd in Tho Generation cx Ova may bejuftly reputed among the Modern Improvements of Anatomy, yet this did not • otlce °i the Sagacious Hippocrates who in his Book De Natura Pueri, informs us, the Embryo after Conception is Included in a Membrane, exadly relembline tah^irth°M f ?hell> and delcribes the Rudiments of tne Umbilicus and Placenta, with its Plexus of Blood-Veffels, an the Pellucid Liquor of the Amnios after the fame Manner as Represented (Tab. 57. Fig. 2.) This Accurate Obfervation, e acquaints us he made from an Abortion artificially pro- curd within Six Days after Conception, to preferve the Reputation of an Incontinent Wench; which remarkable Paflage (not ordinarily taken Notice of) was fhewn me by my very Ingenious Friend Dr. Fern. Much of the fame Age or fomething more, and agreeing with the Defcription of Hippocrates, are the Secundines which the Learned Dr. Hannes keeps among his other Anatomical Collections. Upon the Invention of thefe Ovay De Graaf and Others, who have fuccefsfully employ d themfelves in their Enquiries on this Subject, began to Erect an Opinion, That the Fe- male only furnifh’dxhe Matter of the Foetus, and the Male ferv d to Actuate it by its Prolifick Influence. This Opinion, which derogates much from the Dignity of the Male-Sex, prevail d till Monf. by the HelpofhisExquifite Microfoope, in which he has been well purfiied by Mr. Melting, detected Innumerable finall Animals in the Mafculine Sperm, and by this Noble Difoovery, at once remov’d that Difficulty, and added much to the Theory of Generation: In his Let- ter to the Toyal-Society, he Acquaints them he had obferv d Incredible Numbers of thefe Animalcula in the Tefticles of Froggs, fo flender, as not to exceed the Thoufandth Part of a fingle Hair, with a Head proportionably larger than the reft of their Body, all Varioufly moving to and fro; That he had found the fame in the Tefticles of all Animals, which he had Infpecfted; and in another, he gives them an Account, That in the Spawn of a Cabeliaw he had found them to be ftill Lefler, and more than Ten Thoufand Swimming about in a Portion of Seed, not exceeding a Grain of Sand; and pre- tending to find by a Formal Computation all the Ammals contain’d in the LaHes of this Fifh, to exceed more than Ten times the Number of Men on the Surface of the Earth. Fce- cundation he efteems to proceed from one of thefe Nume- rous Animalcula, after Ejection, ftriking thro’ the Pores or Perforations on the Sides of fnoOyum, and Lodging it {elfin the Cicatricula, which is difposd to Receive and Nourifh it. From this furprizing Difcoyery , it is evident That The INTRODUCTION. no Aura Seminalis, or Influx of Ai.ocive Spintuous Mat- ter do’s Delineate the Foetus ; and that Obfervation of Malpighius Illuftrated, That before Impregnation, no Vejh- via of the Pullus could be found, and yet in fome few Hours after, it is diftind and vifible. Having thus taken a fliort Profpe6t of the Materials, we muft proceed to the Or- der and Progrefs of Generation, from the Inchoation, till the Perfection of the Foetus in the \Vomb, and its Excluhon, and thence till its full Growth, or Dimenfions prefcrib’d by Nature to the Species. The Arterm Spermatica in Men bring the Blood t£> the Te- Jtes, in whofe Convolutions, it is Prepar’d and carry’d by the Vafa Deferentia to the Veficulce Semin ales, where it is Lodo-’d till in the Time of Coition, it is Injected into the Vagina Uteri. The Manner of the Erection of the Penis in applying it to the Tranfverfe Ligament of the Offa Pu- bis, by the Mufculi Erigentes and the Conftriction of the Cor- pus Cavernojum ‘Urethra, by the Mufculi Acceleratores, to Stop the Refluent Blood, and Inflate the Bulb and Cavernous Bodies, I fliall wave Repeating, having amply Defcrib'd this Artifice, in the Appendix to my Myotomia Reformat a. The Semen Injected into the Vtgina of the Woman, is Con- vey’d to the Ovana, thro the Womb it felf and the Fallop- pian Tubes; which, in the Time of Coition, by means of their Reticular Structure, are Inflated and ftrictly Em- brace them. We have Defcrib’d the Manner how the Fo- liated Expanfions of the Left Falloppian Tube, Embrace the Ovarium on that Side, and are Diftended by the Refluent Blood from the Vagina, whofe Veins being Compreft by the Penis in Coition, all, or the greateft Part of its Blood, pafles up by the Spermatick Veins, (which Inofculate with the Hy- pogaftrick) and the Diftended Tubes are Incurvated by the Broad Ligaments of the Uterus, and the Fundus Uteri being Diftended alfo, and at the fame Time the External Air Pent out by the Penis, a free Paflage is left for the Se- men to the Ovarium. This I prefer as a more Compen- dious way of Conveying it, than either thro’ the whole Mafs of Blood, which muft in my Opinion too much alter it, or thro’ the Porous Subftance of the Uterus, as others would have us believe. Nor can I conceive why any Man fhould feruple to think thefe fmall Animals may pafs fome Pore in the External Membranes, as they do in Froggs, Fifh, &c. where the Ovula are ejected out of the Female, before they are Impregnated by the Male, rather than fuppofe they fhould pafs by the Spermatick Arteries to the Ovarium, after fe- veral Circulations thro’ the whole Syftem of the Body. The immediate and dired Paflage of the Semen is very much confirm’d, by comparing the Appearances of thefe Uterine Parts in Fowl, efpecially Hens. One, or fometimes more of thefe Ova happening to be Foe- cundated at a Time, are diftended and break the Pedunculi, by which they are affix’d, and leaving their Folhculi, pals into the Falloppian Tube, which refembling the Ovi-dudsin Birds, re- ceive and convey them to the Fundus Uteri. The manner how they are carry’d on is not lefs Mechanical, than moft other Operations in the Animal Oeconomy ; for as the Tur- gefeence of the Penis firft remits in its Extremity, fo do’s this exadly after the fame manner, and by Confequence drives the Ovum contain’d in it to the Fundus of the Womb. After the Ovum is arriv’d here, it Fluctuates about fome Time without being fix’d, and receives Nourilhment by Ap- pofition only, till at length fome of its Veflels begin to Ger- minate, and afterwards Inofculate with thofe of the Uterus. The Arteries of the Ovum protruding themfelves into the Veins of the Uterus, and the Veins Vice-verfa into the Arte- ries, from which mutual Intertexture of the Veflels, the Pla- centa is compos’d. By Intervention of the Placenta and Umbilical Veflels, the Foetus receives Blood from the Mother, and a common Circulation is continu’d, the Particulars of which, and the Difference of its Courfe from the Circulation after the Birth, is Defcrib’d in the Explication of the following Tables. The Aliment for Nutrition of the Foetus, feems to be a fort of Chvlous juice feparated by the Glands of the Pla- centa, and repofited in the Capacity of the Amnios (JTab. rh c8) which Grows confiderable for its Quantity m the Se- cond and Third Month, and the Frtor begins to take it m at its Mouth, for fome time before its Birth, whence it is con- vey’d to the Stomach and Iuteftines, and Fart pafles into Chyle and Blood-Veffels, according to the Ordinary Method of Nature in an Adult; the remainder Compofing the Ex- crement we find in the Iuteftines of the Fxtus and lome- times Floating in the Liquor of the Ammos. Befides which, the Mammilla of Recent-born Infants of both Sexes , con- tain a Serous Milky Liquor, which is difehaigd into 1 quor of the Amnios. , , ... , • After the Fwtus has lain Nine Months in the Womb, it Arrives at fiich a Magnitude as makes it unealie botn tor want of Room and Aliment. Befides the Excrements voi- ded from its Anus foul the Contents of the Amnios, and mo- left the Foetus, which by its frequent and ftrenuous lings, lhakes the Placenta, and breaks the (lender Velleis, which Conned it to the Uterus; from the Confpiring of which Circumftances, Parturition muft; neceflfarily follow. After the Secundines are remov’d, and the Infant firft Opens its Mouth, the Ambient Air rufhes into the Lungs, and Di- ftends the Vejicula Aerea, which afterwards remain in fome meafure Inflated, becaufe the Extremity of the Bronchia which Open into them, are much Lefs than the Veficulce themfelves, and fome Part of the Air will ftill continue in them; whence they Gain a greater Specifick Lightnefs, and Swim in Water. The Pulmonick Blood-Veflels which before the Birth lay Collaps d, have their Trunks and Ramifications Extended, and admit the Blood to pals thro’ them ; the Foramen Ova- /£*, and Canalis Arteriofm not lying in a Dired Line to the Propulfion of the Blood; thefe Paffages in Trad: of Time, become Obliterated, and all the Blood from the Right Ven- tricle of the Heart, pafles thro’ the Lungs, before it can Ar- rive at the Left. Thefe Alterations of the Oeconomy happen af* ter the Foetus is brought into the World, and Expos’d to the External Air. Having feen how the Infant is Generated and Ufher’d into the World, with the Alterations which attend its Birth, we muft confider next by what means Nutrition and Accretion are Effected, or the Steps by which it proceeds infenfibly from fuch fmall Beginnings, to its due Size and Dimenfions. It is certain, that the Bodies of Animals are nothing elfe than a Vafcular Com pages, and all their Parts Exift in die Foecun- dated Ovum, which by the Acceflion of New Matter, are only Diftended and become Vifible.' From which Confideration we may infer, That the Augmentation of the Body is made by a Simple Extenfion of all the Tubes, Veflels and Cells ; which when they will no longer recede to admit the Nutri- tious Particles, to be Lodg’d in the Interftices of the Fibres which Compofe their Parietes, and there remain no more Ofliola in the Sides of their Veflels, by which the Fluids can Open a Paflage, the Body is Arriv’d at the utmoft limits of* its Growth. This Tenfenefs and Contiguity of the Fibres which refufes to admit more of the Nutritious Parts, is that which Determines the Magnitude of Animals, and the fame Hypothefis will ferve to Explicate the differing Sizes of Individuals of the fame Species. In this Manner the Bones Arrive at their full Dimenfions, and then preferve their Sta- bility and Figure, whole Accretion and other Accidents Ari- fing from its V itiation, are very well Explain’d by Dr. Havers in his Ofleologia. But befides the gradual Increafe and For- mation of the Tubes and Veflels, there is a neceflity for a Supply of Fluids to maintain a Plenitude, with a conftant Reparation of the Blood and Humours to prevent the Col- lapfe: Thus in an Atrophy, the great Emaciation and appa- rent Lofs of the Subftance, proceeds from a want of Proper Fluids to preferve the Arteries, Veins, Lymphe-duds, &c. and other Channels of the Body in their due Diftention. I muft confefs a Corrofive Salt in fome deprav’d Crafes of the Blood, may confume the Stable and Organick Parts, as in the Spina Ventofa, and fuch like Cafes, where the Bones fome- times (as I have feen in one of the Fingers) are wholly Dif- folv d, while the External Teguments have not been injur'd; but in this Cafe, contrary to the other, the Lofs is Irreparable. Hence Appears the neceffary Diltindion between Accretion and Nutrition, the Firft being an Acceflion to the Organical Parts, by New Matter Intruding into the Interftices of their Fibres, and there remaining; and the Latter only a Supply of a Proper Pabulum to the Fluids, to preferve them in a due Temper and Proportion. The Firft being fix’d and perma- nent, and fcarce alter’d once in the Term of a Man’s Life and the Laft in a perpetual Succeflion and Flux; which there- fore requires the fuperfluous Part of the Succus Nutritius, not retain d in the Proper Tubes and Cells to be Infunded into the Lymphe-duds, by which it is again return’d to the General Mats; the Manner of which we may Conceive by Fig. 6. of the Appendix. From the Natural, we pafs to the : That the Brain and Nervous Syftem are the Common Medium of Senfeand Motion is uncontefted; but the manner how the Impreflions are convey’d from the External Organs to the Sedes Anima, and Vice-verfa from thence to the Organ, and how a Material Subftance can affed and be afteded by an Immaterial, is Obfcure and fcarce to be conceiv’d Where fore waving all Precarious Hypothefes, I (hall confine my felt to foe Delcription of fuch Phenomena as are Matters or 1-fot, and undeniable, and leave the Reader at Lihertv to ered what Syftem he pleafes. The Seat of Senfe S brain, whofe Nervous Difpenfations are the Intermediate T'wi1' ""I thf °r%nS’ on which the External Objects ad. When the Imprelfion is made by the Obiedh and receivd into the Organ of Senfe, it is convey'd from thence with the fame Type or Charader, by an Agitation o 1 s i eivous Expanfions and their continued Trunks, to te common Senfoiy: This is common to Men and Brutes, ant is y es Cartes made the Firft Degree of Senfation: The Second is the Perception of the Soul attending thatMo- lon, *w ich immediately follows the former Degree, by rea- on o tie intimate Connexion of the Soul to the Scnforium S °^m^ne' The Third comprehends all thofe Judgments ,w ich we form by the Occafion of thofe Motions: Hence The INTRODUCTION. it follows, all Corporeal Objects are only Perceivable by us, in as much as they affeCt the Nerves expanded, in fuch and ] fuch Organs. This is the general Idea of Sedation fo far as < can be explain’d without Engaging in particular Schemes. Before we enter on the Coniideration of the External ) Senfes, we fhall offer a fhort Account of the Structure of 1 the Brain and Nerves in general. The Cerebrum, (Tab.io. < Fig. i.) Cerebellum and Medulla Spinalis (Tab. and Fig. ib.) are evidently compos’d of Two Parts: the firft which appears on - the Surface of the Cerebrum and Cerebellum is of a Cineritious { Colour, and is call’d the Cortical and Glandulous Part; the £ other or internal is Whiter and Harder, and is call’d the J Medullary, Callofe, and Fibrous Part: This Order is inverted i in the Spinal Marrow , where the External Part is Callofe 1 and White, and it’s Internal, Soft and Cineritious. The Ci- * neritious or Cortical Part of the Cerebrum is remarkable ( in thofe Turnings and Windings which are deeply divided l by the Pia Mater within the Body of the Cerebrum (Tab. i o. < Fig. i. C.) from whence it appears to have a very large j Surface. The like Contrivance is obfervable in the Cere- ( bellum; the outward Appearance of the Sulci of which differ < from thofe of the Cerebrum, and are ranged in Parallel Lines 1 according to its Length, as expreft Tab. 7. Fig. 2. Befides ] the Cineritious Part of the Cerebrum plac’d on its Surface, it has ; ft ill other Cineritious Bodies or Protuberances added to its Corpus Callofum; as the Corpora Striata, (App. Fig. 30. A A.) Na- tes and Teftes. (Tab. to.Fig. 1.) In a Horizontal Section of the Cerebrum, its Cortical and Me- < dullary Parts Appear, as Reprefented App.Fig. 30. In a Tranf- verfe Section of the Cerebellum, an Arboreous Difpofition of the Latter Appear within the Former (Tab. 1 o. Fig. 1.) The Cineritious Colour of the Cortical Parts of the Brain Arifes from the Number and Contortion of its Proper Blood-Vef 1 lels, which Pals according to the Length of the Fibres in the Callofe and White Part. In Viewing the Surface of the Cortical Parts, it Appears Compos’d of a vaft Number of fmali Glands of a Depreft Oval Figure, from each of which Spring the Medullary Fi- bres, which Compofe the Callofe or White Part; all which make the Centrum Ovale of Vieufflens ( App. Fig. 30.11 n.) be- fore they Compofe the Crura Medulla Oblongata, (App. Fig. 29. BB.) In this Progrefs, the Medullary Fibres of the Ce- rebrum, give Originals to the OlfaCtory and Optick Nerves: At the Conjunction of the Crura, the Third Pair of Nerves Arife, App. Fig.2%,1,33: foon after the Annular Procefs or Pons Varoln, (which partly Arifies from the Cerebellum) (App. Fig. 28. ss) is Join’d with the Crura. In this Part of the Conjunction of the Medullary Parts of the Cerebrum with the foveral ProcefTes of the Cerebellum, the Fourth, Fifth, Sixth and Seventh Pair of Nerves Arife: and at the Beginning of the Medulla Oblongata, (whence Spring the Eighth and Ninth Pair of Nerves,) there is a compleat Union of all the Medullary Parts of the Cerebrum and Cerebellum; Where a Cineritious Part may be feen in its Middle, as Appears App.Pig. 29. dd. This Inverfion of the Order of the Callofe and Cineritious Parts, is kept thro’ the whole Medulla Spinalis. From what has been above Obferv’d, it Appears, the Sur- faces of the Cortical Parts of the Cerebrum and Cerebellum are much larger than thofe of their Medullary, confequently each Gland which helps to Compofe them, muft be larger in its Diameter than the Medullary Fibre, which Arifes from it. This Confideration will lead us ftill farther; for fince it s plain, the Surfaces of the Medullary Parts of the Brain and Cerebellum, are much larger than they are afterwards in the Medulla Oblongata, therefore the Fibres which Compofe them, muft neceffanly be thicker in their Diameters, at each Gland, than they are afterwards in their Progrefs to the Beginnings of the Nerves, where they are confiderably contracted, and frame the Apex of a Cone. Here we muft not omit to take notice, that all thofe Medullary Fibres infervient to Motion in general, and the Organs of Tatting and Touching, are very much Con- tracted at the Beginnings of their Nerves, without the Bo- il °i r£ la*n and Medulla Spinalis; and on the other hand, a thofe Medullary Fibres employ’d in the Organs of Seeing, earing and Smelling are contracted, or have the Apices of •p;?1*' ones within Body of the Brain: Thus the Nervous bv thtCn1Ceil 1J}^ot^on in and fuch as are Mov’d Orknmb^11!? f are lelfen’d between their affeCted bv*rho >lvaiJcatlons’extra Cerebrum; but thofe The utmoft T laf j°n 0^Jr1§nt: ir5 within the Brain. FibrtUx with a Microfcnn? ?blfl’v,e 111 Viewing the Nervous mer or Corpus Callofum (byreafon oft? U31 ’ ut ln For- Expanding a Thin Divided Tranfparent PanofTt o^! jed-Plate of the Microfcope) it Appears Reticukted? Incite Interfaces of its Rete of various Angles This cf7’a r the Nervous Syftem ftems to Plead againddlofe of the Animal Fundhons, Founded on the the Spirits or Eluids, Denvd immed.ately from the Brain and Tranfmitted by the Nervous Channels. We lliali here only prefent the Reader with an Anatomical Plan of the Organs of the External Senfes, and fliew how Objects may be Im- preft on them and Convey’d to the Senforium Commune,and leave him to Contemplate on the Elegant Fabrick of the Brain, whole particular Contrivances have hitherto efcap d the Dif- covery of the moft Sagacious Enquirers. The Five External Senfes, are fo many differing Species of Perception from the Applications of Bodies to their feveral Organs; either Immediate, as in Feeling and Tailing; or thro a Proper Medium, as in Smelling, Hearing and Seeing. The Senfe of Feeling is Extended thro the whole Body, except fome few Parts, as the Bones, Cartilages, &c. but chiefly Re- fides in the True Skin, whofe Structure, fo far as it Relates to this Senfe, is as follows. The Cuticula, (Tab. 4. Fig. 1,2, 3.) (which is a common Covering to the whole Surface of the Skin) being Remov’d, certain Papillary Protuberances Dif- cover themfelves, which View’d with a Microfcope (Tab. 4. Fig. 6.) Appear made up of many Roundifh Sudoriferous Glands, with a vaft Number of Nervous FibriUa Expanded on their Surface: This Uneven Papillary Surface is neceffary, to the end thofe FibriUa may be the more Expanded and Ap- ply’d to Tangible Objects; fo that the Figure, Modification and other manifeft Qualities may be Difcern d, and the Im- preflions Convey’d to the Common Senfory, by the Media- tion of their Nerves. Since the Extremities of the Fingers and Thumbs are (for many Reafons) neceffary Parts to be En- dued with an Exquifite Senfe of Feeling; therefore the Or- der of thefe Papilla are there Converted to a Contorted Series, which Appear like fo many Ruga under the Cuticula, as is Reprefented in the laft Mention’d Table, Fig. 4. The Cuticula here, as well as in other Parts of the Skin, is a ne- ceffary Medium between the ObjeCt and the Organ; but when it Grows very Thick, as in fome Laborious Mecha- nicks, it becomes an Impediment. From the vaft Number of thefe Nervous Filaments, any Solution of Continuity of the Skin it fel£ is more Painful, than moft of its fubjacent Parts. The Fabrication of the Tongue,its Papillary Surface,and the Manner of its Application to Objects, bears a great Simi- litude to that of the Skin now Defcrib’d, in fo much that fome have reckond the Senfe of Tatting a Species of TaUus. The Structure of this Part, as well as its Coverings and Papilla- ry Bodies, are Reprefented Tab, 13. where Fig. 2. Shews the External Membrane, in which the Papillary Bodies lying un- der it, Appear varioufly Figur’d, fome Conical, others Round, and others with their Extremities Forked. In fome Animals thefe Papilla are externally Large, and their Extremities Cartilaginous and Horny, but in Humane Tongues it is far otherwife; the Outward Membrane here being very Soft, the Papilla Numerous and Small, and appearing Villous to the Na- ked Eye. This Membrane being Rais’d (after fufficient Boyl- ing the Tongue) the next which offers, is more Spongy, Softer and full of Blood-Veflels, Tab. ib. Fig. 6, 7. This is Perfo- rated by the many Nervous Papilla, immediately Plac’d un- der it: (Tab. ib. Fig. 8.) the Tops of which are afterwards Re- ceiv’d in the Vaginula of the External Membrane. Thefe Pa- pilla Cleave to the Flefhy Fibres of the Tongue, and are of various Sizes and Figures as above Noted. In the Inter- ftices of thefe Papilla are Plac’d Divers Salival Glands, the Excretory Tubes of which, Difcharge themfelves by certain Apertures; (Tab. ib. Fig. 2. G G.) whereby the Villous Covering of the Tongue is Moiften’d, and the Saporiferous Particles are readily Admitted to the Corpora Papillaria, whole Nervous Expanfions (on their Surface, like thofe of the Cutis) Tranfmit the feveral Impreffions (made by Objects of Va- rious Figures) to the Common Senfory, by the Mediation of the Par Quintum. Thus the Structure of the External Parts of the Tongue, Agree with that of the Skin, with this Difference, the Former being Clothd (in Humane Bodies) with a very Thin Soft Membrane, and its Papilla very Nu- merous, Lefs and more Extruded or Longer ; wheieas t e Papilla Cutis, are Larger, Shorter, and Cover d with a more Denfe Membrane or Cuticula. Hence the Tongue pp * , be an Exquifite Organ of Taftus. However t ie en o , principally Refides in the Tongue, yet we mu e gans of Smelling hither, fince Experience ‘ • r)efi. : mer Senfe cannot be Compleat, where the Latter The External Organ of Smelling is not Confin d : Cavities of the Noftrils, but is Compos d of a very E . Glandulous Nervous Membrane, “ /ib Tab oi ; within the Cavities of the OfaFrontu \ ■ Fi" 2 IFourth Pair of Bones of the Upper-Jaw, I and in that Part of the Os Spbemides compofing the Sella Tar- ! Tab i9. Fig. a.) ah which Open into the Foramina Na- . num Befides th?fe Cavities, the Noftrils are furmih d with Divers OfTa Speagiefa, Defcrib d, Tab.92.F1g.1XL on which the . kme Membrane is Expanded. This Membrane is in a great ■ Meafure compos'd of the Extremities of the Olfadory Nerves* : d is the organ of this Senfe, which receives the Impreffion made by the Odoriferous Effluvia, whether in Inflation, as in ’ the proper Action of Smelling; or Expiration, as in Tatting, which happens in Maftication or Deglutition of die Aliment. The INTRODUCTION What we have hinted concerning the Complication of Tail- ing with Smelling, will in lome Manner be evinc d, if we re- fled on that Common Pradice of Holding the Nole to avoid Nauleous Tafts : And when the Foramina Narium are partly Obltruded, (as after taking Cold) how little we Diftinguilh the Proper Tafts of fonie Tilings, efpecially fuch as are Odoriferous. The Organs of the Fourth External Senfe, are the Two Ears, 6y*which the Various Sounds Impreft on the Ambient Air, are Reprefented to the Common Senfbry. The Exter- nal Ear or Auricula (Tab. 12. Fig. i.) is Compos’d of a Car- tilage Cover’d with the Cuticula and Cutis ; whole many Con- torted Foldings, are Fitted for the Reception of the External Undulating Air, and Tranfinitting it to the Meatus Audito- rius. The Winding Progrefs of the Meatus feems purpolely contriv’d, to prevent fome Inconveniences which might Arife from the Violent Irruption of the Air thro’ too Dired a Palfage to the Membrana Tympani, plac'd at the farther End of it: (Ap. Fig. 1 y. e.) For the fame Intent, the Cerumen or Ear-Wax, feems to be Separated by the Numerous Glands in the Membrane of the Meatus, to Infringe its Motion. The Air which thus Palfes the Meatus, Shakes the Membrana Tympani more or lefs, according to the Various Imprelfions made on it ab Extra: The Long Procefs of the Malleus ( App. Fi«- 1 y ) which is Contiguous to this Membrane, is necelTarily Mov’d confequently the Incus which is Articulated with the Malleus ( Tig*h) and the Stapes, which is Articulated with the Incus, by the Mediation of the Os Orbiculare., (App Fie 17 HI.) are all fuccelfively Mov’d by each other: Nor could any Tremulous Motions be Impreft on the Membrana Tym- (am by the External Air if the Cavity of the Tympanum it felf had no Aperture, by which its Contain'd Air could Fluctuate, no more than a Drum it felf would Sound if there were no Holes in its Sides. For this Reafon a PafTase from the Palate to the Tympanum is Form'd, (Fid. App. Fk 8 NN ! By this Curious Artifice the Various Sounds Arfing from the Vibrations of the External Air, are Modifi'd, and Ar- ticulately Reprefented to the Auditory Nerve, Expanded within the Winding Cavities of the Labyrinth or Three Se micircular Dudsi and Cochlea (App. Fig. ,7,18.) by means of the .Stapes, whofe Bafts immediately Covers the Foramen Ova- te or Entrance to thofe Cavities, where the Aer Injitus or Con- genitus, is laid to Refide. This Air tho' call'd Innate, muft Arne from that Contain d in the Tympanum, and necefiarily has a Communication with it, elfe we cannot fee how the Vibrations made by the Stapes, Ihould be Communicated to thele Contorted Channels. Nor can it be fuppos’d, the Ba- fis of the Stapes has any loofe Membranous Connexion to the Margin of the Foramen Ovale (which it muft have, to keep out the Air Contain d in the Tympanum j) Or that the Sta- pes adequately Clofes that Foramen: Both which would meet with Equal Impediments from the Grofler Air in the Tym- panum, preffing on the Bajis of the Stapes, and hindring its Elevation. The Small Mufcles which move the Malleus, and that of the Stapes, like the Heart, Diaphragm and Mulcles concern'd in Refpiration, do their Office Inadvertently, and are.Ufeful herein, as we have Reprefented them in App. Fig. iy, i<5, 17. This Structure of the Auricula and Parts within the Tym- panum, Prepare the Impreffions made in the External Air, and Reprefent them to the Expanfions of the Auditory Nerve; not unlike the Membranes and Humours of the Eye, Refradling the Rays of Light in paffing to the Tunica Retina in the Eye, which falls next under our Confideration. As the Air is the Vehicle of the Objects to the Two For- mer Organs, fo the Light is to this. The Nature and Pro- perties of Light, the Magnitude, Figure or Motion of Lu- minous Particles, as well as the Shape or Conformation of thofe Parts, which Affebt the Organs of the other Senfes, we omit as more Proper for the Difputes of the Schools than an Anatomical Difcourfe, confining our Theory of Vifion to the Structure of the Parts. In the Fabrication of thefe Organs, the Eye-lids or Fal- pebrce (Tab. n. Fig. 1, 2, 3>4>l) are none of the leaft Re- markable. The Upper is Elevated and Depreft by Two Mufcles, the External of which is Circular and call’d Or- bicularis. (Tab. 12.Fig;.4-) This Draws the Upper Eye-lid down s the Internal is Straight {Tab. 11. Fig. 4.) and Pulls it up. By this Contrivance the Eye is not only Defended from Extraneous Bodies, but the Difcharge of the Lachri- mal Humour is Accelerated by the feveral Ducfts, into the Internal Part of the Palpebrce next the Bulb of the Eye, Vid. Tab. 11 .Fig. y. The Eye it felf is Spherical and Mov’d by its Proper Mufcles, Reprefented in the laft mention d Tab. Fig. 7,8, 9, 10. Its Membranes, Humours, and the Parts which Compofe it being Expreft Tab. ib. Fig. 11,12,13,14 If, 17,18,19, 21,22, 23,24. we lhall here only take No- tice of its Strudure, fo far as Relates to its Adion, and De- scribe the Plan made by a Sedion thro’ the Axis of Vifion, which will Conduce to the right Apprehending the Manner* how Objeds are Reprefented in the Senforium Commune. A A, The Tunica Cornea, whole External Surface is a lit- tle more Convex than the Bulb of the Eye it felf. B B, The Tunica Sclerotica or Dura. C C, Parts of the Tunica Adnata or ConjunUiva, which are Continu d to the Internal Parts of the Palpebra\ D D, The Choroeides, the Fore-part of which is call’d Vvea; Its Blood-Veflels Appear very Beautiful, when Injected with Mercury, and feem to Compofe Divers Glandulous Bodies. E E, The Retina or Expanfions of the Optick Nerve, on which Objecfts are Depi&ed. F F, The Iris which lies Loofe or Floating in the Aqueous Humour. GG, The Ligamentum Ciliare. H, The Aqueous Humour. I, The Chryltalline. K, The Vitreous Humour. L, Part of the Optick Nerve. The Tunica Cornea Receives the Various Rays of Light proceeding from all Points of the Object, Colleds and Trans- mits them thro’ the Foramen of theVvea, or Pupill, Refrading the Diverging Rays on each Side toward the Perpendicular. The Chryftalline Humour Receives the Rays Firft Infraded in the Cornea., and beginning to Diverge again in the Aqueous Humour, and Refrads them a Second Time; So that all the Rays proceeding from the fame Point of the Objed, by Pair- ing thro this Denle Medium, do Converge again, and Ter- minate in the lame Point on the Rgtina. From this Refradion or Diredion of the Rays of Light, to a Point, diftind Pidures or Images of Vilible Objeds are Reprefented on thz Retina, as the Figures of External Bodies in palling thro* a Single Convex Glafs on a Paper on the Wall of a dark Chamber, the whole will be better Conceiv’d by the following Figure, which Reprefents the fame Sedion of the Eye, as the For- mer with the Luminous Rays palling thro’. ofK Jr7S, “ Pa®nS the Cornea and Humours fo Depiaed’on the rl ’ a”d Image of the Object is fion is Reduc’d in t-k Putina. How this Inver- . Keduc d In the Senjorium Commune to a Right Per- Things’ Iinythbe rCC°Unted f°r in °Ur Proper Kn°wledge of a Stifle’i thu ume,Manner, as we know when we hold the RiX TCh iHanr ?'ofs each other ’ that the Stick in Another - Th!,UCTrrfuCu -an °bje,a» and that in the Left proceeding fS Vj,fion beinS made by the Rayes of Light Motions n! ri°Mthe °bie£t > and making Due and Various ISSrlfr Kbres ofthe which are Com- with the fame Type°anmd°Chen!?ry °pti<* NerYes Senlafinn k and Charader ; we may reckon this The r i r T a to.gether unlike that oCTachs. foeak of i« m r16| lmal Fumftions which we Ihould here mv Thi'l fMufcu,ar Motion, but having already Publilh’d I U'?,nermng that Phxnommon in my Myotomia titwn fince ™ p™ trouble the Reader here with aRepe- menM fn r/Xper^ent’ nor (befides that has fin re n*j tf4\ a* concerning the Flelhy Fibres) or Favour anyUotherrh'Ch Ih°uld Add l° th°fe Conieaures> To the R E A D E R. H E Fate of Authors, when they appear on the Publick Stage of the World, 15 extreamty uncertain ; Good or III Succefi, Reputation orDifgrace fire- °L depend more on the Humor and Prejudice of the Reader, than erit °f Performance. This hard Fortune of all Writers has rnade it Dangerous for any Book to venture Abroadwithout jome Ha- rangue or Apology before it, to bejpeak a favourable Treatment. For my ar t ’ I have no Excufe to offer for not Complying with this reajonable Cu- flom j but wholly refign my Caufe to all Well-wifhers, to the Advancement °f Anatomy, the proper Judges of this Matter ; whofe Candor and In- n . dulgence, I doubt not, will be a better Protection, from the Defells that )hall be Difcover din this Work, than anyReafons 1 fhall be able to alledge in my Defence. If Volume contains a General Defcriptionof the Fabrick of Humane Bodies, after the Manner of a Cornmentary on the Tables, which Reprefent their feveral Organs. The prefent and laU Age, aye been Indujlnoits in making Difcoveries in the Animal Machine, by Detecting the Structure °' Ve Heart, and Artifice of the Circulation, the Origin and Courfe of the Lymphe-duds, the fe- ver at salival Glands and their Channels, the Texture of the Bones, and Medullary Cells, the Mu- ci agmous Glands of the Joints, the Organs and Procefi of Generation, the Organs of the External enjes, in reforming the Myology, {anEJfay on the Last ofThefe, with fome Remarks on the Stru- t ure an re Chon of the Penis, Ifome time fince Publifhdf) all which the Readier: will find in the jo owing Deferiptions, with rny own Obfervations and Conjectures, which in many Places differ vf™ e cneral receivd Opinions. Befides the Hiflory of the Natural Structure, I have oro oe whole Senes of the Work, Inferted fome Phenomena, I have found in Morbid Infractions, as I hope will be Ufeful in many Cafes, to the Chirurgical The whole is difios'd in this Order: In the first Hundred and Five Tables, after a VroIbeB of the Bod/ with the Teguments, Hair , &c. the Parts of the Head, Neck, Brain, Medulla pina is> ow, an fo proceeds to thofe of the Bread, Back, Loins, Lower-belly, Uterus with the I oetus and its sldjunEts ;next the Mufcles of the Limbs, andlajll/ the Thefe Figures were Drawn after the Life, by the Maflerlv Taint pr n r\<*T J a f Ai ir tt j and Retir plant th? > lj ?7 de **d Engrav d by no lefs a Hand, Pub liflfd by Dr Bidloo far beyond any Ex ft ant ; and were fome time fince her There tillLf/C / ri °f. ./Leyden. / fall take the U- renlef111IK ff’ Pm m thf Tailes 1 bave added aho™ Seven-hundred Refe- ble bfllTltf better d with a Ten m the fever al Figures ; among whichit is hardly pfi ble but Mi flakes may occur in fome T laces, {by thofe who have Inferted them) which I hope will not be imputed to my Inadvertence. The Parts which in many Places had their Nomenclature barely annex d, are here Copioujly Defcrib d; to which, as 1 before Noted, are added fuch Obfervations of the Male Conformation and Vitiated Structure, as may llluftrate the Pathalogy or HiCtory of Difeafes, oeu ymptoms and Caufe s ; 1 have likewife interjpersd fever al Remarks on the ufual Method of G Jirmgical Operations, with Directions for performing them in a more ExaCt and Succefful Man- ner an af lygiven an Account of fever al Cafes and Accidents rarely occurring, and not (at ffs_ commony) o fervd by Authors. The Appendix is partly a Supplement to the preceding ■F-r/f Part/ a Cof'reCtion of fuch Things as are not well Expreki ; for In fiance, The two Tip d a Projpecl or General View of the whole Body, both on the Fore and Back-fide, 7 u -f ft l*. cements, and Clear d from its Fat; where the External Mufcles with their Ten- ons, a e'iculi and Series of Fibres, Appear on the Surface• Thefe are not Drawn by Invention, u ure1 ouch d on after an Original Cast from the Life in Plaifter of Paris, which 1 have now by t, 36 jv -fable contains a Syfiem of the Arteries Diffeded from a Foetus, with their fever al urn s art Ramifications, Delineated from the Life, which I have alfo by me InjeCted with FVax ; J!irp!nUfJfi Ur from that Defcrib'd (Tab. rfi may be Joon Difcoverd. In two other Fi- thp Aufi Jejame lf~te, are the cProfi>eds of the Extremities of the Veins and cArteries, as thp l rauJParent Finns of a Griggand Flounder, view d thro a Microfcope. Here e jo of Circulation, the Continuity of the Venous and Arterious Channels, the Globuli paf- wem m an uninterrupted Current, is Demonflrated In another Figure is ExpreCl our Con- thp1 if tUT ia 6 i 00fe DnCls, which Export the Lympha and redundant Nutrhnent. In Courfp171 ecePtaculum Chyli is Reprefented, Fill'd with Mercury, with the Various thp Trfli ff. yV-Veffelsand Ly?nphe-duCls, their Communicant Branches, the Lumbal Glands, in? TabF ( jf0'71 t^e Receptacle, hitherto JJnob fervd, at leaf not Delineated. In the remain- Or?nf ja CClr "oe fedious Enumeration of Particulars may tire the Patience) are the ternal Je Meatus a Palato ad Aurem, and that from the Inner Ear to the Ex- Ton?ue and Af °f ~"orarrdna °f the Tonfls which Evacuate the Pituita ; the feveral Parts of the und Lips [pvpfff ’ Je a^ls °f the Brain, that of the Cranium*; the Mufcles of the Face In this ITndprt °l' 7 ,7 are not ‘Defcrib d, and the reft Erroneoufly. vtfing as many have been Qbligd to my Learned Friend Dr. Tancred Robinfon, in Re- more Ufeful a On if S ?s j lea fur e would give him leave. In the lad P lace, to render the whole to return his Thank* t n//eX U at the End j which if the Reader finds Ufeful, he is Obligd digesting the Content* °f If .efervin& Mr. James Fern the Surgeon, who was at the Trouble of means permit me to do °lS lnt° an Alphabetical Order, which my Avocations would by no hopd he wilFExafe fhV t0 ‘Di[co™r any Literal Errors, of which fome may befound, it is my Profefton not fuffeZ J™ dccomt °fthe HaBe and ‘Dlftanie °fthe Tre ths lattice in j u / jjcrmg me aiWays tQ Remje everjf mlnute Pajffage. A N A TO M Y O F HUMANE BODIES. EFORE. we enter on the Anatomical Defcription of Hu- manc Bodies, let us take a View of their External Parts, as they 111/ aPPear in the Living State: Here we fhall Firft briefly take notice of their moft remarkable Appearance in the Embryo and Foetus of the Womb; and thence proceed to oblerve the Mm feveral Stages of Proportion from Children to thole of a Full- grown State, and Old Age: To thefe we fhall add the dif- ferent Proportions of Men and Women; and laflly the Ex- ternal Appearance of the Mufcles and other Parts in divers A&ions. Tf a Prseexiftence of Parts in an Embryo was allowable, that at Twenty five days after Conception (Figured Tab. SI-Fig. 5.) would incline us to believe the Brain and whole Head had a Precedency, fince its Magnitude then exceeds the whole Bulk of the reft of the Parts; but as the time of the Birth advances, the Head of the Foetus does not commonly exceed a Fourth Part in its whole Length. The Center or Middle Part between the two Extreamsof the Head and Feet of an Infant, is in the Navel; but that of an Adult in the Ojfa Pubis: And this Pro- portion of dividing Children into Four Parts, whereof the Head is one, is common- ly made ufe of by Painters and Sculptors, &c. A Child i wo Years old has about Five Heads in its whole Length; but one of Four or five Years, has about Six; thus meafured, by dividing the whole Body into fo many Lengths, whereof the Head muff be one. Hence it appears, as the Growth of the Body advances, there is a gradual Approach to the Proportion of an Adult of Eight, nine, or ten Faces in the whole Length. There are many Bodies in a Full-grown State, which have not above Four or five Lengths or Faces; butthofe are Mifcarriagesin Nature, and therefore not Subjects of our prefent Confideration. About the Fifteenth or fixteenth Year, Seven Faces or Lengths are then the Proportion or Meafure, and the Center inclines towards the upper Parts of the Oflh Pubis; and tho’ this Proportion may ferve indifferently for a lhort well-fet thick Perfon, rvhen the Shoulders are broad, and the Limbs thick, and flrong; yet if on the contrary the Shoulders are fomewhat narrow, and the Limbs flender, it will reprefent a Youth: And however Paradoxical it may feem at firft, yet an Vld.Woman, or the Goddefs Vella will fall under this Proportion of Lengths, 10 t e bending forwards of the Back-bones; and tho’ the Limbs bear a Piopor- on tocmeof Eight or nine Faces, yet they not being duly extended (for want C Vl8°rous Action of the Mufcles) render the Appearance of the whole Fi- very ihort. a 3i!^C c/ents ave commonly allowed Eight Heads to their Figures, fays the uthorof the Obfervations 011 Mr Du Frefnoys Art of Painting, made Englifh by the Incomparable Mr. Dry den but we, fays he, divide the Figure [of aHu- manc Body] into Ten Faces, from the Crown of the Head to the Sole of the Foot, in the following manner : A[. B. That this Number of Faces depends on the Age, as above hinted, and the Quality of the Perfons reprefented. The Apollo and Vmus de Medices have more than Ten Faces. T H E FIRST TABLE. ROM the Crown of the Head i, to the upper part of the Forehead A is t^le Third Part of a Face. Jjjlj ilgf The Face begins at the Roots of the loweft Hairs, which are upon the Forehead AB, and ends at the Bottom of the Chin I. The Face is divided into Three proportionable Parts ; the Firft contains |fi ChinGHhrd AB 5 SeC0“d *** Nofe C ’ and the Third the Mouth and Fiom tlie Chin to the Pit between the Two Coller-bones or upper Part of the Sternum, are Two Lengths of a Nofe. PP From the Pit between the Two Coller-bones to the Bottom of the Breaft called ScroUculus Cordis N, One Face. r£alt’ From the Bottom of the Breafts to the Navel R, one Face; the Apollo has a Nofe more From the Navel to the Tudenda S, One Face; but the Apollo has Haifa Nofe more- aiid the upper Half of the Venus de Medices is to the lower Part of the Belly, and not to the Privy Parts From the Genitories or Pudenda, to the upper Part of the Knee, called the Thigh W, Two Faces The Knee contains Haifa Face. From the lower part of the Knee to the Ancle, call’d the Leg, Two Faces. From the Ancle or Malleolus internus to the Sole of the Foot, Half a Face. A Man, when his Arms are ftretched out, is from the Extremity of the Longeft Finger of his Right Hand to the Extremity of the Longeft of his Left, as broad as he is long. 5 From one fide of the Breafts to the other below the Paps M M, Two Faces. The Bone of the Arm call’d Humerus is the Length of Two Faces from its Conjunction with the Shoulder-blade to the Elbow. Here we think our Author is miftaken, for if you allow Two Faces to that Part of the Arm between the Shoulder and bending of the Cubit, and Two more from the Elbow to the Root of the Little Finger, when the Fingers contain Half a Face, and theDiftance between the Point of the Shoulder, and Pit of the Throat, a Whole Face; you will make Five Faces and Half on each Side or Half Length, which amounts to Eleven Faces in the Whole: But if you add to this what he fays afterwards, that the Boxes of the Elbows with the Humerus, and of the Hu- merus with the Shouldei-blade, bear a Proportion of Half a Face, when the Arms are ftretched out; then the Whole Diftance between the Extremities of the Two Middle Fingers, when the Arms are fo extended, will amount to Eleven Faces and a Half; wherefore we think the Account may ftand Corrected thus. From the Pit of the Throat to the Top of the Shoulder or Extremity of the Spine of the Scapula, One Face ; from thence to the bending of the Cubit or Elbow, one Face and a half; thence again to the Wrift, One Face and a Nofe. The Hand with the Fingers Extended contain One Face: hence it follows that Four Faces, a Nofe, and Half a Face, is the diftance between the Throat Pit, and Extre- mity of the Middle Finger; which upon extenfion of the whole Arm, &c. will amount to Five Faces, or rather more than iefs. The Sole of the Foot, is the Sixth part of the whole Figure, fays our Author; but the Foot oueht not to exceed a Face, and a Nofe in Length. S C As for the Breadth of the Limbs, no precife Meafure can be given, becaufe the Meafures themfelves are not only changeable according to the Quality of the Perfons, but according to the Movement of the Mufcles. A Man is Two Lengths or Faces from the Point of each Shoulder; that is to fay from the Upper Part of the Sternum between the Clavicular call’d the Pit of the Throat, to the Extremity of the sPj”e oPth j fca£uff> d the T°P .op theT Shoulder,One Length; and fo on the other Side. . TSAen e ciP|S °? 5?“ 1Sr°f Le"gth^d a Half’ that is> the great Trochanter of the Thigh Bone of one Side, to that of the other: The precife Places of which Bones are interfefted by an Horizontal Line drawn from the Tubes to each Side. K, The Tomum Mdami, or Protuberant Part of the Larynx, which in Men is much larger than in Women. L, The Sternum or Os Teutons appearing under the Skin <&c. between the Two Pe&oral Mufcles. N, The ScroUculus Cordis commonly call’d the Pit of the Stomach, under the Skin, &c. Precifely in this Place, is the Carti- lago Unfiformis. O P, The Epigajirium. CL Q, That of the Left Side denotes the Inguina • that of the Right, the Ilia. R, The Region of the Navel. S, The Tents. T T, The Arms. V V, The Legs. W W3 The Thighs. X X, The Feet. Y Y, The Shoulders. Z Z, The Hands. The Hypocondrium. . * *, The Hypogaftrium. 7* i. r.z. THE SECOND TABLE &■£ P RE S E N T S the Fore-part of a Woman, in whom the Symmetry or Proportion differs from that of a Man : Firlt, that moff remarkably the Shoulders are narrower ; the Man having Two Lengths or Faces in the Breadth of his Shoulders, and One and a Half in his Hips; whereas a Wo- man on the contrary, has but one Face and a Half in her Shoulders, and Two in her Hips : Secondly, the Clavicula or Channel-bones, and Mufcles in general do not appear in W omen as in Men; whence it is, the out Line of the one, as 'Painters call it, differs very much from that of the other. Nor will any Adtion, in which a Woman ufes her utmoft Strength, occafion fuch Swellings or Rifingsofthe Mufcles and other Parts to appear, as they do in Men; fince the great Quantity of Fat placed under thp Skins of Women fo cloaths their Mufcles, 0sV. as prevents any fuch Appearance. We cannot conceive this one Quantity,and more equal Diftribution of Fat under the Skins of Women does intirely proceed from any peculiar Qualification, either in their Whole Frame, or intimate Structure of their Parts where it is produced; but by reafon they lead a more fecfcntary Life, and are fcarce at any time ac- cuftom’d to hard Labours, whereby theirTatty Veficula (exprell Tab. 4. Fig. 14.. 1, 2, 3.) are compreft, by the frequent Operations of their Mufcles, fo as to prevent that more equal Diftribution, and increafe of their contain’d Oyl: Yet on the other hand, it muff be acknowleg’d, thattheLegs, and Feet of Women, and even thole who walk much, do not afford thofe Mufcular Appearances like thofe of Men, which we might-expect, were it not that Women did fuffer very much in thofe Parts; whether in the time of Impregnation, when the Uterus by its Extenfion fo preffes the lliack Veins, as to hinder the Progrefs of the refluent Blood, whence the whole Legs become S well'd, and frequently Varices of their External Veins pro- ceed ; or when the Menftrua are Obftrudted, the Legs (thro’ a Plenitude of Sero- fities intheVeffels) are incident to fuffer in like manner in their outward Inclo- fures, by reafon of the Unaptnefs of their Pofition to difcharge their refluent Blood. The other remarkable Parts, which differ from a Man, and appear Externally in a Woman, are; A A, The Mamma. B, The Pudendum. THE THIRD TABLE. A T has been faid, in the preceding Table, relating to the Appearance of the External Parts of a Man, ior Woman, may indifferently ferve this Place; wherefore we fhall proceed to the laft Part of our Defign f in thefe Animadverfions, vi\. Of the External Appearance of the Mufcles, and other Parts, in divers %v/ aNI Adions. If a ftrong Perfon is to be reprefented in a vigorous Atftion, fuch as Hercules &c. after a M fuitable Proportion to fuch a Figure, and the Adion is defign’d; the next Thing the Painter, or Seal ptor is to confider, which are thofe Parts, or Limbs imployd in thechiefeft Force of the A&ion; and if the Figure is Handing, let him be fure one Leg, and particularly its Foot, be in a Right Line, or Per- pendicular to the Trunk, or Bulk of the Body, where the Center of its Gravity may be plac'd in an ALquilibrium : This Center is determin’d by the Heel ; or if the Figure is on Tiptoe, as it’s call’d, then the Ball of the Great Toe is the Center ; the Mufcles of this Leg, which thus fupport the Body, ough t to beexpreft more in A&ion, or Swelled in their Bellies, and their Ten- dons drawn more to an Extenfion, than thofe of the other Leg, which is plac’d only in Order, to receive the Weight of the Body towards that Way, to which the Adion inclines it: As for Example, fiippofe Hercules was with a Club, or the like, lin- king at any Thing which Hood before him towards his Left .Side; then let his Right Leg be plac d fo as to fupport the whole Weight of his Body, and the Left loofly touching the Ground only with its Toes. Here the External Mufcles of the Right Leg ought to be expreft very Strong, or much Tumified; but thofe of the Left, fcarcely appearing more than if the whole Figure was in fome fedentary Pofture; except, as in the Cafe now mention d, the Foot being extended, then the Mufcles, which compofe the Calf of the Leg, are in Adion, and appear very Strong; as it is well expreft in the Right Leg of that excellent Figure of the Ancients, the Gladiator in Prince Borghefes s Palace at fyme; of which, we have only a Copy, or Caft, plac’d by the Canal in St. James s Park. When we fay, the External Mufcles of the Right Leg, or that which fupports the Weight of the Body, ought to be expreft very Strong j we don’t mean that all thofe Mufcles Ihould be expreft equally in Adion j but that thofe chiefly Concern’d in that Adion, or Pofture, that the Leg is then in : As for Example, if the Leg or Tibia is extended, then the extending Mufcles, plac’d on the Thigh, are molt Swell’d ; if it is Bended, then the Mufcles, and their Tendons appear moft. The like may be obferv’d of the whole Body in General, when it is in purfuitof' fome vigorous Adion; as appears in that Figure of the Gladiator laft mention’d. The Laocoon in the Vatican Garden at Rome alfo furmfhes us with an Example of this Mufcular Appearance thro’ the Whole; but in the Antinous, Apollo, and other Figures alfo of the Ancients, in the Vatican, and other Places, in Poftures where no confiderable Adions are defign’d, wo fee'their Mufcles expreft but Faintly, or fcarcely Appearing; whence we can’t but think the Sculptors of thofe Times were very well ac- quainted with thefe Obfervations. Tho it be granted, the ancient Greeks were accuftom’d to fee Nudities very Often, nay, almoft Conftantly ; yet the Difficulty of Copying thefe things from the Life is fo Great, that unlefs they were well acquainted with fuch like Remarks, they would fall fhort of Nature in fuch Performances; fince it is well known, even the Life it when expos’d to the Artift, can’t continue thofe vigorous Adions for any time; but the Mufcles fall, and the Parts loofe their neceflary Appearance in Adion, tho’ the Pofture is the fame. Hence it is, that Limbs, tho’ Caft, or Moulded from the Life it felf, are not ftridly to be follow’d, unlefs the Life could continue the whole Spirit, or Force of the Adion during the time, that the Mould was making from it, which I am apt to think is next to an Impoffibility ; however it might be attempted, at leaft in fome particular Parts. Wherefore a rational Theory muft help us, at leaft, to fuch Hints, that when we fee, we may know what to obferve, and the Reafon why it appears fo in the Life. This is indeed a very Entertaining Study, which many of our Modern Painters and Sculptors are leaft acquainted with. Thus far, in General, relating to the Mufcles, &c. In the next Place, let us take Notice of fome particular Appearances of the External Mufcles, and other Parts : Firft, of the Mujculi Maftoidii (vid. App. Fig. i. 14.14.) if either of thefe Ad, the Head is turn’d to the contrary Side, and the Mufcle, which performs the Adion, appears very Plain under the Skin, and is often well expreft both by Painters and Sculptor s, as is reprefented in the Neck of the Figure of the Firft Table. If the Arms are lifted up, the Swelling of the Mufcles, plac’d on the Shoulders, which perform that Adion, call’d Deltoides, (App. Fig. 1. 20.) make the Extremities of the Spines of the Shoulder-blades, (App. Fig. 2. i i.) call’d the Tops of the Shoulders, appear Hollow, or Indented. The Shoulder-blades follow the Elevation of the Arms, their BaJis(App. ib. /, /.) incline, at that Time, Obliquely Downwards. If the Arms are drawn Down, put Forwards, or pull’d Backwards; the Shoulder-blades neceffarily vary their Pofitions ac- cordingly; ail which is to be learnt by confulting the Life only; when being well acquainted with what then appears in the very Adion, the Artift will be able to comprehend an Idea, how to exprefs it: Hence it is, we feldom find the Back fo well expreft, as the Fore-parts; the Latter not being fubjed to fuch various Alterations, as the Motions of the Shoulder-blades caufe in the Former. When the Cubit, or Arm is Bended, the Two-headed Mufcle call’d Biceps Interims (App. Fig. 22.) has it’s Belly very much Rais’d ; as appears in the Left Arm of the Figure of the Firft Table : The like may be obferv’d of the Biceps Externus call'd G* melius, (App Fig. 2. 17,17.) when the Arm is extended. r > a The Right Mufcle of the Abdomen (App. Fig. 1.41.41.) appears very Strong in Rifing from a decumbent Pofture. Thofe Parts of the great Saw-Mufcle before, (jpp. ib. 40,40.) which are receiv’d in the Teeth, or Beginnings of the Oblique Defending Mufcle (ib. 38,38.) are very much Swell’d, when the Arm on the fame Side is thruft Forwards ; that Saw-Mufcle then being in Adion in drawing the Scapula Forwards alfo. The long extending Mufcles of the Trunk, plac’d on each Side the Back-bone, (App. Fit. 2. **) Ad alternated in \XAlir ing after this manner; if the Right Leg bears the Weight of the Body, and the Left is in Tranflation, as on Tiptoe; tile lait mention'd Mufclesofthe Back on the Left Side, may be obferv d to be Tumified about the Region of the Loyns; and fo on the other Side. The Troc anthers, or outward, and uppermoft Heads of the Thigh-bones (App. Fig. 2. r, r.) vary in their Pofitions in fuch manner, as no precife Obfervations can explain their feveral Appearances; but the Study after the Life will foon inform the diligent obferving Artift. If the Thigh is Extended, as when the whole Weight of the Body refts on that Side, the Glutaus, or Buttock-Muffle (App. Fig. 2. 32, 32.) makes a different Appearance, from what offers at another Time; but if the Thigh is drawn Back- wards, that Mufcle appears ft ill more, and more Tumified. When the whole Leg is drawn Upwards, Forwards, and at the fame time the Foot inclin’d Inwards, the upper Part of the Mufculm Sartorius (App. Fig. 1. 44-) appears rifing very ftrong; in other Pofitions of the Thigh that Mufcle makes a furrowing Appearance in its whole Progrefs, as is expreft in the Figure of the Firft Table. If a Man is on Tiptoe, the extending Mufcles of the Shank, placed on the Forepart of the Thigh (App. Fig. 1. a 6 47 48) and thofe of the Foot, which compofe the Calf of the Leg, (App. Fig. 2. 43, 44.) appear very ftrong, and the Mufculm Peroneus primus (App. Fig. 1. Jf.) makes a confiderable Indentation, or furrowing at that time in its Progrefs, on the Outfide of the Leg. ...... r , , ' Befides thefe Remarks we could mention many more, which will foon be taken Notice of by the obfervino- Artift in confultino- the Life ; to which he ought to apply himfelf, after he is well acquainted with the Anatomy of the External Parts 5. fee the Firft, and Second Figures of our Appendix. A B, The Hairy, or Back parr of the Head. C, The Right Temple. D, The Hair tied up on the Occiput. E, The Neck, where Fontanels are ufually made. FF, The Shoulders. G, The Back. H, The Loins. 1I, The Buttocks. KK, The Thighs. L L, The Legs. MM, The Arms. T-3 THE FOURTH TABLE. Du£ls with this Difference from thofe of other Parts, viz. They receiving their feparated Juyce immediatly from the Pores in the Extremities ot the Blood Veflels; whereas the Hairs, as we conceive, have their Radi- cal Moiflure tranfmitted to them by the Mediation of a Spongious Body which abforbs it from the circumjacent Parts: Hence it is that the Hairs grow in dead Bodies, when the Natural Motions of the Fluids ceafe. The Hair between the Light, and naked Eye, appears pellucid; but if viewed with a Microfcope in that Pofition, it appears Spongy, or not unlike the Internal Part of a Cane: It feems to be compos’d of horny globular Particles varioufly joyn’d together, and colour’d, where it hath Plenty of Moiflure, it is commonly Pendulous ; if more Dry, it is Curl’d. Eg. 7, 8. Two of the Hairs of the Head figur’d with a Microlcope: A, Its fpongious Body compos’d of horny globular Particles. B B B, Its ffcraight and tranfverfe Stalks, which joyn its Globules to- gether. C C C, The woolly or downy Part of the Hair, which defcends from above, and (lands obliquely downwards ; whence it happens, when the Ends of the Hairs are not placed in their right Pofition, the Hairs are apt to intangle in Combing, as it do’s in thofe Periwigs made of what they call Combings. D D, The Top of the Hair divided: E, Its Middle Part: F, Its Root arifing from the Piliferous Body, placed within the Skin. G, A Portion of the Cuticle, which commonly flicks to the Hair when extra&ed. Fig. p. The Branches, which fometimes appear on the Top of the Hair by a Microlcope. Fig. 10,11,12. The different Thicknefs of the Hairs of divers Parts of the Body, when view’d with the fame Microlcope. Figure the Tenth, that of the Groin ; the Eleventh, that of the Noftrils; the Twelfth Figure repre- sents the Hairs of the Eyelids. Immediatly under the Skin is placed the Fat in Humane Bodies; nor is it found in all Parts alike; on the Forehead it is Very little, under the Hairy Scalp lefs, except its Hinder Part, on the Eyelids and Ferns none, nor on the LMuJcu/us Quadratus Colli. . Fig. 13. A Portion of the Fat of the Abdomen. A A, Its External Membrane. B B, Its Internal Membrane. C C, The Globules of the Fat with their Blood Veflels palling to them, whence their oyly Contents are deriv’d. 1. The Integument or Covering of the Globules of Fat rais’d. 2. The Globules of Fat themfelves. 3. Some of the Globules divided from the reft; in which the Breakings off of their Membranes, and Blood Veflels, are exprefl: Hence it appears, that the Fat is a Congeries or Heap of Membranous Cells, which in the Microfcope appear diftended with Oyl: If the Exiflence of thofe ‘Duftus Adipoji could be demonflrated, as Bidloo intimates at C C in the laft defer ib’d Figure, I fhould incline to think of another Office of them intended in Nature, than what Malpighius has affigned them, viz. To convey the oily Contents of the Aaipofe Cells to lome neighbouring Interflices, whether of Mufcles, or other Parts, that are on Occafion mov’d, or Aide on each other; or into fome remarkable Ca- vity, as into that of the Abdomen, &c. where it meets with a Mucilage fe- parated by the Mucilaginous Glands placed in the neighbouring Mem- branes, and ferves to make up a Compofition to Lubricate the Parts ac- cording to Do£lor Havers’s OJleologia Nova, Pag. 20?. Eg. 14. The Outfide of theiafl Common Integument of the whole Body, call’d the Common Membrane of the Mufcles; fome divide this into Two Membranes, and diflinguifh them by the Names of Carnofa and Communis Mujculorum ; which we look on to be altogether needlefs as may ap- pear by the following Defcription. Fig. if. The Infide of the Membrane laft deferibed: The rife of this Membrane is commonly faid to be from the Spines of the Fertebra? of the Back,becaufe as I fuppofe that is the molt liable Part to which it’s Connected: It is co- extended with the Skin it felfj as appears in molt Parts, and has its Cor- refponding Foramina for the Eyes, Noflrils, Ears, Mouth, Anus, and Fudendum: As to its Intimate Structure, I have always met with con- curring Experiments and Obfervations, of its being an Extenfible Bo- dy , compos’d of divers Strata or Membranes, framing Cells, which have divers lefler Cells or Loculi within them; and “JIer"/)rts» where the Loofnefs of the Skin it felf would admit, thofe Idler Cells or Loculi, are fill’d with Oil, and are call’d Fat; but in other Parts where either the Hardnefs of the fubjacent Bone, when the Skin is extended, as on the Top of the Skull, or the repeated quick Motions, as of the Eye- lids, or the Structure of the Part, as of the Fenis\ thefe Membranous Loculi are not fo extended with Oil, as to make an Appearance o Fat, whence it is we And this Membrane much thicker in thole Parts iait mentioned, than in others; and on the contrary .thinner and fewer Strata of Lamirne, where its Cells are partly po fell with Fat. This Common Membrane is furmlhed with Veflels of all forts; nor is it con- fin’d to the Surface of the Mufcles only, but mfinuates in their Interfile tia and helps to compote their Coverings; whencre it Iiappens that by blowing into the divided StYutu of the Cells of this membrane ? the whole Body of the Animal is Tumified; which is commonly pra&ifed by Butchers, efpecially in drefling their Veal. The common Integuments of the whole Body being demonflrated, we proceed to thofe particularly belonging to the Head; nor fhall we omit fpeaking again of thefe hereafter, where any thing in their par- ticular Parts occurs to our Obfervation or Memory, which the fuc- ceeding Figures may help us to explain. Fig. 1. ®EPRESENTS a Portion of the Cuticula or Scarf-skin, rais’d from the Back of the Hand, and viewed with a Microlcope. A A, The Perforations or Pores, whereby the Sweat is difeharged. BB, The Indentures or Furrows. CC, The Bladder like Protuberances; both thefe arife from the Inequality of the Papillary Surface of the Skin it felf. D D, The Hairs which break forth through the Cuticula. E E, The Afperities or Filaments, by which the Cuticula is faftned to the True Skin. With the Afliftance of the Microfcope, the Cuticula appears compofed of divers Strata or Beds ot Scales, faftned to the Papillary Surface of the Skin; and are fo intangled with each other, as that they appear a con- tinued Pellicle or Membrane when rais’d from the True Skin, whether by the Application ofBlifler-Plafters in Living People,or Scalding Water, Hot Irons, or the like, in Dead Bodies: According to the Number of thefe Strata or Beds of Scales, the Skin appears to be more, or lefs Fair, and the Perfon is commonly faid to have a thicker or thinner Skin; tho’ ve- ry frequently the Jaundice and other Difeafes give it an ill Tindlure. The Cuticula like the True Skin is not Uniform, in divers Parts of it the Number of its Scales and their Strata exceed thofe of others; on the Lips not above two Strata appear; on other parts more, teldom lefs; in the Bottoms of the Feet of thofe who walk much, and the Palms of the Hands of Laborious Mechanicks, thefe Strata are not only very nu- merous, but each Scale is thickned. If you Macerate the Cuticle in Water, after fome days, its Strata of Scales will appear, and you may divide it in- to Two, fometimes Three, or Four Pellicles; the like Divilion of it may be alfo obterv’d in Heficatones dr Bliflers rais’d on Living Perfons. Fig. 2. A Portion of the Cuticula rais’d from the Bottom of the Foot, and' view’d with the fame Microfcope as the former; where its remarkable Thicknefs appears. Fig. 3- A Portion of the Cuticula rais’d from the Back; in which the Inden- tures, Furrows, &c. agree with thofe of Figure the iff. The Surface of the True Skin of that Part being exadlly agreeable with that of the other; but at the Extremities of the Fingers, and Thumbs, the Cuticle is varioufly wreathed and contorted, conformable to the fubjacent Papillary Protu- berances of the True Skin, as appears in the following Figure. Eg. 4- The Upper and Inner Side of the Thumb drawn likewife by the Afli- flance of the Microfcope. A, From the Point arife BB, Two Lines, of a Circular Difpofition; C C, Others which form Triangles. D, Other Lines varioufly contorted or winding* The Cuticle being remov’d, the Cutis or Skin it felf appears. Fig. y. A Portion of the Skin of the Arm, as it appears on its External Sur- face to the naked Eye. Eg. 6. The External Surface of the Skin, when view’d with a Microfcope; where us Internal Structure or Fete ofBlood Veflels are alfo exprefl. A A, The FapiUaFyr ami dales; made up of divers Pyramidal Round- 1 nVTur ?, Compofition the Nerves have a confiderable Share. " » -f, Capillaments of the little Aqueous Veflels placed between e according to Bidloo. I mutt confefc notwithffanding all tne Diligence I could yet ufe in examining this Part with the Micro- cope, or otherwife, I have hitherto doubted of the Exiflence of thefe Aqueous Veflels, between the Cuticula and Cutis; in which fome have §uCu 1 e at T?wnY Tindture of the c and that Black one of the 7 Sudoriferous Glands, which compofe the TapilU. mentfoned GlandT1 “ &om the laft fidS!h,f(v frilrs f'cfg ner the Pores of tIle Sweat VefTels: Be- fides thefe VelRls, the Skm is furmlhed with Arteries, Veins, Nerves, Ihh FwZhFFbi,the Trunks 0f the Two forraer "dl exprefl in ShSor sLnl Pen.“ l aPPearVke Skln can n°.m°re be dteem'd a ded Parte k P - Pi!rt’ tkan 0 tbob: call’d Diflimular or Compoun- can MlB *£* a7 Part °f >*e whole Animal Oeconomy, that fels, Nerves ZhT d S‘uPie.n not ComPound«i 5 even the Blood Vef- »heredemonihadtedyZr!IdU4 Z' CoraP°und“* Parts, as fhall be elfe compofe the 'PatidU r,ni ** ?e Pyramid;d Sudoriferous Glands, which on the Internal'surface or’uZi? ?her S“ Glands’placed find in the Axilla when* L C In» die moft confiderable of thefe we properly (SMiliares from rr omctIrnes call’d Axillares, but more demeath thefe 1^u1re’ die Axillary Glands lying un- into them by the Lvmnherl 1 receivmg the Lympha, brought charge it again rJ.nSlng from the whole Arm, do dif racick Dug. Thin Way to the Tho- to the naked Eye, under the Glands> tho’ «otfo evident the Ears: The Hairy-fcaln skin f h^l,^irJ§ers> and behind and So es of the Palms of the Hands, we fhall not diOmguilh them t rhlrWlth th?fe Glandsi wherefore tuauon, but chooie to give them mo NamCS °,f the Places of‘their Si* as to their Office, as Glandule Sudonflr §enei2 domination, either the Skin alfo are placed thole BofafZhi ™ ulgUrej as *M«ns. In fome are alfo efteem’d Glands, and ail’d ?S*thc Hairs arile 5 thefe> by dies or Glands, are f urnifhed at their Roots m : Tllefe Piliferous Bo- Blood Veflels, Nerves, the Hairs ImPortlng and Exporting o as it were their Excretory THE FIFTH TABLE. Fig. i. AA,&c- HEWS the Internal Part of the Hairy Scalp, as it appears after a cro^sSeClion, and hanging down, when free’d from itsfubjacent Membrane the ‘Pericranium. The Thicknefs of the Hairy Scalp is not only owing to the Number of its Piliferous Bodies, and they fo much larger than thofe of other Parts, except the Chin, Lips, &c. hut it is alfo plentifully furnilh’d with Sudoriferous Miliary Glands; PPSVfaw*1 Mpi both which appear in a Divifion of the Scalp: Hence fo many Blood- Veflels, and they fo very large, are to be found in this Part; whence fuch large Fluxes of Blood arile in dividing the Scalp in Living Bo- dies, as is commonly done to apply the Trepan, &c. BB,&c. Part of the Verieranium, together with the Frontal Mufcle on the Left Side hanging down: The Pericranium like the common Membrane of the Mufcles may be divided into divers Lamel- la, or Membranes, as is hinted in the Explanation of the preceeding Table: It is plentifully furnifh'd with Blood-Velfels which chiefly fpring from the Temporal and Occipital Arteries; but divers of them arifefrom the Arteries of the ‘Dura Mater, which pafs thro’ the Skull ; of which Two remark- able Trunks may be obferv’d, one on each Side the Longitudinal Suture, between that Part call’d the Sinciput and Occiput, a little above the Lamdoidal Suture. C, Part of the Pericranium cleaving to its Subjacent Membrane the Verioftium. D D D, The Periojlium rais’d and reclin’d to the Right Side, where the Pores of that Membrane, and of the Skull, for the Tranfit of the Blood-Veflels, are expreft: Nor is the Verioftium of this Part truly diftinft from the Pericranium, but feems to be a Continuation of its Inferior, or Internal La- mella ; the Diftribution of the Blood-Veflels being in common to both, except where they are di- ftinguifh’d by the Temporal Mufcles, under which the Perioftium is plac’d, and the Verieranium runs over them. E E, The Os Front is, and Bregmatis. F, The Upper Part of the Temporal Mufcle diverted of the Vericranium. G, Part of the Coronal Suture on the Left Side. H, The Sagital Suture. I, A fmall Artery, together with a Branch of a Nerve parting out of the Skull to the Frontal Mufcle; in the former an Aneurifm has happen’d on a fudden, and a great Laughter, when all At- tempts in the Cure thereof prov’d unfuccesful, till with a pointed Actual Cautery the Bone was fo burnt, as to caufe an Exfoliation of its External Lamina j the concealed bleeding Artery being then not only more expos’d to a Comprefs, but by the Removal of the circumjacent Bone, the neigbouring Blood-Veflels in its Meditullium, were at Liberty to confirm a Cicatrice. Fig. i. The Upper Part of the Brain in Situ, with its Membranes, the Top of the Skull being remov’d. A A, The Dura Mater covering the Brain on the Right Side. B B, The Left Hemifphere of the Brain cover’d with the Pia Mater only, where the zAnfraftus of the Brain are elegantly expreft. C C, The Dura Mater on the Left Side divided, and reclin’d laterally. D D, A faint Appearance of the Brain thro’ the Dura Mater. E, The Blood-Veflels of the Dura Mater lying in its Duplicature. F, That Part of the Dura Mater, which was contiguous to the Coronal Suture, where divers Blood- Veflels pafs from it to the Skull, of which fome pafs thro’ to the Hairy Scalp. GG, The Veins of the Brain lying in the Duplicature of the Pia Mater, before they enter the Longitudinal Sinus j here it is they are fubjeCt to Rupture in Concuflions of the Brain, and let out their contain’d Blood between the Dura and Pia Mater j which Cafe I have feen more than once where the Dura Mater ought to have been divided, &c. H H, The Edges of the Skull. T-5 r. s. THE SIXTH TABLE. Fig. i. ■ H E Upper Part of the Brain cover’d with the A A, The Edge * of the Forepart of the Skull, whence the Upper Part B, Part of the Temporal Mufcle. CC, The Dura Mater covering the whole Brain. D D, Divers Impreffions on the Dura Mater, which adhered to the Internal Part of the Skull, near the Coronal Suture; where divers Blood- Veffels pafs between it, and the Hairy Scalp. EE, The Blood-Veflels diftended with Wind. F F, The Longitudinal Sinus opened from near its Beginning at the Os Crijla Galli, to its En- trance into the Two Lateral Sinus's, as expreftin the following Figure. jFig- 2. A A, The Back Part of the Longitudinal Si- nus opened, together with the Lateral One on the Left Side. BB, The Os Occipitis broken off and turn’d down. C, The Os Tetrofmn. D, The Orifice of the Fourth Sinus, call’d Tor- cular Herophili, at the Conjunction of the Two La- teral Sinus s with the Longitudinal One. E, Divers tranfverfe ftrong Ligaments in the Lateral Sinus- F F, The Orifices of the Veins of the Brain in the Longitudinal Sinus. G G, That Part of the Dura Mater, which ad- hered to the Lamdoidal Suture of the Skull. H, The Medulla Oblongata going out of the great Foramen of the Skull, in the Os Occipitis. I, The Cerebellum cover’d with the Dura Mater. Fig. A, Part of the Longitudinal Sinus opened. B B, &c. The Veins of the Brain, before they enter the Sinus. C C, Their Orifices opening into the Sinus va- rioufly; fome of them being parallel to their Trunks; other Veins firft pafs in the Duplicature of the Sinus forwards, and others backwards; by which means the Progreffive Motion of the Blood is not only aflifted in fome Pofitions o the Head, and its too rapid Motion prevent- er T ’ But a due Mixture and Reunion 1 s f*rts are made, after undergoing fo elabo- .tramer, as that of the whole Subftance of lous Part Cfpecially in its Cortical or Glandu- Fig. 4. rmJ* ,Pofterior and Lateral Part of the “ its Meninges. nium ’ 1C °S PetroTum broken off from the Cra- C, Part of thz Os Occipitis in like manner di- vided from the Skull. D, The Inferior and Tortuous Part of the La- teral Sinus on the Left Side opened, in which may be obferved its tranfverfe ftrong Ligaments, ex- preft Fig. z. E. E, The Cavity in the Os Tetrofum or Specus-, which receives the Bulbous Part of the Lateral Si- nus at the Beginning of the Jugular Vein. F, The Trunk of the Internal Jugular Vein. G, A Probe inferted into the Jugular Vein by the Sinus. H, The Bulbous Part of the Lateral Sinus;which was contained in the Specus of the Os Tetrofum. Fig. 5- A A, Part ol the Lateral Sinus cut off. B B, A lacerated Portion of the Dura Mater, which involv’d that Sinus, expanded. C, The Bulbous Part of that Sinus, which was contain’d in the Specus or Cavity of the Os Tetrofum; which is a Diverticulum to the Re- fluent Blood, leaft it fliould too fuddenly prefs in- to the Internal Jugular Vein. • DDD, The Filaments of the Dura Mater broken off E, The Beginning of the Internal Jugular Vein. As the Structure of the Veins of this Part dif- fer from that of others; fo alfo the Arteries of the Brain, have a peculiar Organization at their Entrance from the ordinary Courfe of thofe of other Parts, as does fomewhat appear in the fol- lowing Figure: We have alfo Figured this Difpo- fition of the Trunks of the Carotid Arteries, find- ing them much more Tortuous, than they are. herereprefented. Vid. App. Fig. 3.13,14* Fig. 6. A, The Trunk of the Carotid Artery palling to- wards the Brain. B C, Part of its Membrane borrowed of the Dura Mater, feparated and expanded. D D, The lower Part of the Artery next the Heart. The Vertebral Arteries alfo enter the Cavity of the Skull very much Contorted, as appears in the Third Figure of our appendix, and again in the Eighth Figure; where II, fhews their pafling through the Tranfverfe Procefs of the firft Verte- bra of the Neck; K K, their Trunks marching be- tween the firft Vertebra and Os Occipitis, to the great Foramen of the laft named Bone, through which they pafs into the Skull, and afterwards conjunClly make up the Cervical Artery* The De- fign of thefe Curvations in the Arteries, before they enter the Cavity of the Skull, is to prevent too great a Swiftnefs of the Current of the Blood through the whole Subftance of the Brain, which being placed fo near the Heart, would alfo fuffer by its too great Pulfation; were it not that the Contorted Trunks of thefe Arteries leflencd its force; elfe the frequent diforderly Motions of the Heart, would make us as often incident to fuffer great Inconveniences in the Brain ; yet neverthe- lels we are incident to fuffer in fbme Degree, whence tis that the Paflions of the Mind, where** in the Heart is affe&ed fo fuddenly, diforders the Reafon. THE SEVENTH TAB LI Fig. i. BEPRESENTS the Pofterior Part of the Brain as it ap- pears lying on the Bafis of the Skull, its Upper Part being freed from the Dura Mater. A A, The Hinder Lobes of the Brain raifed, and drawn fomewhat forwards. B C, &c. The Ligature, and Two Pieces of Wood, made ufe of for the better fupporting the Brain in that Pofition. D D, Parts of divers Quadruplicatures of the Dura Mater. EE, A Divifion of the Second Procefs of the Dura Mater on the Left Side; in which the Cerebellum appears. F F, The Cerebellum laid bare in that Divifion. GH, The Second Procefs of the Dura Mater, on the Right Side intirely co- vering the Upper Part of the Cerebellum. Ill, The Edge of the Os Occipitis, whence the Upper Part of the Skull is divided. K K, The Common Integuments of the Head turned off. Fig. 2. The Inner Face of the Os Occipitis, together with the Cerebellum, &c. A A, The Cerebellum inclined forwards towards the Celia Turcica, fo that its Back Part, which refts on the Os Occipitale, comes in view. B B, The Hindmoft Part of the Medulla Oblongata, in its Paflage out of the great Foramen of the Os Occipitis. b, The Procejfus Vermiformis of the Cerebellum. C C C, Diyers Roots of the Eighth, Ninth and Part of the Tenth Pairs of Nerves, a a, The Acceflory Nerves accompanying thole of the Eighth Pair,at their Egrefs. D D, &c. The Crajfa Meninx, or Dura Mater. E E, &c. Part of the Edge of the Skull. F F, The Hairy Scalp diflected. G, Part of the “Pericranium raifed. H, The Left Ear. THE EIGHTH TABLE. Fig. I. Superior or Longitudina- T " . .... C, The Sinus Falcis Inferior, not diftmguilhed in this Figure. ' UD, The Orifices of Veins opening into the Longitudinal Sinus, and Trunks of other Veins going to it. i The Beginning of the Longitudinal Sinus at the Os Crifta Galli. FF, The Left Lateral Sinus. GGG, Two Parts of the Quadruplicates of the Dura Mater, lying between the Cerebrum and Cerebellum. HH, <&c. The Sticks, Thread, and Pins made ufe of, to fupport the Membrane in drying it. Fig. i. Parts of the above mentioned Sinus diftended with Wind and dried, together with Part of the DuradMater. A, The Longitudinal Sinus. B B, The Two Lateral Sinus's. C, The Fourth Sinus. D, A large Vein, which empties its Blood at the Conjunction of the Four Sinus's; which Union of he Sinus s, is called Torcular Herophili. Fig. y. theTo‘ ajfoffiSs." of the Falx, at A, The Os Cribrofum. B, The Crifta Galli Crf/la LltF™ °f the Fd* cleaving to the Fig. °f the aferibed either as the former and V ° f1C “ranh called Fornix, or to the c”M/r,?lattrA“o'>>itepretend ■“-it: At tenfion between the Two Hemifpheres of the Brain, to prevent the Superincumbence of the one upon the other, when we lie on either Side; and by its Connection with the Os Crifta Galli, and Continuation of it to the Superior Part of the "Du- ra Mater, and its Second Procefles, lying between the Cerebrum, and Cerebellum, the whole Brain is kept fufpended, and efpecially its Hinder Lobes, from preffing on the Cerebellum. DD, Divers Veins of the Brain before they enter the Longitudinal Sinus. E, The Cavity of the Longitudinal Sinus as it appears after a Tranfverfe Section of it. F F, Part of the Dura Mater which covered the Left Hemifphere of the Brain. GG, The Superiour and External Surface of the Dura Mater on the Longitudinal Sinus. Fig. s. The Two Hemifpheres or Upper Part of the Brain, together with the Cerebellum, as they ap- pear when the whole Brain is taken out of the Skull, and laid on its Ba/is. T?e Two Hemilpheres of the Brain. L.B, The Cerebellum covered with the Dura Mater. C, The TroceJJiis Vermiformis. P yATi?l tu n of tlle Medulla Oblongata cut off H F, The Forepart of the Divifion of the Two infmed161"23 °f thC BnUn' “ Which the Falx is GG, The Middle Membrane of the Brain ac- cording to Bidloo, feparated and turned to one lide, which we take to be the External Mem- brane or Lamina of the Via Mater. That the Via Mater is compofed of divers Strata of Mem- branes, not unlike the Peritonaeum, does not only appear in an Hydrocephalus or Hydropical Brain * r 1.n,1ordinary Difieftions we find it Double* efpecially about the Medulla Oblongata Trocef Jus Annularis, &c. 5 71 In Wounds of the Pia Mater, and Brain, we meet with very great Fungus's, even to the Size of a Tenis Ball above the Surface of the Dura Mater, and Skull ; which may be taken off by Incifion without a dangerous Flux of Blood: An Inftance of which we have had more than once an Opportunity of obferving; and notwith- standing thefe Excrefcences have been frequent- ly removed, yet they have grown again, and the Patient has Languifhed, and died. Vid. Die- merbroeck, Anatom. Lib. III. Cap. V. 1111, The Via Mater remaining on the Brain. KKL, The External Surface of the Brain com- pofed of divers turnings and windings of its Cor- tical Part. M M, The Retiform Diftribution of the Blood Veflels between the External and Internal La- mina of the Pia Mater; the largeft of thefe Vef- fels on the Superior and External Part of the Brain, are Veins which difeharge their Blood in- to the Longitudinal Sinus, from whence they are here cut off N INTH TABL E. Fig. 1. nOfSEff) H E whole Brain taken Wjmk out of the Skull, free’d from the Dura Mater, fpheres, being . . * "i, fliall add a Figure of the Brain in this Pofition, more corredtly drawn after the Life. bid. appendix. A A, <&c. The Bafts of the Brain; B B, fyc. ItsDivifion into Four Lobes; C C, The Foremolt I.obes, DD, The Hindmoft Lobes of the Brain. E, The Infundibulum, very ill expreft. FF, The Two white Protuberances behind the Infundibulum, not well expreft. GGG, The Annular Procefs, or Tons Varolii, and Beginning of the Medulla Oblongata. H, The Medulla Oblongata cut off near its Egrefs at the great Foramen of the Os Occipitis. 11> Part of the Pta Mater, where it is appa- rently Double between the Annular Protuberance, and Medulla Oblongata. KRLL? The Cerebellum cover’d with the OO, 5 Tia Mater. M, A Section in One, Cerebellum. N, The Arborefcent Diftribution of Blood Vef- fels within the Cerebellum. P P Superior, The Trunks of the Carotid Ar- teries injected with Wax, and cut off! P P Inferior, TheCervical Artery in like man- ner injected with Wax. BIB- That the Two Semicircular Branches, which join thefe Two laft mentioned Arteries to- gether , call’d the Communicant Branches, are expreft too large in this Figure, or elfe the Sub- ject, from whence it was taken, differed very much from the ordinary Courfe of Nature; neither of which are mentioned by Bidloo. Q.R S, The Olfactory Nerves. T T, The Optick Nerves; V, Their Conjunction ; WW, Their Trunks cut off at their Egrefs from within the Skull. X X, The Third Pair of Nerves, call’d Oculo- rum Motorii. YY, The Upper and Forepart of the Tracef- fus Annularis. J Hf) Par Patheticum, or the fourth Pair of Nerves. a a, The Fifth Pair of Nerves, bb, The Sixth Pair ofNerves. AZS.The Seventh Pair ofNerves are not here ex- preft,tho’ Bidloo pretends to deferibe them at c c d e. c c, d?e, £> g, Confufed Defcriptions of feveral Pairs of Nerves erroneoufly multiply’d into di- vers Pairs bv Bidloo. a h h, The Spinal Acceffory Nerves. * *The Beginnings of theNinth Fair of Nerves, i i, k k, The Tenth Pair ofNerves, or the Firft of the Neck. Fig. 2. Part of the Brain on the Bafts of the Skull. A A, The Forepart of the Brain. , The Fingers which fupport it, fo that the following Parts come in view. C, The Infundibulum. D, The Glandula Pituitaria lying within the Celia Turcica. E i The Membranous Connexion of the Infun- dibulum to the Glandula Pituitaria. F0 A Blood Veflel palling thro’ the Lateral Part of the Os Cuneiforme, which Bidloo has grolly miftaken for the Qlfadtory Nerves. GGG, Portions of the Optick Nerves fo di- vided, that Parts of them remain on the Bajis of the Skull, as well as on the Brain it felf. H H, The Third Pair of Nerves, call’d Motorii Oculi, in fitu. }}’ T£f Internal Part of the Bafts of the Skull. KK, The Dura Mater. Fig. The Internal Part of the Bafts of the Skull after the Brain is taken out,and Portions of the Ten Pair of Nerves of the Brain remaining at their Egrefs, together with Part of the Dura Mater. A A, <&c. The Edges of the divided Skull in which the Duploi may be feen. B B, The Os Crifta Gall't. CC, The Os Cribriforme on both Sides. D D, ofc. Part of the Dura Mater cleaving to the Bafts of the Skull. 8 E E, The Os Occipitale bared from the Dura Mater. FF, Portions of the Olfa&ory Nerves cut off, near their Egrefs at the Os Cribriforme. G G, The Optick Nerves in like manner cut off, before they pafs the Firft Foramina of the Os Sphenoides. g g, The Carotid Arteries alfo divided. H H, The Third Pair of Nerves cut off 11, The Pituitary Gland within the Celia Tur- ctca, lying under the Dura Mater. K, The Infundibulum. L L, The Fourth Pair of Nerves, or Tar Ta- theticum going out of the Skull, with the Third and Sixth Pair of Nerves. The Fifth Pair of Nerves. E N, The Sixth Pair of Nerves running un- der, or in the Duplicature of the Dura Mater, at a confideiable Di ft a nee before they march out of the Skull at the Two Second Perforations of the Os Sphenoides. Fid. Tab. 89. Fig. 1. C. D. I. ® fhe Seventh, or Auditory Nerves palling out at the OJfa Tetrofa. NB That O on the Right Side fhould have been placed a quarter of an Inch below the M on the fame Side. .P ’ The Eighth Pair ofNerves, or Tar Vamrn going out at the Second Perforations of the Os Oc- cipitis, with the Lateral Sinus's, which lead to the Internal Jugular Veins. r sPinal Acceffory Nerves palling out of the Skull with the Par Vagiim Ninth Pair ofNerves palling thro’ T Tlli 0113 °f*he 0ccipital-bone. • v ■ l e , ft 8reat Foramen of the Os Oc- The Sinus's of the Dura Mater, which appear nf !£»%? Ci,eaVeS t0 the Internal Part of the Bafts 1 " kul], arc exprcft in a Figure of our ylppen- dl(X uhere the Esrels of the Ten Pair ofNerves ° Tie 1 ain are alfo reprefented, together with the molt confiderable Blood-VelTels, which come in and go out from the Cavity of the Skull. 'T.y. 'I*. io . THE TENTH TABLE. Fig. r. m r Thc Z)»n* Mater free’d from the Brain and *°mewbat expanded. ™in> an° a a, Part of the Falx. . BB, Part of the Brain cut Tnnfverflv -d’wSSSSSWUch “"** “ Qnericiou* Part of the hY fome call'd Callous, and FArous"^/"Illte Part of the Brain; by fome call’d the p"e(sTohfthHe‘n^y)C0fthe **’ Whkh rdkd *e Second the1 BlSd VeffiS'rf\hed?^I'rrwhkf LhC,,fiT °Pen’d; wllere F, their Upper and Forenarts which „ i Lnie thfm> niaY be : “Vi 5* 4p .Ssfev <“ * tf tI"C ('orpus Callojum. The Roots of the Fornix. not bemgSr °f the R,ght Side i Brat of the Left, °f the CorfHS OtBoftm. n rF nru ?r the CorPora Strata whole. u O, The Nates. FP, The Tejles. S- > e Glandula Tweaks, in fitu. ‘ T VA oroeides compos’d of Blood Veflels of both Kinds Lyrnphduds, Membranes, and Glands. See Fig. x. * T A Tranfvcrfc Pro °r » the Nates. lalt irenuoned ploceE CdS J°ymng ** Two Path«ick Nerves, and ofS’ouTthWicS *** Ma"0W whid> *e Sides “£e an Arbo- divided, ant ex/nd“ ‘ch lnclofis the sPini*» Marrow, raifed’wha Prok mlcLower Part,wlSutmPlPcPdT bUt ?,3£5t s :hK“rs“f \°- “ Vertebra; of the Neck Back 1 nine 7 id march out between the luccellivelv • tint nf rr 7 iinSj anc of the Os Sacrum 4ft the N ek^'ST8 °“* be™e£fthe Sixth “d Seventh From 11 to anthlfe of,!°r *? 21 are the NerTCS * the Back: the Os Sacrum. °Ins ’ '1C re S° out at the Foramina of Fig. i. . andr vkw’d with 3 Microfcope. is the ZJura eSMaler- the T C Tiam FeParated 1 °f which the External tr e g Th. B*. II of"" B“- rious Angfa 3’ “ d,ftlna Clufters <* G'ands wreatlred with va- Complicated Tubes. ’ ' rV0“S Kbres deriv'd ft°» ‘he laft mentioned Tubes. Fig% g, Glafs. Tkxus Cot oeides delineated, by the help of a Magnifying feparated. mbranous inclofures of the Fafciculi of the Veflels, »^BWiBl00d Wilds extended with Plaifter of Paris, aiifl their com Wha\CX|Iended Wlth Wind- 1 can ty-— Hard, A port- -fig. 4. ’Ta '%l° f LenStprdlT" T f> and dividod laterally b b; ?ibeFupp- ft 0 v'gser ,han the Lite- CC, The M eand Back Pan °MnSata. v&S*F,br,a*anfins from thc Fore’and Back pa“ °f tipy- Trcut off from between the Vertebra: Two or Three of the Bodies of the Nerves themfelves are expreft m this Figure pinn’d out. Fig. s- A Portion of the Medulla. Spinalis, cut off about the Third FeUe- ir*of Back, expreil fotnewhat digger tlun the Life. A, ihe Upper Part of the Spinal Marrow. 52’ ™.Po™on of the Continuation of the Sura CMater expanded. the SpinKoT5 aU‘ing fr°m ,h£ F°re and Back Parts of S’ The Nervous FtbilU colleftively palling thro’ the Sura Mater. “ Gangllform Plexus at the Beginnings of the Bodies of the F, A Diviflon of the Spinal Marrow according to its Length. SPin’alS °b B1°U<1 Which pafs °“ dle °udide of the Fig. 6. The Struflnre of a Nerve expreft by the Afliltance of a Microfcoire. n khe B.ranch of a Nerve dilfcited from the Neck. VeflikiU VAffds paffing m the Nervous FlbrlU* ■ Thefe Blond pt 1 h d ? Opportunity once of dlfcovering with my naked as bd^. Veflels do mterfea, and pafs obliquely over thekervok FftS B'?°d cially near their Extremities. From tlmfe BlocTveffik bJ C pe_ chnd to think the Globular Contents of rhp M r u l 3111 la* their rife immediatly, and not from the Brain pcnlk i"lbres take fuppos d; fince the Fibres of the Brain, as wel/as the Nerverth' do neither of them appear Tubulated or v hemfelves their Length; but their Cavities are frequently interru^wfthd”8 *° Cells Which make a Globular like Appearance- and fhk^ °f tbc Parotld Gland cleaving to the Outward which Gla"d’ G, Part of the Duclus Salivalis Superior. Ftg. 2* IfK °J fr Auride> when off- freed from the Cranium. V‘ C ‘°m the Halry-Sealp, and 5’ L Internal, or Back Part of the Ear neve tl,» ci.„M The Inferior Part of the Auricle. nexC the Sku11- D, The Meatus Auditonus: E, The Thicknefs of its Cartilage. Fig. 3. ~~ Reprefents the Ramifications of the Du8„. cr • - tted with Wax, and freed UuUuj Salivalis mje- G«^se!akendofferS °f the Face after the Quadratics AU 1SIffti^a^oP^rafin^t1£TChuIar Flbres about the fuch a Difpofition in anv SuS ’ obfervd examined this Part; yet the lik v, ’, tho,I, have purpofely in Placentinus. 1 P gul e of them «iay be feen upVl^^wItlrcSeK1 CapaHe oPPulhng by Ca/Terius, PyranudZf om £ Jt?N“F and monly find this Mufcle in Diffc/V gUrfoiatr MufctS nf Ll W^ch KIS lnfe«ed, not a"d the Bladder of Uri» I t “ Pa.rtS’ as of the Lips, tMsMT,11 °ther; which we calling drawin§ the Eyelids this Mufcle Ads vigorouflHt „ 1 ag the Eyelids; but if SC ler’but forces the Bidb of the p y d-‘a'vs the Eyelids clofe or me Eye into the Orbit. Galen and the ancient Anatomifts not difcovering the Mufculus Ape- riens Palpebrarum Ref his, (fince found out by Fallopius,) were at a lots for affigning a proper Inftrument to draw up the Eyelid j wherefore they erroneoufly divided this Or- icu ar Mulcle into Two: The like error has been incident to MXketCr WnterS’ am°ng Whidl Bldt°° Ms into the fame E, The Zjgomaticur or Difiortor Oris. - F? A Franch °f,an Artery, which arifes from the Carotid the Neck, and palling through the Inferior Maxillary fZfl °yer the Lower Jawbone, at the Infection of the MaJJeter Mulcle, as it is here expreft. I have frequently met with Tumors on this Part, which nave required Incifion; in which Cale the dividing of this Artery ought to be regarded; wherefore I have rather cho- ien tirlt to make Two Perforations, one on each Side this Ar- tery, whether by Cauftickor otherwife, and then pals a Liga- ture to comprehend the Artery for fome Days; and tho I tdVr6 the Ptadtice of letting the Ligature divide the tw! by Preclueiltly ftraightenmg it; yet in Three or Four mav cuTihr ® LjSature Jdl fo comprefs the Artery, that you G, The fr°m 3ny danSerous Hux of Blood. theHSkinh!^°^rrj?wb^neJmadebare bV the removing of , b"ln> a“d Mufculus Quadratus Colli. 5 K tSS °P tbe Carotid Artery. Infide nex’t ri!ler'Temp0lal Mjfjle; KN its Outfide; M its next the Cranium turned down. Gland Parotld Gland, the greater Part of which O Thr rU/ a^Tay’ t0 exhibit tbe following Mufcle. WmbfrfiiS#2”(f'q.Theoi,i rfr Fig. 5 theELowS jJw MUfdeS °f the Lips> and fome of thofe of Infertion at the Angle of thi T mi u er N * and Ieft at lts Si3//?aCC°r^lngv.t0 U-S > contrary to the Defcription and others give of it • thmncrV, Vu; ri c^Ptlon DuXus Salivalis of the Parotid GlandfntothfMouth"3 Sff* to its Inlertion under the Termination nflh T*5 dmsftty in this Figure (as we have lSfee! £ f&FTir “IS. fUpnmii pr°pr,US’ 3nd the F, The Mufculus G, Deprejfor Labiorum Communis. H, Deprejfor Labii inferioris proprius. I, Conftrittor Labiorum. N> itS Implantation at the Pr°cef“‘ L, Part of the Parotid Gland. \e^ltT^\M cut Prom its Origin at the Os Jugale,, and lett at its Infertion to the Lower Jaw. & 9 . Part oP Origin Gf the Mufculus Pterygoideus ex- T* p/K Jhis fprings from the External Par/of the Pro- * eHgoides, and Upper Part of Os Sphenoeides, and runs backwards to its Infertion at the Neck of the Procejfus Con- ayloiaes: To difcover the Progrefs of this Mufcle, the Pro- cejjus Corona: ihould be cut off with a Chizel. The Procejfus Condyliformis of the Lower Jaw, which is here in a great Part lay d bare. S, Part of the Mufculus Digaftricus of the Lower Jaw. THE THE THIRTEENTH TABLE. Fig. I. H E External Parts of the Nofe, together with the Tongue, Fauces, Garga- reon' £hc like, in Situ. A,The Back ofthe Nofe. wjSzM tlPiPbl D, The Septum Nari- um or Bridge, E E, The Ala Naff or Sides of the Nofe. FFF, The Cheeks divided, fo that the Parts within the Mouth may appear. G, The Tongue. H, The Gargareon or Uvula in Situ, cover’d with’the Glandulous Membrane of the Palat. I, The Tonftllce deferibed in our Appen. Fig. 9. K K, The Gums of both Jaws. LL, The Palat or Roof of the Mouth, whofe Glandules are expreft Tab. 14.. Fig. 4. B C. M, The Upper Part of the Epiglottis raifed through the Depreflure of the Tongue. We fel- dom fee the Epiglottis in looking into the Mouths of Living People; but in fome few I have fome times feen its Upper Part, by very much depref- fing the Tongue to infpeft the Fauces; in f uch Per- fons fome (very Ignorant in Anatomy) have taken it for an Excrefcence, and have propofed its Extra&ion. A Miftake, equally as pernicious, has been incident to fome Practitioners, in fup- pofing the Foramina of the Excretory ‘Dulls of the Tonfilla when fill’d with a Tenacious Mat- ter, (as in Cafes of taking Cold, as its call’d, <&c.) to be Ulcers; as Fallopius takes notice. Fig. 2. The Outward Covering of the Tongue view’d with a Microfcope: This Figure together with the 3d, 4th, y‘\ 6th, 7th, and 8"', were done after the Tongues offome Quadrupedes, as of Bulls, Sheep, or the like. With the Alliftance of a Microfcope, an Appearance not altogether unlike this may be found on a Humane Tongue; without any Horny- Covering like that deferibed by Bidloo in thefe Figures, as follows. A, That Part towards the Tip of the Tongue, B, That towards the Root may be feen, arifing from the Membrane underneath, a fort of Bodies of a Toothlike Form C C, &c. hard as Cartilages, or the Nailes; for which reafon (fays he) I call them Ungulce: Betwixt thefe (he further adds) are placed certain forked Bodies of the fame Stru- aure- (See Fig. 3.) Between thefe Two Kinds of Bodies, andfometimes upon them, are placed cer- tain Bladder-like Tjriformal, and Tellucid Glo- bull. (Fig. x. D.) Thefe Ungulce are framed by the manifold joyning together of Fibrous Lamellce. ( See FigA- A.) whofe Middle B, is Medullary and Pervious; but the Globuli are hollow like Blad- ders’ Both thefe kinds are clotted about with a ftrong tenfile Membrane (Fig. i.E.) to which they are faftned on their Sides. This Membrane is fupported with Hairy Stamina F. like the Mem- brane immediatly under it, which fubjacent Mem- brane is Perforated by the aforefaid Bodies, as ap- pears in (Fig. 6.) In fome of the Interftices of thefe Bodies there may certain Cavities G,Fig. 2. be dilco- ver’d; whofe Bottom is very Porous. The Appea- ranee of the Back Part of thefe Bodies is reprefented in Fig. y. A, The broken Globuli. B, The jlfpe- rities of the Ungulce. C, The Hairy Membranous Covering. D, The porous Apertures. The Upper Covering being remov’d, the Second or Subjacent Membrane, mention’d above, comes in view. Fig.6. Spread like a Net; the Du£t of whofe Fibres is fo intricate and various, that nothing certain can be determin’d of their Order; For in a Raw Tongue it is glutinous, in a Boyl’d one exten- dible ; its Superiour Part expreft in this Figure, is whitifh and thinner; but the Lower is obferv d to be thick, and more tenacious. (See Fig.7.) Its Per- forations A A, Fig. 6. anfwer to the Number of the Ungulce: Here alfo may be obferv d feveral fmall Veflels B, creeping along, and running to the Su- perficies of the Tongue. The Edges of thefe Per- forations are made rough by fmall Fibres and Veflels of their own, as well as of the broken Un- gulce. The like Structure may be obferv’d every where in the Membrane in the Infide of the Mouth, efpecially in the Palat. Under this Net- like Covering fome Nervous Papillary Tlexus. Fig. 8. A, and certain Glands B are hid; the Tops of which are infeparably joyn’d to the above nam’d Medullary Middles of the Ungula: So that thefe Ungulce, like little Horns, cover thofe Pa- pillary Bodies like a Membrane fpread over them: Thefe Tapillce are tyed in feveral Places to the Carnous Fibres of the Tongue; of thefe, fome are Large C; fome Smaller D; fome confufed and in Heaps E; others more diftant, and diftinft, and of different Figures; about Thefe are placed a great many Glands F, to which the Veflels of the Net-like Covering do adhere. The fame Or- gans, tho’ in a larger Form, do arife out of the Coverings of the Lips and Cheeks, as above. Fig. 9. The Mufculous Structure of the Tongue. A A, The External Order of Fibres continued according to the Length of the Tongue, ( viz.) from its Bafes to its Tip; between thefe are in- terfperfed (B B B) divers Glandules and Lobes of Fat, B B. C D, The Second Order of Fibres of the Tongue, which defeend from the Upper Part towards its Bafis. EF, Other Fibres arifing from the Bajis go to the Superficies of the Tongue. G H, Others carried from the Middle of the Tongue towards the Sides; the Tendinous Extre- mities of thefe Fibres are faftned to the Coverings of the Tongue: At the Middle of the lower Part of the Tongue, are Two diftindt Gaffes of Fibres very intricately difpofed, which contribute to thofe various Motions the Tongue is neceflarily imploy’d in, whether in Speaking, Maftication, or the like. Fig. 10. The Strufture of the Gums magnifyed with a Microfcope. A A, Part of the Gums. B B, Two of the Foreteeth. C, The Covering of the Gums opened. D, The Duct of the Fibres. E, The Glands fituated between the Fibres. F, Part of the Upper Jaw broken off 13 'J-. Jf. \ THE FOURTEENTH TABLE. Fig. 1. ■ I V E R S Muffles of the Tongue, Os Hyoi- desy and Larynx, as they appear in their proper Situation, after the Side of the Lower-Jaw is taken off. A A B B, The Tongue Pinn’d up B. C, The Mufculus Styloglojfus in Situ; It arifing from the ProceJJus Styloides is in- ferted to the Root of the Tongue immediately below the Im- plantation of the Ccratoglojfus j it draws the Tongue up, and inwards, in the Adion of Deglutition. D D, The Mufculus Ceratoglojfus, Arifing Flefhy from the Horns atthe Os Hy aides, and is fo Inferted to the Tongue: If this with its Partner Ad, they draw the Tongue diredly into the Mouth ; if One of them Ads, it pulls the Tongue to one Side. 0 E F GI L, The Mufculus Gcniogloffus m Situ 5 It arifing from the Middle of the Internal Part of the Lower Jaw, and is Implanted at the Root of the Tongue; when this with its Partner Ad, they draw the Tongue Forwards, and thruft it out of the Mouth. H, Part of the Fauces contiguous to the Root of the Tongue. K, Part of the Mufculus Sternohyoideus. L, Parto i Coracohyoidetis. N. B. FI)at L is inferted in Fwo different Parts of this Figure; therefore the Trader is defired to take Notice that the Loivermofi belongs to the lajl Reference. M, The Mufculus Styloceratohyoideus; Its Origin, Progrefs and Inffrtion, are fo well expreft in the Figure, that there needs no other Deffription to be added ; this Muffle, toge- ther with the Styloglojfus t and Stylopharyngccusy with their Part- ners on the other Side, Ad in Drawing up the Os Hyoides, Fonguey LarynXy and Pharynx in Deglutition; by which means the Aliment when fitted for Swallowing, do’s not only De- fcend into the Pharynx ( which is at that Time dilated;) but the Fpiglottis is in that Pofition of the Tongue by conte- quence depreft, and adequately Covers the Rimula of the La- rynxwhereby, the leaft Particle of the Aliment is hi ndred, in its Deffent into the LarynXy and Afpera Arteria; which is a wonderful Mechanifm in Nature! Hence ’tis we can by no means Expire in the Adion of Swallowing of the Aliment, without fome Part of it Deffending into the Rtmula of the Larynx ; which is ff> troublefome as to cauff an incellant Coughing, till it’s ejeded. N, The Mufcidus Mylohyoidesy Cut from its Origination at the Internal Part of the Lower Jaw-Bone, and left at its Im- plantation to the Middle and Upper Part of the Os Hyoi- O, The Gmiohyaides Muffle in Situ. r* Twiddle art die Lower Jaw-Bone, which com- •poffs the Chin, broke off. Q, The Internal Surface of the Upper Lip. R, The Infide of the Cheek. S, The Gujlatory Nerve; being a Branch of the Fifth Pair of Nerves of the Brain, in its Way to the Tongue. The Motory Nerve of the Tongue, Ipringing from the Ninth Pair of the Brain. D r 0 D t, A linall Branch of the Ninth Pair going to the La- rynx. Eeft I?orn of tlle 01 Hyoides. W, The Trunk of the Carotid Artery. Pmefl, D&ruu left to its Origination at the Fig. 2. froShfin?’ aC“‘fdlr'S Bidloo, the Salival Du£ts freed " the Infenor Maxlllat'y Gland, expreft in Situ, in Fig. i. of the following Table M M. I cannot conceive this Figure of the Salival Duds was defign’d after the Life j nor do’s it exprefs any other Excretory Dud which occurs to my Memo- ry ; wherefore 1 fhall here add the Defcription of it by Bidloo. A, The Twigs of the Salival Dud, above mention’d, injeded with Wax, and freed from the Glandules : B, The larger Branches: C, The Common Dud: D, It’s Orifice inclos’d with an Edging. E, Part of the invefting Membrane of the Mouth cut off. See the Figure of the Salival Duds of the Lower Maxillary Glands, together with the Sublingual Glands in our Appendix. Fig. 3. The Inner Face of the Upper Jaw, and Fauces, after the Lower Jaw is taken off. A, The Roof of the Mouth, or Palat. B B, The Glandulous Membrane of the Fauces near the Fonfillce. CC, Divers Foramina in the Surface of the Glandulous Membrane of the Mouth or Palat, thro which iffues a Juice feparated in its Glandules, expreft Fig. 4. B, B, C, C. D E, The Forepart of the Palat near the Dentes Incifores, where the Bone underneath is Perforated, to tranfinit divers Blood-Veflels and Nerves ; but in Bulls and fome Animals, in this Part, is a Perforation thro’ both the Membrane of the Palat, and that of the Noftrils, and is a common Paf- fage between their Foramina Narium and Mouths ; which in them is call d Fretum, and ffrves to convey Part of the Matter feparated by the Glands of their Noftrils into their Mouths. F F, A Stylus put thro' the Left Noftril into the Fauces. G, The Uvula or Gargareon hanging down from the Palat. H, The Glandulous Membrane which helps to compote the Back Part of the Fauces. 11, Parts of the Mufcuh Flexores Capitis. K K, Parts of the Longi Colli. L L, The Vrrtebree of the Neck. Fig. 4.. The Infide of the Membrane of the Palat, as it appears when Rais’d, and View’d with a Microffope. A A, The Tunica Palatina Rais’d from the Bone, and Pinn’d out. BCD, The Glandules, and Carnous Fibres, which com- pofe the Membrane. E E, Two Dentes Inc if ores. F, The Fourth Bone of the Upper Jaw, by fome call’d Os Palati0 whole Surface is full of Vefiigia, where the Tunica Palati did Adhere. Fig• y. The Foramina Narium Open’d, by taking off the Greater Half of the Fourth Bone of the Upper Jaw , or Os Pa- lati. A A B B, The Pituitary or Glandulous Membrane, which invefts the Foramen of the Left Noftril, feparated from the Septum Narium B. C C, The Glandulous Membrane extended, fo as to receive a ftrong (DD) Reflection of Light, by means of a Stylus F> D, introduc’d as in Fig. 3. The Strudure of this Glan- dulous Membrane is altogether agreeable to that of the Pa- lat &c. fo that we need not fay more of it in this Place; but that it is not only extended to all the tortuous Meanders of thefe Cavities of the Noftrils, but it alfo in- vefts the Cavities of the Cheek-Bones, Os Sphcnoides, and Frontis; all which communicate with the Noftrils, where they diffharge their Pituita; as fhall be demonftrated in the Ofieological Part of this Work. THE FIFTEENTH TABLE. Fig. 1. El V E R S Mufcles of the Lower Jaw, and Os Hyoides in Situ, the Skin, and Afufculus Quadratics Colli being Remov'd. ABC, The Mufculus Digaftricus or Bi- venter; B, its Flefhy Origination from the Procejfus Mammillaris; C, its Middle Ten- don palling thro’ the Mufculus Stylocerato- kyoideus{ N), and an Annular Ligament arifing from the Os Hyoides, to its Flefhy Termination A, in the Lower Taw (D). The Middle Tendon of this Digaftric Mufcle, and its Part- ner, palling thro’ Two Annular Ligaments Fixt to the Os Hyoides, as the Ropes thro’ a Double Pully, is a neceflary Contrivance in Nature to render them capable of pulling the Lower Taw Down ; which, had their Progrefs been di- rect from their Originations, they could not have per- form’d ; nor is there any Procefles, whether of the Vertebras of the Neck, or Neighbouring Parts, that could give Origina- tions to thefe Mufcles below their Infertions, as in fome Qua- drupedes: Wherefore the Divine Architect, in Humane Bo- dies, has plac’d this Double-Pully below their Terminations, by which means they are made capable of performing their defign’d Office. Hence Deglutition is Kindred, when thefe Mufcles are in Adfion, they at that Time preventing the Afcent of the Tongue, and Larynx; neither can we in the Time of Swallowing, draw the Lower [aw down, becaufe the Center of Direction is pull’d up ; wherefore we are oblig’d to keep the Jaws clofe in that Adion. But in Dogs, and other Voracious Animals, (wherein thefe Mufcles Arife from the Tranfverfe Proceffes of the Firft Vertebra of the Neck) thefe Adions do not Depend upon each other 3 whence it is they devour their Aliment fo Quick. D, The Inferior Edge of the Lower Jaw Bone made bare. E E, The Mufculus Mylohyoideus, which derives its Flefhy Origin from the Internal Part of the Lower Jaw, partly under the Inferior Maxillary Glands, and partly at the Infertions of the Mufculus Digaftricus ; whence Defending with a Dou- ble Order of Fibres, here elegantly Expreit, is inferted to the Superior and Forepart of the Os Hyoides. Immediate- ly under this Mufcle lie the Glandulce Sublinguales, and Sali- valDuds of the Inferior and Maxillary Gland j both which are Compreft by it, and their contain’d Saliva driven Fore- wards into the Mouth when this Mufcle Ads, as in Deglu- tition, &c. F F, The Mufculi Sternohyoidei, Arifing from the Internal and Superior Part of the Claviculce, and not from the Ster- num, as it’s Vulgarly fuppos’d, and are inferted to the Infe- rior, and Forepart of the Os Hyoides. G G, Parts of the Coracohyoidei, coming from under the Maftoid Mufcles (II). H H, Parts of the Sternothyroidei, which fpring from the Superior and Internal Part of the Sternum, and march under the Sternohyoidei to their Terminations in the Thyroide Carti- lage, as appears in the following Figure. II, The Maftoidei. K, Part of the Majfeter on the Right Side. L, Part of the Parotid Gland on the fame Side. MM, The Glandulce Maxilla Inferioris. N, That Part of the Mufculus Stylohyoideus, that is Perfo- rated to tranfmitthe Middle Tendon of the Biventral Mufcle of the Lower Jaw; which together with an Annular Liga- ment, fpringing from the Os Hyoides, in like manner invol- ving the laft mention’d Middle Tendon of that Mufcle, do’s like a Pully render it capable of pulling the Lower Jaw down, as above Noted. O, Part of the Internal Jugular Vein. P, Part of the Carotid Artery. Q, A Blood-Veflel cut off and ti’d. Fig. 2. * Divers Mufcles lying under thofe expreft in the former Figure. AAA, The Lower Edge of the Inferior Taw-Bone laid bare. B The Mufculi Sternohyoidei freed from theirInfertions, and left at their Originations. CCCC, The Coracohyoidei are a Pair of Digaftnck Muf- eles ; they Arife Flefhy from the Procejfus Coracoides Scapulce, un^er the Mufculi Maftoidei where they become Tendinous, but Growing Flefhy again, are Inferted at the Ba- jle Fore-Bone of the Os Hyoides ; this draws the Os Hy- oides downwards, and pulls it fomewhat inwards. O, Part of the Mufcuius Stylohyoideus at its Termination. . Muf cuius Mylohyoideus ; on the Right Side not quite Freed from its Origination ; on the Left, fo Rais’d, as t lat the Glandula Sublingualis W, do’s Appear ; this Bidloo calls yjenionyoidei. « .Jh®, Gemohyoidct , by Bidloo call’d Anthereohyoidei j they Arife Flefhy from the Internal Part of the Lower Jaw, which compofes the Chin, and are Inferted to the Superior, ?lV/)F °fthn’?S Hy°tdes : When thefe Mufcles Ad, rl!p °r .S°pgls PH11 d Upwards, and Forewards, and Mill theGemogfoJfim Thralling the Tongue out of the Mouth. the?r?nSfo2S deS°f ** LowerJawcut from H H, The Maftodei Mufcles ; that of the Right Side beino- cut from its Origination and left at its Infertion ; that of' the Left remaining in Situ. I, The Scutiformal Cartilage of the Larynx, which makes what they call, the Pomum Adami. K, The Afpera Arteria or Wind-Pipe. L L, The Glandulce Thyroidcene. M, The Mufculus Majfeter in Situ. N, The Mufculus Pterygoideus Internus in Situ j it Arifes partly Tendinous, and partly Flefhy, from the Cavity of the Winglike Procefs of the Os Sphenoides. Tab. 29. Fig. 2. K. whence it Defcends to its Implantation at the Internal and Inferior Part of the Lower Jaw-Bone, oppofite to the Ter- mination of the Majfeter : Either this, or its partner Ading, draws the Jaw to the contrary Side ; if both Ad, they Affilt the Mufculi Temporales, and Maffeteres. O, Part of the Parotid Gland. P, The Mufculus Hyothyroideus; it Arifing from the Os Hyoides, is Inferted to the Lower Part of the Scutiformal Car- tilage ; this draws the Larynx Upwards in an Acute Tone of the Voice. Q, The Cricothyroideus. See Tab. 24. Fig. y. HH. The Sternothyroideus ending in the Scutiformal Carti- S, The Internal Jugular Vein, whofe Lower Part is at fome diftance p ac d under that Part of the Mafioid Mufcle, (Jpp Whlch f&nngs from the Clavicle> Part of that Mufcle is moft commonly Contraded in thofe who are faid to have Wry Necks, which the Operator in that Cafe ought to Obferve, leaft in too boldly Thruftin°Tn his UraeRl0 d VT f P!rt> he alfo Wounds this ' “ of Blood prove Deltrudive to the Patient; for tho its Flux mayeafily bereftraind out- r,rVTettie Vein,ly“!§ wfo lalSeanInterftice, defended by the Clavicle, and Adjacent Mufcles, the Blood will ne- ,f e a pals out of the Veffel between the Mufcles, and Neighbouring Parts. When fuch a Mifchief is done, we ought to divide the External Integuments largely, and clear the Part rl P w CoaSaIafdBlood, and apply a moderate Comprefs on the Wounded Velfel: An Inftance of which Praftice we had °"denr,make “ “ Wound be£ween the Pedloral, and Deltoid Mulcles, immediately under the Clavicula, where the Subclavian Vein was Wounded. In fuch like Cafes ho w I™ “ Anat°my> Pra &c. but by a Microfcope it appears compos’d of Globules not unlike thofe of the Blood, except that the Globules of the Blood are fomewhat larger than thofe of Milk. Fig. $. T. ig. T 20 THE. TWENTIETH TABLE. ■ I T E R S Mufcles on the Superior and Fore-Part of the Trunk A, The Mufculus Subclavius in Situ; when free’d from the Trunk of the Body and left to the Clavicula; ( fee Tab. 66. P.) It arifeth Flelhy from the Inferior Part of Half the Clavi- cula next its Connexion to the Spina Scapula, whence its Fi- bres Defcend Obliquely Forewards, to its partly Tendinous . and partly Flelhy Implantation at the Superior Part of the Firft Rib next the Sternum. The Office of this Subclavian Mufcle is to draw up the Firft Rib, and con- fequently the reft in Infpiration. B, Part of the Clavicula on the Right Side. C, The Cartilaginous Ending of the Firft Rib at the Sternum. The Mufculus Serratus The Os Pettoris or Sternum. MM, The Cartilaginous Endings of the Superior Ribs Connexed to the Sternum. NN, The Deltoides. Hide Tab. 66. XX. O O, The Superior Parts of the Recti Abdominis. Hide Tab. ?2, Fig. 1. N O, &c. P, Part of the Coracobrachialis. Hide Tab. 6j. F. Q, Part of the Biceps Cubiti.Tab.ib. 1. THE TWENTY-FIRST TABLE. HEWS the Sternum Rais’d, and the Principal Organs contain’d in the Thorax partly in View. A, The Inner-Face of the Sternum or Os PeHoris. vB B, The Cartilages of the True Ribs, cut from the Bony Extremities of the Ribs, and left at their Con- nexions to the Sternum : Upon thefe Cartilages are plac’d the Mufculi Triangulares; which Muffles Ariff from the Inferior and Internal Part of the Sternum, and after an Oblique Progrefs are inffrted to the Bony fSSESl Endings of the Fourth, Fifth, Sixth, and fometimes Seventh, and Eight Ribs. Thefe Triangular Mufcles ffarcely appear in Macilent Subjeds, as is Expreft in this Figure. C, The Mediajlinum free d from the Os Pecloris, where, in Humane Bodies it appears Double, being a Continuation of the Pleura from both Sides the Internal Part of the Thorax3 whence it Deffends and firmly Cleaves to the Pericardium, dividing the Thorax into Two Cavities, and the Right Lobes of the Lungs from the Left: In this Progrefs of the Mediaftmum it parts with One of its Lamina to cover the large Blood-Veflels within the Thorax. A Triangular Interftice is firamd immediately under the Sternum at the Approach of the Pleura, from each Side as it Deffends to compoff the Mediajlinum : Nor is this Interftice an empty Space as it is commonly fuppos’d, but is interwoven w.fth various Orders of Fibres, framing Loculi or little Cells, foal. Columbus Lib. xi. Cap. in. Propoffs the letting out of Pus, colleded in this Interftice by Perforating the Sternum. As the Fore- part of the Mediajlinum plainly appears a Continuation of the Pleura 3 fo its Back-part is evidently a Continuation of the fame Membrane, as it advances towards the V?rtebra of the Back. In Diflfeding a Morbid Body, I found the Right Side of the Ca- vity of the Thorax fo extended with a Serous Humor, as its External Appearance, (efpecially at the Cartilaginous Endings of the True Ribs,) was Prominent: Nor would the leaft Portion of the Lungs on the fame Side Swim in common Water but Sunk to the Bottom of the Veffel : In this Subjed I could not find any Part of the Hydropick or Serous Humor in the other Side of the Thorax 3 but the Lungs on that Side in no very ill State. By this, we may be allur'd that the Mediallinum ade- quately divides the Right Side of the Thor ax from the Left. The Mediajlinum alio fupports the Pericardium, leaft its Flacci- dity impede the Syftole of the Heart, and fuftains the Trunks of the Nerves of the Par Vagum in their Progrefs thro’ the Tho* rax. The Diaphragm is alfo laid to be fufpended by th0Mediajlinum, leaft the Liver, to whofe Lower-Side its Connexed" fhould become Infupportable. The Mediajlinum receives Arteries from the Mammary and Intercoftal Branches; it has Two large Veins which diffharge their Blood into the Subclavian and Neighbouring Trunks: Its Nerves are laid to Spring from the Eighth Pair. The Lymphe-Duds of the Mediajlinum pafs towards the Thymus. D D, The Pericardium or Capfula Cordis Open’d and Pinn’d up. The Pericardium Ariffs from the large Veflels at the Bajis of the Heart, and feems to be compos’d of a Continuation of the Pleura or Mediajlinum. It adheres to the Diaphragm below and laterally to the Mediajlinum. It has Blood-Veflels from the Diaphragm and Mammary-Veflels, according to the Accu- rate Ruyfcb in his lately publilh’d Epiftles : The Capillary Extremities of thefe Blood-Veflels are very Numerous, as will appear when Injected with Mercury. There are divers Lymphe-Duds on the Pericardium, which convey the Lympha to the Thora- cick-Dud. The Glands, which are in the Pericardium and at the Bajis of the Heart, which ffparate that Humor imploy’d in Moiftening the Infide of that Membrane and Surface of the Heart, are not to be diffover’d by the naked Eye in ordinary Difledions 3 no more than thole on the Infide of the Peritomum and Surface of the Inteftines, which afford a Humor to Lu- bricate thole Parts 3 but when either of thefe Parts are Diffaffd lo that thole Glands are Affeded, their Exiftence then is De- monftrable 5 as appear’d in the Pericardium of an Infant I lately Difleded, where the Neighbouring Parts and Pericardium its felf were Apoftumated. In the Pericardium of this Subjed we found Two or Three Ounces of Purulent Matter in place of the Serous Humors and the External Membrane of the Heart fo loofned, as its Surface appear’d Villous 5 nor did any Fat appear on the Bajis of the Heart. In an Adult Perfon who Died fuddenly I found the Pericardium lomewhat Thickned and no Humor contain’d in it 3 but in Two, or Three Places cleaving to the Heart efpecially near its Bajis, and the Heart it felf intirely cover’d with Fat 3 The Ule of the Pericardium is to defend the Heart in its Syjlole from the Neighbouring Parts, and to contain a Humor to Moiften the External Surface of the Heart. E, The Heart lying within the Pericardium. FF, Parts of the Lungs on both Sides the Thorax in Situ. ' G, The Thymus in Situ. The Magnitude of the Thymus varies according to the Age of the Body 5 in a Foetus Two Months after Conception it is larger in Proportion to the Bulk of the Body than in One of Five or Six Months : In a Foetus of Nine Months it almoft fills the Interftice which the Lungs after the Birth begin to take up in the Upper-part of the Thorax. The Thymus after the Birth gradually decreafes, except the Upper-part of the Cavity in the Thorax is Capacious enough for its Reception, as appear’d in an Anatomical Subjed I lately Difleded of Thirty Years of Age, in whom the Thymuswas verv large : I muft confefs I never yet met with a Subjed, tho’ never fo Old, in whom the Thymus was wanting. In thofe dies the Thymus is lefs than ordinary, we find the Subclavian Glands, thofe of the Internal Jugular Veins, and the Glandull Thyroid™ larger 5 as they lately appear’d in a Boy of about Eight Years of Age. In Women the Thymus and Thyroid Glands are larger than in Men, but the Subclavian Glands are lefs 3 by reafon the Clavicula in Women are ftraieht and fhorter than thole of Men 3 whence a much lefs Interftice is fram’d for entertaining thofe Glands. I have more than once found the Lymphe-Duds fill’d with Wax, which Ariff from the Thymus, and empty themfflves into the Upper-part of the Duds by Injeding that Dud by the Vefica Chyli: See App. Fig. 12.D. P moracick- From what has been abovefaid, it appears the Thymus bears a Proportion to the Head 5 whether in the Foetus or in Bodies before they become Adult, which we conceive, is in order to receive a Proportionable Quantity of Lympha, deriv’d from thence: And as the Subclavian Glands of Women are lefs than thofe of Men 3 fo the Thyrokfe Glands and Thymus are larger * Hence alfo it appears th eThymus is a Lymphatick Gland, and Varies its Magnitude according to the Quantity of the Lvmha that is neceflfanlytranfmitted thro it from the Supmor Parts 3 or as the Neighbouring Lymphatick Glands do more or lefs tranfmit their Lympha to it: Befides this common Office of the Thymus, whether in the Foetus or Adult 3 it has another Ufe which was firft fuggefted to Me by Injeding a Liquid into the Thoracick-Dud 3 when finding it not only fill the Lvmphe-Duds of the Thymus, but the Thymus it felf was Extended with it : The like Obfervation, I fince found, was made by the Expert Am tomift Dr. Tyfon, fome Time fince 5 whence I conceive, the Thymus and its Lymphe-Duds are Diverticula to the Chvle when too great a Quantity is prefling forewards towards the Subclavian Vein. I know it may be Objeded that the Valves’of the Lymphe-Duds oppofe this contrary Courfe of Liquors in them 5 but repeated Obfervations convince me, that not only thefe Lymphe-Duds of the Thymus, which are large and have very few if any Valves, (as appears by their being Inieded with Wax) but thofe of the Loins, and their Glands from whence they Arife, are frequently fill’d with Chyle, when no Comnrefc is made on the Thoracick-Dud. Hence it is, a Milky Liquor has been commonly found in the Thymus, but more freauent in that of a Foetus than in an Adult 3 and that not only becauff the Thymus and its Lymphe-Duds are much larger Prooortin! nably in the former State or Foetus, but the bended Pofition of the Thoracick-Dud of the Foetus in Utero renders the A {rent- of the Chyle by that Dud more liable to Regurgitate by the Lymphe-Duds of the Thymus. H H, The Fore-part of the Diapbragma freed from the Cartilaginous Endings of the Ribs, and Pinn’d up. 'T 21. T. 22. THE TWENTY-SECOND TABLE. »Fig. r. H E Heart with Parts of the Trunks of the great Veins and Arteries cut off. A A, The proper Membrane of the Heart ; a Portion of which is Rais’d and hangs Down. B B, The Leftside of the Heart, adorn’d with C % Part of the Right Auricle of the Heart. C, The Left Auricle on the Bajis of the Heart. D, The Cone of the Heart. E, The Vena Cava which conveys the Refluent Blood from the whole Field of the Body into the Right Auricle of the Heart, when the Heart is in Syjloie; whence the Blood is again tranfmitted into the Right Ventricle of the Heart when it is in Diajlole: So that when the Auri- cles of the Heart are in Diajlole or Relaxation, they are fill’d with Blood, and the Heart it felf is in Syjloie or Contra&ion, and Vice verja when the Heart is in Diajlole, the Auricles are in Syjloie. F, The Arteria Pulmonalis or Vena Arterioja which carries the Blood from the Right Ventricle of the Heart into the Lungs. G, The Vena Pulmonica or Arteria Venoja which conveys the Re- fluent Blood from the Lungs into the Left Auricle and Ventricle of the Heart, not unlike the Vena Cava, &c. H, The Arteria Magna Arifing out of the Left Ventricle, which conveys the Mafs of Blood from the Heart thro’ the Field of the Bo- dy ; from whofe capillary Extremities the Veins are continued, as appears by a Microfcope in the tranfparent Parts of living Animals: See App. Fig. 4. and 7. Fig. 2. The Heart diverted of its External Membrane and Carnous Fibres after Boyling-; fo that the Difpofition of the Subjacent Fibres may ap- pear. The way of preparing the Heart to exhibit this Difpofition of its Fibres, may be practis’d after the following Manner. The Heart with Portions of the Trunks of the large Blood-Veflels being taken off; the Blood as well within its Ventricles as Blood-Veflels being evacuated, then with Tow, or Pieces of Rags, fill the Ventricles, Auricles, and large Veflels on the Bafts of the Heart; the Mouths of the large Blood- Veflels being ftitch’d up, leafl their Contents fhould be Extruded by the Contraction of the Heart in Boyling. This done, Boyl it according to its Bulk; if it is the Heart of an Ox, foe. Boyl it Four or Five Hours; if of a Man, One or Two. N« B. This Figure is Printed reverjl. A, A Sinus plac’d between both Ventricles, in which a large Trunk of one of the Coronary Arteries is convey’d. B, The Cochleated or Oblique defending Order of Fibres of the Left Ventricle of the Heart. C, The External and Oblique defending Order of Fibres of the Right Ventricle; which decuflate the former or Subjacent Fibres in Acute Angles. D, Part of the Arteria Pulmonalis. E, The Aorta. e e, The Trunks of the Coronary Arteries. F, The Right Auricle. G, The Left. Tig. 3* A, The Sinus above mention’d between the Ventricles. B, The Tortuous Difpofition of the Fibres of the Right Ventricle. C, Thofe of the Left. The Heart confifts chiefly of divers Strata of Oblique defending Fibres; the External palling more ftraight or lefs Contorted than the Internal; whence it happens that the External Fibres are fen to De- cuflate the Internal with Acute Angles; the former Arifing from the Bajis of the Heart at the Roots of the Blood-Veflels, and End in the Cone ; the later Arife from the fame Place, and Terminate either in the Parietes of the Ventricles or Columna Came a Fig. 7. g g, from which divers Tendinous Filaments are continued to the Lower-parts of the Tricufpid and Mitral Valves. D, The Aorta divided between its Origin from the Heart and Valves, and reclin’d to One Side, hanging by its Two Coronary Ar- teries ; Exprefl Fig. 2. e e. e e, The Three Semilunary Valves of the Aorta, which hinder a Return of the Blood into the Left Ventricle, when the Heart is in Dia- jlole. Fig. 4. The Concourfe of Fibres near the Cone of the Heart, as they appear after a Tranfverfe Sedtion. _ ,. rig. r. Some Fajciculi of Fibres of the Left Ventricle of the Heart. A B, The Two Tendinous Extremities of the Oblique Flelhy Fibres, Exprefl Fig. 2, 3. C, The Flelhy Parts of the Fibres between the Two Tendons. D, The Collateral Fibres which appear in dividing the laft men- tion’d FafcicuH : Nor are thefe any other than Parts of the Fibres of the divided Fafciculus, and lay Parallel to each other according to their length. The Blood-Veflels and Nerves palling between thele Fibres make a Reticular Appearance, when divided, as here Exprefl. Fig. 6. The Right Auricle, and Part of the Bajis of the Heart. A A, The Right Auricle expanded. B B B, The Three Tricufpid Valves; Two of which, are extended by Pinning out their Tendons, deriv’d from the Columna Carnea : See FlL T gg, Fig. 10. A, Inferior. The Office of the Auricles is to re- ceive Part of the Refluent Blood whilfl the Heart is in Syjloie, and to difeharge that Blood again into the Ventricles of the Heart when it is in Diajlole, fo that the Auricles of the Heart feni as Diverticula to the Blood in its palling into its Ventricles; elle a Repercuflion of the Blood in the Veins would neceflarily happen in the Syfole of the Heart; which would prevent the regular Influx of the Blood to the Ventricles. . Fig. 7. The Heart with its Left Ventricle Open’d. A, The Infide of the Vena Pulmonalis. B, The Aorta in like manner Open’d. CC, The Septum Cordis, which divides the Right Ventricle from the Left. D, The Left Auricle intire which in Humane Bodies is very little, as appears by this Figure; and the Trunk of the Puimonick Vein very large. . > d, The Trunk of the Arteria Pulmonica cut olf e e, Two of the Three Semilunary Valves at the Beginning of the Arteria Magna; which hinder the Reflux of the Blood when the Heart is in Diajlole ; in which Action they are Exprefl, Fig. 3. e e. The Two Mitral Valves in the Puimonick Vein, which prevent the Blood repafling that Veflel when the Heart is in Syjloie. gg, The Carriea Columna compos’d ofMulcular Fibres, deriv’d from thole of the Sides of the Heart, whence divers fmall Tendinous Fila- ments do A rile, and are faffned to the Inferior Umbus of the Mitral Valves; by which means thole Valves are drawn down towards the Cone of the Heart, and prevent the Blood from palling out again that way when the Heart is in Syjloie. I know Dr. Lower in his Accurate Book De Corde, Suppoles that thefe Mitral and Tricufpid Valves are Relax’d in the Syjloie of the Heart, and by their Riling up flop up the Paflages of the Veins: But if the Structure of the Heart and thele Parts are Atten- tively confider’d in a large Animal, as in an Ox, foe. it will appear rea- fonable to conceive that thefe Mitral and Tricufpid Valves are rather drawn down than fuffer Extrulion upwards: nor need Nature have been at any trouble in making thofe Valves at the Orifices of the Veins, any otherwile than the Reverie of the Semilunary Valves of Arteries ; if as the Expert Dr. Lower Suppoles they are driven up and Extended like a Sail with Wind when the Heart is in Syjloie ; but by fallen mg thofe Tendinous Fibres to the Lower-parts of thole Tricufpid and Mitral Valves; which, are of a Conical Figure, lee ms to me to be an Ar- gument that they cannot fuffer fuch Extenfion upwards, without let- ting lome Part of the Blood repals them in the Syjloie of the Heart: Belides there mull conftantly a confiderable Part of the Blood remain in the Ventricles of the Heart, if thole Valves are fo difpos’d in its Sy- Jlole ; which I think the Dr. himfelf feems no where to conceive ; but on the contrary the Ventricles of the Heart are with great Strength adequately Compreft in it’s Syjloie, for which End the Infides of its Ventricles are compos’d of divers Flelhy Columns; between which divers Interfticia neceflarily Refult, (that are elegantly Exprefl in this Figure,) by which means, the Ventricles are more exa&ly Clofed in their Syjloie, than they could have been, had they been fmooth. Fig, 8. The Heart with its Right Ventricle Open’d. A, The Infide of the Right Auricle of the Heart as it appears when Open’d and Pinn’d out. B, The Left Auricle Intire. C, The Coronary Blood-Veflels of the Heart; from thefe, partial- larly from the Arteries, Spring thofe of the Auricles and large Blood- Veflels of the Heart; as the Accurate Ruyfch defcribes them in his Anatomical Epijlles Pag. if. The Nerves of the Heart Spring from the Eighth Pair and Intercoftal Nerves; a particular Delcription of which, may be found in Dr. Lower's Book De Corde, and Vieujfenius Nervographia. D, Part of the Right Ventricle of the Heart Open’d. E, A Portion of the Vena ArterioJ'a or Arteria Pulmonalis Divided and Expanded. fff, The Three Valvular Sigmoides or Semilunares, which oppolc the Return of the Blood from the Lungs, by the Arteria Pulmonica into the Heart, when it is in Diajlole. Fig, 9. A A, The Heart cut Tranfverfely. B, That Part of it next its Rafis. C, That next its Cone. D D, The Right Ventricle of the Heart. E, The Left F, The Septum Cordis or the Partition between the Two Ventricles of the Heart. . , „. , „ .r G G, A Stylus put thro’ the Vena Cava into the Right Ventricle or H H, Another palling from the fame Ventricle thro’ the Arteria Tub 11, A Stylus in the Left Ventricle of the Heart palling out at the Another Inferted into the fame Ventricle, by the Vena Pul- monic a. A Inferior A Portion of the Columna Carnis of One of the Ventri- S' ned to the Inferior Margin of One of the Tricufpid Valves. A A, Superior, Portions of the Tricufpid Valves. II# * C ' The Coronary Blood-Veffilsot the Heart as they appear on its Sur- face when Iniected, after Drying the whole Heart. A A The Arteries fill’d with Mercury fix’d with Tin. B B" The Veins Extended with Wax. 9 Fig. 12. A Portion of the Vem next the Bafts.of the Heart. A A, Parts of the Mitral Valves Pinnd out by their Tendons. Fig. 13* The Inner Surface of a Portion of the Arteria Magna cut off at the Ba/is of the Heart when Divided and Expanded A A A A The Three Semilunary Valves well Exprefl when Pinn’d out • One of them being cut thro’ in its Middle, in dividing the Great Artery. . Fig. 14. Reprefents in like manner a Portion of the Arteria Pulmonalis. A A A The Three Sigmoidal or Semilunary Valves, THE TWENTY-THIRD TABLE. Fig. U EPRESENTS the External Coat of a Vein v) viewed with a Microfcope. ABCD, The Fibres extended according to tlie Length of the where may °bterved 0 A, The Second Coat of the Vein, called by Dr. PFillis, the Valculous and Glandulous Coat. Fig. 3. The Third or Internal Tunick of a Vein compofed of Circular Fibres. Fig. 4. The External Coat of an Artery confining of a Rete of fmall Nerves (A,) Blood-Veflels, (B) and Membranous Expanfions (C.) On this Membrane of the Artery divers Glandulous Bodies appear com- pofing greater and lefler Clutters, DE, varioufly diiperied. Fig. s. A B, The Second Coat of an Artery confifting of divers Strata of Fibres varioufly decuflating each other, andjoyned with the Internal or Third Coat. Fig. 6. ABC, The Inner and Smooth Surface of the Third or moft In- ternal Coat of the Artery; where the Foramina for the Branches which arife out of it, are expreft, and its Fibres extended according to its length B,C. The great Trunks of the Arteries do evidently appear to confift of a greater Number of Strata of Fibres, than thofe of'the Veins; but the farther they recede from the Heart, they are both flill more and more fubdivided, and their Trunks and Capillary Branches Become flill thinner and thinner, till their outmoft Extremities con- fifl of one Angle tranfparent Membrane ; chiefly compofed of fuch Tubes, as only convey their Succus Nutritius. And this I am apt to think may ferve for the Defcription of Blood-Veflels in general; and fhall farther confider the Organization of the feveral Extremities of the Blood-Veflels, in fpeaking of their particular Offices relating to Se- cretion in the feveral Parts; wherefore at prefent fhall only men- tion, that the Extremities of Veins and Arteries are continued Chan- nels, varioufly contorted and not all of them of an equal Size, even in Parts which are uniform or the fame. Fid. App. Fig. 4. f. After the Blood has paft the Extremities of its Veflels, and is in its Return to the Heart again by the Veins; it there meets with divers Valves or Stops, which prevent the Weight of the Blood of the In- ferior Parts of the Body, and the Recoiling of it in the Superior, (when any violent Motions affeft the Thorax, as in Coughing, from prefling on the Extremities of the Veflels, and hindering its progreflive Motion. That there is a Recoiling of the Blood in any extraordinary Motions of the Thorax, in the Jugular Veins, may be oblerv’d in taking Blood from thence, efpecially in Children. Hence it is the Valves in thofe Veins are neceflary ; leaft the Blood ffiould again repafs into the Veflels of the Brain with great Violence; which is alio prevented in the Contortion made in the Internal Jugular Vein, in its Specus in the Bafts of the Skull. I muff confefs I never yet obferved above Two Valves (one oppofite to the other) in the largefl Vein that is fur- j niffied with Valves; however Anatomills commonly mention Three, and Profeflor Bidloo tells us of Four and Five Valves, as they ap- pear in the following Figures. Fig. 7- Part of a Vein extended with Wind and dried, having a double Valve or Two Valves of Semilunary Figures, placed oppolite to each other. Fig. 8. A A, A Portion of the Jugular Vein bio wed up and dried; BBB, Its Three-fold Valves. Fig. 9. Part of a Vein with Five Valves. Fig. io,ii.' A A, The Portions of Veins expreft in the Two preceeding Fi- gures la/d open; . . . _ m BB, &c. Their Valves as they appear in their Infides. Fig. 12. The Valves as they appear in the Infides of the Veins according to Bidloo. Fig. 13. (Two Valves as they appear when taken out of the Veins. Fig. 14. The unequal Diftance of the Valves in the Veins; the F°ftigia of the Valves being here only expreft, as they appear when the Vein is extended with Wind. Fig. if. Reprefents ( according to Bidloo ) a Syftem of the Arteries inje&ed with Wax, and free’d from the Body of an Infant Six Months Old; which he tells us he has rderved: If fo, it is a great Rarity indeed [ For having more than once free’d the Arteries from the Body of an Infant, as well as from an Adult, and finding them far differing'from this Figure, and not much difagreeing with the Defcriptions and Fi- gures of Fpalms and others; I cannot look on this, but as a Prodigy m Nature. Wherefore I fhall here give you his Defcription of it, and refer you to my Appendix. Fig. 3. Where their common Ap- pearance is expreft, as 1 now have them injected by me, and difledled from the Btody of an Infant. The Arteria Aorta (fay’s Bidloo) arifing from the Heart, foon lends out Two fmall Coronary Branches. B, in the Body of the Heart. *tSj r^lunk *s divided on the Pericordium into the Afcendefts C, and Delcendens D. The Firlt gives Branches to the Parts above the Heart, and is divided into the Subc/avii E, from which the AxiUares F» and Internal Mammary G, Three or Four Intercojlales H, and Lei vie ales I. do arife. From the Axillary Artery are Branches com- mumcated to the Scapula K, and to the Superior Parts of the Thorax. When k has got between the Mufcles of the Cubit, it is divided into Two lmie Branches; the Firft of which L, goes to the Wrift, Thumb, and Fore-Finger ; the other to the Three other Fingers. It divides into Two about the Thymus, and Forms the Carotides M. Thefe amen- ding near the Wind-pipe after having fent feveral Branches to the Tongue, Larynx and Parts adjacent, and are divided into the Exter- nal N, and Internal Branch O, the Exterior fupplies the Face Lips, partly the Ear and lower Teeth; the other Branch ferves the Forehead, Temples and Neighbouring Parts. The Inward Branch alcending {freight through the Os Sphmoides creeps under the Dura Mater, and forming various Plexus's, in that Part within the Skull, it is cover’d with a particular Coat already de- ferib’d; it fends out fmall Branches near the Optick Nerves; but the large Trunks creep back again, lometimes united and by and by fe- parated from each other. There are fmall Branches convey’d to the Spinal Marrow, partly above and partly below the Heart. From the Axillaries , and afcending and defending Trunks, it derives feveral Branches which reflected into a Circle, creep through its Coverings and feveral Parts of the Head. The defending Trunk of the Aorta D, fupply’s fome of the Intercoffals I, and the Neighbouring Mufcles and Parts; there is a large Trunk 2, alfo fent to the Diaphragm; under the Diaphragm the Branches of the Fifcera of the Abdomen are re- markable. viz. of the Stomach, 3. The Inferior and Superior Me- feraic Branches, 4, y, thole of the Omentum, or Caul, 6, of the Liver, 7, of the Kidneys 8, the Spermatics 9, and fo on. About the Os Sa- crum this Trunk is divided into Two Branches, from which others are again deriv’d to the Right Gut and Pudenda, fome to the Hips, fome to the Thighs and Legs, as well Internally, as Externally. Thus much concerning the principal Diffribution of the Aorta. In the next Place Profeflor Bidloo gives us the Anatomy of the Blood. In the Anatomy of the Blood Chymically performed (fay’s he) it is manifeft there is a Water in it, which as well as it can be, is fimply to be confidered ) a Spirit and Salts both fixt and volatile. Tho’ by this Method ( he very well fay’s) fome Parts are very accurately difco- ver’d ; yet doth it exceedingly deflroy the Appearances of fome Figures which ought by no means to be alter’d; wherefore he propofed the following Figure. r Fig. i The Back-parts of the Thyroidal Glands. G, The Polterior-part of the Wind-Pipe where it is Membranous, and receives the Fore-part of the Gula in its way to the Stomach. Having View’d the Fore and Back-parts of the whole Larynx, we come in the next place to Examine thole Cartilages which Compole it) when Separated from each other. 1, The External Convext-part of the Thyroidal Cartilage. 2, The Internal Concave-part of the fame Cartilage : In thele Tuo Figures, the Two Kinds of Procelles of the Thyroidal Cartilage are Re- markable ; the Two Superior or long Process are )oynd with the Ex- tremities of the Or HyoSesG G, F,g. 7. the Two Inferior are faftned to the Cricoidal Cartilage Laterally. . R f r 2,4, The Cricoidal Cartilage; 3, the Fore-part; 4, the Back-part or this Cartilage : That Figure of the Right Hand (towards the figure of the Lungs and Heart) Exprefles the External, Inferior, and Back- innular Cartilage f That of the Hand Reprefenta the Inferior, Internal, and Fore-part of the Annular Cartilage. c 6 c <5, Two different Views ofthe Arytenoidal Cartilages, which to the Superior Part of the Cricoidal Cartilage. THE TWENTY-FIFTH TABLE. Fig. 1. ® Portion of the Wind-Pipe cut off! ABB, The External Membrane of the Wind- Pipe Rais’d and Pinn’d out. The Mufcular Fafciculi lying between the Car- tilages of the Wind-Pipe. Fig- 3- The Glandulous Membrane of the Wind-Pipe, where divers Cluffers of Glandules of a different Magnitude are Exprclt. Fig. 4. The Internal Membrane of the Wind-Pipe, compos’d of Fibres ex' tended according to its Length ; between this Internal and Longitu chnal Order of Fibres, and the Cartilages, are plac d another Tianf- verfe Order, which pafs Circularly according to the Difpofition of the Cartilages : Thefe Internal Traniverfe Flefhy Fibres are more Nume- rous than the Superior Longitudinal Ones: Both thefe Orders of Fi- bres are Expreft in this Figure. This Difpofition of the Fibres of the Internal Membrane of the Wind-Pipe, is very Confpicuous in the Wind-Pipes of molt Quadrupedes, specially in the Larger fort, as Oxen, Horfes» fee. But chiefly, (conlidering the Bulk of the Animal) in a Hog, in whole Wind-Pipe this Membrane appears compos'd of Strong Flefhy Fibres; whence an Account may not improbably be fug- gelted, why that Animal is capable of altering the Tone of the Voice from a BaJ'e to a Treble : For when thele Fibres ContraCl, the Chan- nel of the Wind-Pipe is very much Straitned, as well in its Diameter as Length ; whence the Tone is rendred more Acute. This Conltru&ure of the Inward Membrane of the Wind-Pipe, is continued to the Begin- ning of the Bronchia, where thele Flelhy Fibres lellen and bear a Pro- portion to the Cavities of the Bronchia, and are at length fo Thinn’d as to Frame Tranfparent Membranes, which help to compofe the Vfi- eld at of the Lungs. Fig. S- Part of One of the Lobes of the Lungs, with the Bronchia Inje£ted with Wax to exhibit the Lobuli. A, Part of the Bronchial Tube cut off B B, The Lobuli, or diftin£l Clulters of the TeficuN, partly com- pos’d of the Extremities of the Bronchia ; and partly of the Blood-Vef lels of the Lungs: Thefe Lobuli are not always of the fame Figure, fome being Round, others Oval, fome Oblong, and others Vanoully Figur’d. C C, The Interjlitia of the Lobuli ; which are Inveffed with the Internal Lamina of the Proper Membrane of the Lungs, here Pinn’d out; on which the Blood-Veflels are very Confpicuous : Thele Inter- jiitia, or Spaces between the Lobuli, Appear in the Lungs of a Foetus very plain, and do not Communicate with the Veficuloe of the Labulh but are diltinguilh’d from them, as do’s Appear by Blowing into thele Interflitia ; which may be done with a Blow-Pipe, after Wounding the External Membrane of the Lungs, and you will find the Interjii- tia of the Lobuli very much Dillended with Wind, and the Teficulcc not at all Inflated : Nor on the Contrary, will thefe Interjlitia be any ways Inflated by Blowing into the Bronchia, tho’ the Feficula and Lobuli are very much Extended. DD, The Branches of the Pulmonick Vein and Artery on each Side the Bronchia : See Fig. 10. A, B. Fg. 6. Part of the Bronchia with divers Lobuli of One of the Lobes of the Lungs. Dr. Willis who has given a F'igure of thele Lobuli, after the Manner as they are here Reprdented, fays, that by filling the Bronchia with a Liquid, thefe Lobuli may be leparated from each other. I mult confefs I have more than once Attempted to Divide thele Lobuli, but could not be latisfied of their Appearance like this Figure : The Ex- ternal Surface of the Lobuli in the Fcetus Appear Angular, and are in a Cubical manner plac’d by each other. A, The Inlide of the Bronchia, where the Holes for divers of its Ramifications which pals out of it; and the Straight Progrels of the Fibres of its Internal Membrane do Appear. B B, The Bronchia divided into leller Branches; to which the Lo- buli are Faftned. . r . CC The Lobuli, which maybe more or lets Divided, and are com- pos’d of the FeficulcC. The VeficuL as above hinted, are Fram’d by the Extremities of the Bronchia, and the Pulmonick Blood-Veflels. N B The Lobuli in this Figure may be obfervd to have the Extre- mines If the Blood-Vejfels Branch'd on Them. Each Veficulaalfo has One of the Extremities of the‘BulmouicfVems and Arteries Branch d on it ■ and without doubt {Conformable to the Extremities of the Blood- Met [els of other Tarts) thofe Vejjels alfo are continued Channels on the Veiiculx of the Lungs. Here the Art of Nature is very Extraordina- ry in Framing the Extremities of thefe Blood-Veffels of the Lungs fo’very fmall, and confining their vafi Number in fo narrow aCompa/s, as the Body of the Lungs; for thefe ‘Pulmonicf Blood-Vtfiels Cerrefpond to tho/e of the whole Field f the Body, in conftantly Ltjchargmg the Blood!thro them, as well as thro the Heart; whilft Life with perfect Health is maintaind. And notwithflandmg One Half of the Lungs is eompleatly Vitiated, {as I have mere than once found in DiJJettmg Bodies) yet neverthelejs the Circulation of the Blood has been Jlill carried on for fome time. Tho' in this Cafe ReJpiration mujl not only be very Quicfand Attended with no fmall ‘Difficulty on frequent Occa- Jions; but the Heart mufi alfo Labour very much to drive the Blood on. Fig. 7. A Portion of the External Surface of the Lungs cut from them, when Dri’d, after Inflation. A A, The External Membrane. B B, The Lamellae of the External Membrane, which pals between the Vficulae and compofe the Lobuli ; between which, the Inter(inia neceflanly Refult. C D, The Lobuli compos’d of the Tcficuhc, which are here well Ex- prefl. Fig. 8. The Afpera Arteria or Wind-Pipe, together with the Bronchus or Ramifications of it, free’d from the Lungs. A A, The Fore part of the Wind-Pipe. B B, The Divilion of the Wind-Pipe into Two Branches, and after- wards into more, call’d Bronchus. C C, The Larger Branches of the Bronchus. D D, The Leller, from whofe Extremities the Heficula are Pull’d off E E, The Semicircular Cartilages of the Wind-Pipe. FGH, The Cartilages of the Bronchia of Various Figures and Si- zes ; fome of which are Circular F F ; others Semicircular, Trian- gular G; Quadrangular fee. H. Thele Cartilages of the Bronchus are not Connexed to each other like thofe of the Wind-Pipe it felf; but the Lower-parts of the Superior receive the Upper-parts of the Inferior ; not unlike the Crullaceous Coverings of the Lo- cufls, or Tail of a Lobfler : fo that in Infpiration the Bronchus may be Coextended with the Tumified Lungs; for thefe Ligaments between the Cartilages of the Bronchus have an Elaflick Power of Reflitution; not unlike that flrong Ligament, plac’d on the Spines of the Hertebrae of the Necks of Quadrupedes ; by which means the Superior Parts of the Lower Cartilages of the Bronchus are drawn under the Inferior Parts of the Upper, in Expiration: But in Infpiration the Ligaments are Extended, and the Inferior Cartilages are with-drawn from under the Superior ; and to this Adlion in Expiration the Longitudinal Fi- bres of the Wind-Pipe (which pafs into the Bronchus) do concur to Contrail them. In Infpiration the Weight of the Superincumbent Air is fufficient to Extend the Bronchus, and confequently the Lungs, when the Cavity of the Thorax is Widen’d by the Mufcles which Draw the Bibs up. Fig. 9. A fmall Portion of the Lungs, whole Bronchial Branch is fill’d with Injeiled Quick-Silver. A, The Bronchial Branch; on both Sides of which, the Pulmonick Blood-Veflels Appear. Fig. 10. Part of the Largefl: Branches of the Bronchus free’d from One of the Lungs ; together with the Pulmonick Blood-Veflels and Lobes In- jected with Wax. A A, The Pulmonick Vein. B B, The Artery fill’d with different Colour’d Wax. Befides freeing the Bronchia, as in Fig. 8. there is another way of Demonflratin® their Ramifications by pouring of Melted Tin into them; which may be Practis’d in the following Manner. Cut off one Side of the Humane Lungs at the Divifion of the Trachea BB, Fig. 8. and with the Feather End of a Goole-Quill fo wipe the Infide of the Bronchia, by often thrufting it into their Various Ramifications, that at length it no longer comes out wet with the Mucus they have in them. The Infides of the Bronchia being thus throughly Dri’d with a Feather: In like Manner Anoint them with Linfeed Oyl. This done, Tye the Mouth of the Divided Trachea to a Tin or Iron Tunnel: This Tunnel mult be fo plac’d that the Lungs may hang Pendulous and Free ; but leafl their Elaccidity fhould too much Comprels the Bronchia, it’s conve- nient to pafs divers Threads thro’ the External Parts of the Lungs, and fo Fallen them to the Floor and other convenient Places, that the Lungs may be Extended thereby : In doing of which, be fure you do not diftort the Lungs from a direCt Pendulous Pofition; but that the large Trunk of the Bronchia remains Perpendicular to the Tunnel. This done, Melt Block-Tin and pour it into the Tunnel ; in doing of which,Hand at fome Diflance,leaft the Conflict which arifes from the hot Metal in its meeting with the remaining Moifture in the Bronchus Mat- ters it on your Hands, or Face, fee. N. B. If the TMetalis made very hot it will Jo Scorch the Firjl Faff ages of the Bronchia as to ContraB them, and thereby Objlrull the reft: Nor muji it want Fluidity, leaf its palin* into theJmaller Branches is thereby Hindred. The Bronchus being thus In jelled in the Lungs ; lay them in Water, Nine, or Ten Days, till they begin to Tutrifie ; then Boyl the whole Lungs off the BloclfTin, and you may expell to fee it much fuller of Branches than it's Exprejl in the nth Figure. Fig. 11. Represents the Ramifications of the Bronchia in Block-Tin, as above Defcnb d. ' T'. 2 6- THE TWENTY-SIXTH TABLE. Fig. 1. H E upper Part of the Body lying in a Supine Pofture, with the Os Petto- or Sternum rais’d, together with the Cartilages of the Ribs which are connexec* t0 it ? fo that the Cavity of the Thorax after its Vifcera are remov’d, comes in view. AAA, The Cavity of the Thorax inverted with the Pleura, whofe fmooth Surface towards the Lungs, is here feen. The cJMufculi Triangulares as they Arife from the Inferior and Internal Part of the Sternum, and Afcend to their Infertions at the Bony Endings of the Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Ribs: In this View of the Internal Part the Sternum., the Mammary Blood-Veflels on each Side of it are confpicuous : The Cartilaginous Endings of the TwoFirft Ribs are alfo remarkable, being fome* what longer than the reft. b, The Enfiformal Cartilage. C D, Superior) The Courfe of the Fibres of the Internal Intercoftal Mufcles which appear thro’ the Tleura A A, C D, Inferior) The External Intercoftal Mufcles whofe Fibres decuflate the Internal like the Letter X. Thefe Intercoftal Mufcles arife from the Lower Edge of each Superior Rib, and are Inferted to the Upper Edge of each Inferior one; They are employ’d in bringing the Ribs nearer each other* to Enlarge the Cavity of the Thorax in Infpiration. D D, The Seven Superior or True Ribs. E E, The Saw-like Endings of the Serratus Major Ant feus. F F, The Diaphragm freed from the Cartilaginous Endings of the Ribs and Enfiformal Carti- lage, b. f f, The Mufculi Tfoii partly in view. G, The Cartilage of One of the Baftard-Ribs which is not joyned to the Sternum. H H, The Bodies of the Vertebra of the Thorax. I, The Vertebra of the Neck. K, The Lower Jaw-Bone made bare. k, The Mufculus Pterigoideus Internus in Situ. L L, The Clavicula. M, Part of the cDeltoides Mufcle. 3,+, y,6, The Bony Endings of the Third, Fourth, Fifth and Sixth Ribs, cut from the Carti- lages which are fattened to the Sternum. Fig. 2. See Tab. 52.' THE twenty-seventh table. BHE Skin, Fat, and Membranes being removed, theMufcles appear on the Back as follows. C DD E The Mufculus Cucularis or Trapezius on both Either of thefe arifes Flelhy from the Os Occipitis, and Ten- dinous from the Ligamentum Colli and Points of the Spines of the Three Lowed Vertebra of the Neck, and Eight Superior of the Thorax ; from which broad Origination becoming thick and Flelhy A ADDF, is fo inferted to the Clavicular E and Tendinous HF to the Spina Sca- pula I. Thefe move the Scapula varioufly according to their Directions ot fi- bres, as Upwards, Backwards, and Downwards. I, Part of the Spina Scapula. K OO, The Latijfimus Dorfi or Amfcalptor : A thin, broad Tendinous On- gination of This is deriv'd from the Spines of the Seven Inferior Vertebra of the Thrax, and all the Vertebra of the Loins, and Superior of the Or Sacrum-, as alfo from the Pofterior Part of the Spine of the Or Ilium R, and begins to grow Flelhy as it marches over the Longijfimus Dorfi zndSacrolumbus, K. and in its Afcent over the Ribs laterally, it has divers Fafciculi of flelhy Fibres anfing from thence and joining with it, becomes Bill thicker, more Flelhy, and narrower, marching over the loweft Angle of the Scapula; whence fometimes a Flelhy Portion of this Mufcle do’s arife, which we have commonly found in thofe Bodies in whom the Teres Minor was wanting, as it was in this Subject, and is at Lengt n erte with a Ihort flat ftrong Tendon to the Or Humeri, at the Implantation of the Te- rn Major: Its Ufe is to draw the Arm Downwards and Backwards. LL, Parts of the Obliqui Defcendentes Abdominis. JVI, Part of the Deltoides on the Left Side. N’ The lnfrafpinalis on the Right Side. - OO, The iSacrolumbalis lying under the Tendon of the Latijfimus Dorfi on the Right Side. P, The Bafis of the Right Scapula. The Rotundi Majores. R, The Spine of the Os Ilium. S, Part of the Glutaus Magnus. J" 27- 4 T. J- THE TWENTY-EIGHTH TABLE. H of the Back lying under thofe Reprefented in the preceding A B C D, The Rhomhoides in Situ, It arifes Tendinous from the Spines MV&M of the Two Inferior Vertebra: of the Neck, and Three or Four of the Su- pciioi of the Thorax C; growing Flefhy in its Oblique Dcfcent, it is in- h-rted Rafis of the Scapula D: It draws the Scapula Upwards and Rhomhoides on the Right Side, remaining at its Origin at the Ba- F, A Portion of the Rhomhoides which we frequently find diftindt. G, Part of the Elevator Scapula or Mufculus Tatientia : This Mufcle has divers feparate Origina- tions from the Second, Third, Fourth and Fifth Tranfverfe Procefies of the Vertebra of the Neck compofing a large Flefhy Mufcle, which is Inferted to the Superior Angle of the Scapula. H, That Part of the Bafis Scapula towards its Superior Angle. I, The Serratus Superior Tofticus Arifing thin and Tendinous from the Spines of the Two In- ferior Vertebra of the Neck, and Two Superior of the Thorax; and after an Oblique Defcent over the Inferior Part of the Splenius Capitis and Upper Parts of the Longiffimus Dorfi and Sacrolum- balis, becomes Flefhy, marching under the Scapula to its Infertions at the Second, Third, and Fourth Ribs. This Mufcle affifts in drawing the Ribs Upwards in Infpiration. K, The Serratus Inferior Tofticus: The Origination of this Mufcle is much larger than this Figure feems to reprefent. I have -frequently taken Notice of a Series of Tendinous Fibres con- tinued between the Serratus Superior and this Mufcle,; and its Lower Part in like Manner continued to the Spine of the Os Ilium, ftridlly embracing the Sacrolumbus and Dorfi Longiffi- mus ; in which it performs the Office of a Bandage as fhall be hereafter mentioned. Thefe In- ferior Saw-Mulcles, in this Figure, are free’d from their Originations at the Spines of the Vertebra of the Thorax and Loins, in railing the Latiffimi Dorfi, Expreft in the preceding Table KLOO, whofe Tendinous Originations in molt Subjedls, do infeparably cleave to thefe Serrati near the Spines: This Figure demonftrating the Progrefs and Infertion of thefe Mufcles, I fhall only add; their - Ufe is to draw the Ribs Downwards, and Contrail the Thorax in Expiration. L, Part of the Cucullaris left at its Infertion to the Clavicula. M, The Latiffimus Dorfi rais’d and left hanging at its Infertion on the Right Side; the like is done on the Left, but not Letter’d. NOPQ; The Longtffimi Dorfij This Mufcle and its Companion the Sacrolumbalis are infepa- ble at their Origination from the Spine of the Os Ilium, Superior Part of the Sacrum, and all the Spines of the Vertebra of the Loins; Externally it is Tendinous; Internally Flelhy; in its Afcent it beftows divers Infertions on the Tranfverfe ProcelTes of the Vertebra of the Loins; but proceed- ing farther, it continues to derive Tendinous Originations from the Spines of the lower Vertebra of the Thorax, which in their Progrefs become Flefhy Fibres, and Terminate in the Fifth, Sixth and Seventh Spines of the Thorax • and this Part of this Mufcle Bidloo calls Semiffimatus: The other larger Part of it, in its Afcent on the Thorax, divides it felf after the Manner of a Palm-branch, into many Flefhy Portions which become Tendinous at their Infertions to the Tranfverfe Pro- cefies of each Vertebra of the Thorax, and Tubercle of the Ribs, and fbme of the Tranfverfe Procefies of the Vertebra of the Neck; This Mufcle is not only imploy’d in keeping the Trunk of the Bo- dy Eredl and Bending it Backwards ; but in Progrelfion, it has alfo a confiderable Office ; for when either Leg is mov’d Forewards, this Mufcle on the fame Side, near its Origin, may be obferved to be in Action ; which we fuppofe is neceflary to render the Os Ilium at that Time liable, to the End the Thigh-Bone may be more commodioufly moved in its Acetabulum of the Coxendix. R, The Sacrolumbalis which we fhall defcribe hereafter. S, Part of the Glutaus Magnus. S, The Spine of the Os Ilium. T, The Splenius Capitis. V, The Deltoides. W, The Infrajpinatus. X, The Teres Major. Y, Part of the Spina Scapula, above which, Part of the Suprafpinatus may be feen. Z, Part of the Serratus Major Anticus. % The Seventh Rib made bare. THE TWENTY-NINTH TABLE. ■ I V E R S Mufcles imploy’d in moving the Back, Thorax and Arms. AEDE, The Mufculus Sacrolumbalis : Its Origin is already defcrib’d in the preceding Table with the Dorfi hongjffimus, they arifing infeparably: At their parting below the laft Rib, the Flelhy Part of the Sacrohtmbus is divided into divers Parts, which become fo many diftinCl Tendons and Terminate on the Ribs, as may be feen on the Left Side of this Figure: Befides thefe Flelhy and Tendinous Productions of this Sacrolumbal Mufcle; it has another Order of Tendinous and Flelhy Fibres which may be efteemed as fo many diftinCt Mufcles ; They arifing partly Tendinous and part- ly Flelhy from the Tranfverfe Procefles of the Loins, and Pofterior Pro- minence of the Ribs, that is connexed to the Tranfverfe Procefs’s of the Back, whence Amend- ing Obliquely outwards, become Flelhy, and growing Tendinous, do pafs over Three or Four of the Superior Ribs, and join with the Firft defcrib’d Tendons at their feveral Terminations above men- tioned. This Difpofition of the Sacrolumbus is continued the whole Length of the Thorax, even to the Fourth Vertebra of the Neck; which Upper Part of it is call’d by Diemerbroeh, Cervica- lis Defcendens, and by him made a diftinCt Mufcle. C, The Tendon of the laft defcribed Mufcle and Longijfmus Dorfi, cut from the Spines of the Vertebra of the Loins. F HIK K, The Longiffhni Dorfi ; that of the Right Side being freed from the Spines of the Vertebra of the Back and Loins. L, The Spines of the Vertebra of the Loins. M M, The Mufculus Semiffinatus or Tranfverfalis Dorfi: The Courfe of the Fibres of this Mufcle agree exactly with that lying below it, called Mufculus Sacer G; which is Expreft on the Right Side of the Spines of the Vertebra of the Loins between LMC: They are call’d Tranfver [ales Dorfi and Lumborum, becaufe theyarife from the Tranfverfe Procefles of thofe Vertebra j from whence they afcend Obliquely and are inlerted to the Spines of the Superior Vertebra j which Oblique afcending Difpofition of thefe Fibres may be obferved in this Figure MM. N, Part of the Mufculus Trapezius left on the Neck. O, Part of the Serratus Superior Tofticus left at its Infertion. P, Part of the Spina Scapula. Q, The Bafts Scapula■ R, Mufculus Deltoides. S, Infrajpinatus. T Teres Major. VW, Parts of the Serrati Majores 'jlntici \ that of the Left-Side reprefenting its Progrefs over the Subfcapularis, as it arifes from the Internal Part of the Bafts Scapula as is mentioned Tab, 20. XXX, The Serrati Inferiores Poftici rais’d and left at their Infertions. Y Part of the Obliquus Defcendens. ZZ, The Spines of the Offa Ilii. I'- THE THIRTIETH TABLE. SOME of the Mufcles imployed in Extending the Back and Loins, Raisd. 1 G HIK , The Lungij/Jinii ‘Dorp and Sacrolumbales near L, The Sacrolumbalis on the Left Side free d from the Ribs, efyc. and hanging loofe from the Trunk of the Body. MM, Thofe Tubercles of the Ribs connexed to the Tranfverfe Procefles of the Vertebra of the Thorax made bare; whence the other Order of the Tendinous mid Flefhy Fibres of the Sacrolumbal Mufcle (mention’d in the N N, The Spinal Procefles of the Vertebra of the Back made bare, n n, Their Tranfverfe Procefles. O O, Parts of the Mufculi Splenii Capitis. P, The Infra/pinatus Rais’d from the Scapula. Q, Part of the Rotundas Major. R R, Parts of the Serrati Majores ylntici on both Sides. S, The Upper Part of the Bone of the Arm laid bare. T, The laft or Twelfth Rib. V, The Quadrat us Lumborum: It arifes Flelhy from the Polterior Part of the Spine of the Os Ilium, and after an Oblique afcending Progrefs is fo Inferted to the Tranfverfe Procefles of the Ver- tebra of the Loins: This not unlike the Re&us Abdominis, moves the Vertebra of the Loins or Os Ilium nearer each other, as either is held moll ftable: So when we Hand on one Foot it draws the Vertebra to that Side, and makes the Trunk come towards a Perpendicular Direction of its Gravity to that Foot; as appears in the Figure of the Firft Table, where the Right Leg fuftains the Weight of the whole Trunk, and Superior Parts: But if we hang by the Hands, then either of thefe Mufculi §}uadrati Acting, draws the Os Ilium nearer the Vertebra of the Loins. It was neceflary the Mufcles imploy’d in Extending the Head, Neck, Back and Loins fhould be framed ftrong enough not only to fuftain the Head and Trunk in their Projection forewards from the Vixis of the Vertebra; but that they fhould move the whole Spine varioufly, efpecially in Bending it backwards: Hence it is thefe Mufcles are not only more Numerous; but are Multi- form, as appears in the Dorfi LongiJJjmus and Sacrolumbalis ; whereas the Bending Mufcles of the Trunk and Head are but one Pair to each, and they of a Longitudinal Order of Fibres only; namely, the Tar Rectum Internum Capitis, or Flexores Capitis, Tab. 18. L L; and the Recti Ab- dominis Tab. 3 r. E E. THE THIRTYFIRST TABLE. E PRESENTS the Common Integuments of the oAbdo- j|I|S S? t^1£ Appearance of its Mufcles on the Left ■m w|K3|| A A A A, The Skin together with the Fat and Membranes Slkllsll °fthe Left Side Rais'd. Illlk OI ?The at remaining on the Right Side after Raifing the |*kVg| Skin; where the Lobi of Fat and the Blood-Veifels paffing be- -* tween them, are Elegantly Expreft. CDEFG, The Seventh and Eigth Ribs 9 where its feveral fe- parate Origins lie between the Indentations of the Serra- tus Major Anticus 3 thefe, for better diftindtion we call its Former Origin3 Befides which, it continues to derive more Heads in like Manner from the Ninth, Tenth, Eleventh, and fometimes from the Extremity of the laft Baftard-Rib; (Vid. Tab. 29, Y.) where if s frequently Indented with the Serratus Inferior Poflicus (Tab. ib. XX.) as Vefalius takes Notice : From. its Former Origin B B B, its Oblique Defcending Flefliy Part E E, Expands its felf into a Broad Membranous Tendon F F, before it Marches over the Vettus P P, to its Infertion in the Linea Alba Tab. 31. H, and Os Pubis G: From its Lat- ter Origin, in the fame Manner Defcending, (Vid. App. Fig. 2. 31.) it Ends partly Tendinous in the Ligamcntnm Pubis C C, but chiefly Flefhy on the Superior and Fore-Part of the Os Ilium. Befides the Offices commonly Affrib’d to this Muf- cle in Comprefling the Inteftines and Bladder, (3c. either in Extruding the Feces and Urine in both Sexes, or Fetus in Women; They have ftill a farther Uff : That Part of this Muffle that’s Interjacent between its Lower Origin and Spine of the Os Ilium, Tab. 29. Y. bearing an Analogy in its Pofi- tion to the Majloideus of the Head, (App. Fig. 1. 14.) ferves for the Circumrotation of the Trunk upon the Axis of the Vertebre3 as when we Convert our Bodies to the contrary Side, the Feet remaining Stable. HHPI, The Cartilaginous Endings of the Seventh, Eighth, Ninth, and Tenth Ribs; which, in the following Table are cut off at the Bony Parts of the Ribs and Rais’d : Vid.Tab.u.KK. IKK, TheMufculus Tranfverfalis Raisd from the Perito- neum and Reclind Laterally 9 It derives a Tendinous Origin from the Tranfverfe Procefles of the Vertebre Lumbares, and a Flefhy One, from the Cartilaginous Endings of the Ribs, Spine of the Os Ilium, and Ligamentum Pubis 3 whence it partes over the Convext Surface of the Peritoneum, compofing a Broad Tendon as it Marches under the Jfyftus to its Termi- nation in the whole Length of the Linea Alba. When this Muffle and its Partner A the External of which, being a Continuation of the External Membrane of the is there call’d Tunica Vaginalis, Inclofing the Spermatick-Vef- fels and Tefticle ; the Internal Procefs Deffends about Four Fingers Breath on the Spermatick-Veflels in the Inguina, and then Cleaves to them Infeparably (and this a Diver- ticulum) as it’s Expreft, tho’ fomewhat ftifly, in the following Figure. Ftg. 4. A A, Part of the Internal Membrane of thePmttmxum. B, The Orifice or Jnultu of its Proceis. _ • , • C, Its Progrefs on the Spermatick-Veflels, calld Divert:- D, Its Cohefion to the Spermatick-Veflels. ff ope. THE THIRTY-THIRD TABLE. SHEWS the Vifcera of the Lower Belly in Situ, after the Com- mon and Proper Integuments of the Abdomen are laid Open, and fome of them cut off, and the Cartilaginous Endings of the Baftard Ribs divided from their Bony Parts, and turn'd Up- AABB, The Omentum, where its Upper Membrane Ap- pears Contiguous to the Bottom of the Stomach, from whofe Inferior Coronary Veffels it receives its Arteria Gaftriae, Em- ploicce Pextue, Siniftra and Media, which have their Correfpondent Veins entering into the Coronary Veins, and Convey their Blood to the Vena Porta; the Arteries bein°’ Propagated from the Coeliack Arteries. This Superior Part or Lamina of the Omentum is not only a Continuation of that External One of the Ventricle, Borrow'd from the Peritomeum, but its Right Ala in like Manner is deriv'd from the Lower Part of the Liver, and its Left from the Concave Part of the Spleen : Thus the Superior and Outwardmofl Part of the Omentum Arifes; and after De- fending on the Inteftines, joins or is continued to its Inferior or Inward Part, in like Manner deriv'd from the Colon : Between thefe Superior and Inferior Parts, is fram’d the Bur fa Omenti; which may be plainly Difcover’d, if you pour Water into its Cavity; and tho’ the Water will pafs it’s many Foramina, yet it will ne- vertheless Difcover the Lower Part of the Omentum to be Double. CC, The Bottom of the Stomach where its Inferior Coronary Blood-Veflels may be feen. DD, The Liver. E, The Ligamentum Sujpenforium Hepatis, in which the Umbilical Ligament is Inclos’d. F, The Fijfure made by the Umbilical Ligament. GG, Part of the Colon near its Beginning in the Right Ilia. HHIII, The Small Guts, fome of which being here Cover’d with the Omen- tum. . KK, The Cartilaginous Endings of the Baftard Ribs cut from their Bony Parts, and turn'd up towards the Sternum: To thefe Cartilages, Parts of the Tranfverfe Mufcles of the Abdomen and the Diaphragma may be feen to Adhere in this Fi- gure. *33 T-'34- T H E THIRTY-FOURTH TABLE. Fig. x. A A, P°rti°n of the 0- metitum, the Cells of dules of the Omen-^ ltribution of the Fat. C C, Divers Foraminula Collateral to the Ar- boreous Fatty Bodies. ' Fig. r. The Membranes of the Omentum free’d from their Oily Contents; which Profeflor Bidloo Propo- fes to be done after the following Manner. When the Blood-Veflels of the Omentum are Injeded with Wax, or any Tenacious Body, thendipthe whole in hot Oil of Turpentine, and with your Hand Iqueefe it, and move it up and down till the whole Mafs of Fat is difolv’d in that Oil. After- wards expofe the Membranes to the Air, or gentle Fire to dry them. A A, The Upper Lamella or Membrane of the Omentum. B B, The Lower Membrane of the Omentum. CC, The Foraminulte. D D, The Arboreous Ramifications of the Po- rous Cells, whence theFatorOilisExpreft. EE, The Blood-Veflels Injeded with Wax ac- cording to Bidloo. Fig• 3,4* Thefe Figures of the Mufcles of the Tharynx are Copied after Bourdon's Table 4. Fig. 28,29. and are agreeable to the Erroneous Defcriptions of thofe Mufcles by Ryolan, Spigelius, Vejlingius, Bartholin, &c. The Mufcular Contrivance of this Organ being vaftly differing from what is here Expreft, I fhall add a Figure of it in the appendix. Fig. 5. The Stomach with Part of the Omentum taken out of the Cavity of the Abdomen; the Stomach being lomewhat Extended with Wind, and plac d according to its proper Pofition. A A, The External and Anterior Surface of the Stomach, Cover’d with a Common Membrane deriv’d from the Teritomeum. B C, Two Bunchings out in the Lower Part, or Fundus of the Stomach. D, Part of the Gula at the Upper or Left Ori- fice of the Stomach, call’d Cardia. E, Part of the Inteftinum Duodenum Arifing from the Right or Lower Orifice of the Stomach, call’d the Tylorus. F, The Superior Coronary Blood-Veflels of the Stomach, and the Nerves of the Eighth Pair Com- plicated with each other, are here Elegantly Ex- preft. G, The Inferior Coronary Artery and Vein of the Stomach. Thefe Coronary Blood-Veflels are in like Manner diftributed to the Omentum. H, The Superior or Outward Membrane of the Omentum, hanging at the Bottom ofthe Stomach. In Difleding the Morbid Body of a Young Gentle-woman, by the Order of Dr. Radcltff: A- mongft other Thoenomena of the Vifcera in the Abdomen, I found the Omentum fo Leflen’d, that at firft Sight, it Appear’d doubtful wether there ever had been fuch a Part fram’d in that Subjed; but upon ftrider Enquiry, that little Remainsofit feem’d to Reprefent a Heap of fmall Glands, con- taining a Steotomatous or Suet-like Matter. Nor was this Appearance of thefe Steotome on the 0- mentumonly •, but a Multitude of Little White Bo- dies or Specks (not unlike thofe of the Omentum) plac’d at fome fmall Diftance from each other, were fpread on the Outward Membrane ofthe Sto- mach, Inteftines, and Internal Surface of the Pe- ritoneum. In this Subject the External Parts of the Small Guts fo ftuck to each other, that they feem’d to be contain’d in One proper Covering, or not unlike the Brain Cover’d with the Via Ma- ter : fo (trialy did the Inteftines Cleave to each other, that it was not without Violence I could any where Divide them to fee the Mefentery: By this means the Periftaltick Motion of the Guts mult needs be very much Leflen’d, if not quite Hindred; fo that it was no wonder to find their whole Chanel fill’d with Excrements, even from the 'Pylorus to the sinus: Belides the Inte- ftines had fuffer’d Mortifications in divers Parts, whilft other Parts of them were Inflam’d and ve- ry much Thickned: Nor was there any Part of them Appear’d of a Natural Conftitution ; fo general did this Difeas’d-Habit AifeCt the Peri- tonceum, in all its Expanfions. Nor can I omit doing Juftice to the Inquifitive Dr. Radcliff, who upon frequent Obfervations of the Symptoms of this Cafe, left this Prognoftick, That there was fcarce any ofthe Vifcera of the Lower Belly which had efcap'd the c.Attach of the Difeafe : All which he fuppos’d to Arife from a Scrophulous-Ha- bit, as Appear’d by very large Tumified Glands of the Mefentery; of which Two very Remark- able Ones had fo Compreft the Receptactdum Chy- li, as very little (if any ) of the Aliment could at Length pafs into the Blood. Whence the Bo- dy became fo very much Emaciated, that fcarce any thing but Bones Appear’d under the Skin: Nor did I any where fee the lead Lobe of Fat in the whole Difle&ion. From what has been above taken Notice of in the Omentum, and Surface of the Peritoneum, whether Covering the Infide ofthe Abdomen, orOutfides of the Inteftines; It Appears, that when the Mucus, which is necef- fary in Lubricating the Inteftines, is obftruded; thofe Parts are Subjed to Adhefions, and the Pe- riftaltick Motion of the Latter can no longer be Perform’d, and tho’ the Exiftence of proper Glands for feparating this Mucus from the Blood do’s not offer in Common Diflections, yet it may be hop’d that the frequent Examining of Morbid Bodies, will at one time or other Demonftrate them , which, I am apt to believe, not unlike the Sweat- ing Glands of the Skin , are placd at certain Diftances, and do difcharge their Mucus from their Excretory Pores in like Manner ; which Mucus may joyn with Fatty Exfudationsfrom thleOmen- tum, &c. and make a Compofition neceflary 01 making the Inteftines Aide on each other. That there is a Slimy Matter befmearmg thefe Parts, may be obferv’d in Opening any Large Ani- mal, not Difeas’d, foon after Death. It is well known to the Butchers that this Mucus makes the Hands Glib or Smooth; to which End they commonly Ufc it, fo foon as they have Opend anv Animal, by Rubbing their Hands with the Inteftines. I know its commonly (upposdthe Water in an Afcites proceeds from a broken Lym- phe-Dud within the Cavity of the sib domett; but it’s not unlikely that that Serofity may at lealt fometimes Arife from an Exfudation by thofe Glands; fince we conftantly find the Peritoneum verv much Thickned in thofe Cafes. THE THIRTY-FIFTH TABLE. Membranes, Glan- dules,Blood-Veflels, Firft or External Mem- brane,borro w’d from the - ** "Peritoneum; the Veins being Injedted with Wax, are extended beyond their Natural Magnitude. B B, The Superior and Inferior Coronary Veins, Inofculating with each other in their Large Trunks. Fig. 3. A B, <&c. The Branches of the Blood-Veffels on the External Membrane of the Stomach, Repre • lenting their Various Plexufles and Mutual Inof- culations with each other, viz. The Veins being join’d with Veins, and Arteries with Arteries, be- fore they become Capillary. Fig. q,. The Second Membrane of the Stomach, call’d the Mufcular Membrane, confiding of Two Or- ders of Fibres. ABB, The Firft and Superior Order of Fibres, continued between the Pylorus and Upper Orifice of the Stomach. ACC, The Second or Inferior Order of Fibres, embracing the Fundus of the Stomach. Fig. y. A Portion of the Second or Mufcular Mem- brane of the Stomach Dri’d. A A, The Firft Order of Fibres, BB, The Second ; Confiding ofFlelhy and Tendinous Parts, CC, Their Flelhy Parts, D D, Their Tendinous Parts. The Third, or Internal Membrane of the Sto- mach, may be Divided into Three Lamelhe, and therefore may be confider’d in a Threefold Manner. Fig. 6. A A, The Inward Surface of the Third Mem- brane of the Stomach, by Dr. Willis call’d the Villous Tunicle: The Villi or Velvet-like Surface of it, is bed fhewn by dipping it in Scalding Water. BB, The Glandules as they Appear obfeurely under the Villi. C D, &c. The Glandules and Vellels of the Sto- mach as they Appear where the Villi are taken off, which may eafily be done with the Affiftance of Hot Water. This may be efteem’d the Second Part of the Third Membrane of the Stomach. Fig. 7; The Third or Laft Divifion of this Internal Membrane of the Stomach, which Bidloo and others call the Tendinous, and Dr. Willis the Nervous Membrane. AB, Divers Perforations for the Blood-Veflels to pals thro’ this Membrane. Fig. 8. The whole Stomach partly laid Open to llievv the Foldings of its Internal or Third Membrane. A A, The Foldings of the Internal and Third Membrane, in which the Villous Surface do’s Ap- pear. B, The Upper and Left Orifice or Mouth of the Stomach, with Part of the Gula. C, A Portion of the Inteftinum ‘Duodenum continued to the 'Pylorus. D, The Pylorus or Lower and Right Orifice of the Stomach. E, The Antrum Pylori. The Omentum and Superior and Inferior Coro- nary Blood-Veflels, are here again Expreft as in the preceding Table, Fig. 5. Fig. 9, 10. The Two Orifices of the Stomach when Dri’d after Inflation. Eg. 9, The Superior. Fig. 10, The Inferior. The Plexus of Blood-Veflels Appearing in the Infide of the Stomach, Fig. 8. are Remarkable, and their Appearance is owing to the Stagnation of the Blood in them. The Stomach cannot be Wounded into its Cavity, but many of thefe Vef- lels, elpecially the Arteries mull be Divided, and no fmall Effufion of Blood mull necefiarily hap- pen, which if it flows into the Cavity of the Sto- mach, mull either be Ejetted by Vomit, or pals down the Inteftines with the Excrements, if the Patient Survives : An Inftance of which lately occur’d, where my Friend Mr. Goodier call’d me to fee the Patient ; who had receiv’d a Wound by a Sword on the Right Hypochondrium, which pall Obliquely to the Line a Alba, imme- diately below the Enfiformal Cartilage : A Vo- mitting of Blood foon follow’d with Syncopes, which denoted the Stomach to be Wounded, not lefs than a Pound of Coagulated Blood being E- je&ed by the Mouth fo loon as he was brought to his Bed. After fome Hours the Vomiting ceas’d, and the Pulfe was recover’d which before was very feeble: Nor was it many Days before the Patient Recover’d and could Drink Two or Three Quarts of Strong Drink at a Sitting; what became of him afterwards, we could by no means learn. By this it Appears that Wounds in the Stomach are not always Mortal, tho’ they very frequently prove fo, as in the Cafe of one Wounded in like manner with a Sword on the Left Hypochondrium, in whom the Stomach was Wounded alfo; but in this the Contents of the Stomach in no fmall Quantity, were Difcharg’d with a great deal of Blood into the Cavity of the Abdomen, as Appear’d on Differing his Body. If the Trunk of a Large Artery happens to be Wounded on the Stomach, it is a great Chance but it proves Mortal thro’ the Flux of Blood, but if the Wound happens where the Blood-Veflels are Capillary, the Flux of Blood do’s not prove Patal. r T 35 THE THIRTY-SIXTH TABLE Fig. 1. HEWS the Lower Part of the Stomach and a Portion of the Iiitefiinum Duodenum continuec* to toSetlier with tIie Pan~ A A, The Upper Part of the Duodenum continued from the Right Orifice of the Stomach or Pylorus, in a Semicircular Man- ner; in which Bending of the Gut, the Common Paflage for the Gall and Pancreatick Juice empties it felf N. This Cur- vation of the Intelline is here neceffary, left the Aliment after having undergone a Preparation in the Stomach, Ihould too quickly defcend into the Small Guts, before it has met with a due Mixture with the Gall and Pancreatick Juice. B, The Duclus Pancreaticus made bare, before it enters the External Membrane of the Inteftine, between which, and the Internal Membrane, it paffes before it arrives at its Ori- fice N, in Conjunction with the Common Gall-Dud. C, The Progrefs of the Common Gall-Dud in like Man- ner between the Membranes of the Gut, before it arrives at its Orifice N, in Conjunction with the Pancreatick DuCt. D D, The Superior and External Part of the Pancreas as it appears in its proper Situation. EEE, Part of the Bottom of the Stomach next the Pan- creas, Colon and Spleen; whence divers Blood-Veffels are pro- pagated, efpecially Veins, which difcharge Part of the Blood from the Stomach into the Ramus Splenicus : The moft re- markable of thefe have obtained the Denomination of Vafa Previa; to which, fome Anatomifts have inconfiderately af- fign’d divers Ufes. F F, The Internal Concave Part of the Spleen next the Pancreas and Stomach, cover’d with its Proper Membrane, as well as a Common one continu’d from the peritoneum. G, The External Membrane of the Pancreas raisd and pilin’d out: H, That of the Spleen in like Manner rais’d and pinn’d out. Ill, Divers Vejiculoe or Airy Bladder-like Appearances, occafion’d by the Breaking forth of the Wind into the In- ter jhtia of the Common and Proper Membrane of the Pan- creas, in Blowing into its Duclus Excretorius B. K, The Duodenum open’d, to fliew the Common Orifice of the Gall and Pancreatick DuCt. L L, The Pancreatick DuCt made bare in divers Parts of the Paticreas. M, Part of the Common Gall-DuCt. N, The Common Orifice of the Gall and Pancreatick DuCts, opening into the Cavity of the Inteflinum Duodenum. OO, &c. The Arteria Splenica injeCted with Wax ; its Ma- gnitude and Tortuous Progrefs being very remarkable as it is truly Expreft in this Figure. P P, Divers Arteries of the Pancreas arifing out of the Splenick Artery. The Vena Splenica in whole Cavity a Blow-Pipe is inferted. R, One of the Lympheduds arifing from the Spleen pinn d out. In Blowing into the Vena Splenica of a Cafthng Calf, I have frequently obferv’d the Lympheduds of the Spleen diftended with Wind: The like has happen d by Blowing into the Splenick Artery after tying the Vein, tho* not fo immediatly as by Blowing into the Vein. Theffame Pheno- mena I have obferv’d in the Penis of a Dog by Blowing into the Veins of that Part. The Accurate in his Adeno- grap. Curio, p. f 2. tells us by forcibly Blowing into the Sple- nick Artery, he has not only feen divers Vejicule to rife on the Surface of the Spleen; but divers Lymphatick Veffels arifing from thofe Vejicule and diftended with Wind alfo: In the Subfequent Page he takes Notice that the Spermatick Vein of the Tefticle being diftended with Wind, fhews the Lym- pheduds on the Tunica Vaginalis, but in Blowing into the Spermatick Artery of that Part, the Lymphe-Duds are by no Means diftended with Wind : By this, it appears the Lym- pheduds of the Spleen, Penis and Tefticles, do not arife from the Extremities of the Blood-Veffels of thofe Parts, as the LympheduCts of other Parts feem to do; but that the Ve- nous Chanels of thofe Parts feem to give the immediate Originations to their LympheduCts. S, The Spleen partly made bare of its Integument. Fig. 2. The DuHus Pancreaticus injeCted with Wax, and freed from the Body of the Pancreas, together with a Portion of the In- tejlinum Duodenum and Common Gall-DuCt dried. A, Part of the Duodenum dried. B, The DuHus Pancreaticus lying between the Membranes of the Inteftine before it joyns with the Common Gall-DuCt. C, The Common Orifice of the Gall and Pancreatick DuCt opening into the Inteftine. D, The Common Gall-DuCt. E E, The Trunk of the Pancreatick Dud:. F G, The Ramifications of the Pancreatick Dud:, which arife from the Extremities of the Blood-Vefiels of the Pancreas* Among the Opinions hitherto held concerning the Office of the Pancreatick Juice, that of Brunnerus feems moft pro- bable : That like the Saliva it is a Diflblvent or Menjlruum for a farther ConcoCtion, in Order to Chylification. Nor can I conceive the Succus Pancreaticus can Ad: with any Ho- ftility by Way of Fermentation with the Bile and Aliment, as Franc. Sylvius, Pern. Sivalve, Rog. de Gaff, and Isbrand de Diemerbroel[ apprehends or that it takes off the Acrimony of the Gall; which Latter, would be to reCtifie a Miftake in Nature that might have been avoided in the Firft Defign: Wherefore the Pancreas appears to be a Large Salival Gland, or One of the Largeft of the Glands of the Inteftines, which continually fupplies a proportionable Quantity of Liquor for the End above mention’d. Befides, the Pancreas has ano- ther as it were accidental Ufe, (visQ To difcharge thole Sero- lities from the Blood which we find in taking of Purging Medicines; Or at other Times, when the Blood is difordered lo that a Diarrhoea happens, the Pancreas as well as the Glands of the Inteftines are thole Strainers which difcharge the Vi- tiated Juices from the Mals of Blood. Fig. 3. The Spleen with its Blood-Veflels InjeCted with Wax. A A, The Internal Concave Part of the Spleen next the Stomach and'Pancreas. B B, The Splenick Arteries InjeCted with Red Wax. C C, The Veins fill’d with White Wax. D E, The Various Flexures and Contortions of the Veins and Arteries near the Surface of the Spleen* Fig. 4. A, Part of the Spleen of lome Quadrupede cut off, after the whole Spleen has been diftended with Wind and dried. B, The External common Membrane deriv’d from the Pe- ritoneum. C, The Internal Proper Membrane of the Spleen. DE, The Cells of its Cavernous Body, which open in- to the Large Veins of the Spleen. In the Humane Spleen thele Cells are more Numerous and Lefs, and open into the Extremities of the Veins and Arteries. I know Ruyjch in his Accurate Anatomical EpiJHes lately publifh’d, denies the Exiftence of thele Cells as well as Fibres in the Humane Spleen, but if you blow into the Splenick Vein, or Injed Water by the Arteries, when the Outward Membrane of the Spleen is not torn or broke in taking it out (which are very liable to happen in freeing the Humane Spleen) you may be latisfied of the Exiftence of its Cells; and if you Injed the Veins with Wax you will find this Difference from that of a Quadrupede; that the Wax in the Humane Spleen do’s not reach the Cells, except it is driven on with great Force, and Injeded very hot; but if you Injed Wax into the Spleen of an Ox, Dog, or the like, you will find all its Cells loon diftended with it, and the great Ramifications of the Veins fcarce to be diftin- guifhed, by Realbn the Wax lo loon paffes out of their Sides into the Cells. : J Fig. 5. A A, The Internal Face of the Proper Membrane of the Spleen of a Qgadrupede. B C, The Fibres broke off which pals between the Cells to each Side of the proper Membrane of the Spleen. DD, Some of the larger Cells of the Spleen of various Figures. Fig. 6. The whole Spleen freed from its External and Proper Membranes, after its Blood-Veflels were Injedted wit ax. A A, The Arteries. . B, The Veins of the Spleen fill’d with Wax. f a a b b, The Ramifications of the Blood-Veffels before they enter the Body of the Spleen. c . _ C, Part of the Capfula or Proper Membrane of the Spleen, according to Pidloo. D, The Nervous Plexus. E F, The Ramifications of the Blood-Veftels at then Ex- tremities, into whole Sides the Cells of the Humane Spleen °P Interjlitia at the Extremities of the Blood-Veffels, which Btdloo Calls the Cells. ■ G G The Extremities of the Lympheducts, and divers Fi- bres of the Spleen. The Texture and Compofition of the Spleen being thus known, we Ihould in the next Place confider what Office this Part has in the Animal Oeconomy; but that bein0- a Task too great for the Limits of our prefent Page, I fliaU infert my Thoughts of it elfewhere. THE THIRTY-SEVENTH TABLE. Fig. i. ■ HE Superior Convex Surface of the Liver here Printed on the Reverfe. AA, The Superior Gibbous Part of the Liver, where divers Lympheducts may be feen. B B, The Ligamentum Sufpenforium Hepatis, fatten’d to the Diapbragma, its Fore-Part being cut from the Enfiformal Car- C G, Part of the 'Diapbragma ; in which its Flefhy and Ten- dinous Parts appear together with its Blood-Veflels. D, The Ligamentum Umbilicale pinn’d out. EE, That Part of the Liver which is Extended towards the Left Side, and refts on the Stomach, and is fometimes (as in this Subject) divided into Lobes. F, Seems to be Part of the Diapbragma: Bidloo makes it to be a Ligament that adheres to the Enfiformal Cartilage, which I can by no Means conceive. G, A Portion of the External Membrane of the Liver, continued from the Feritonceum, rais’d. Fig. 2. The Inferior Concave Surface of the Liver. A, The Right Side of the Liver. B, The Ligamentum Sufpenforium Hepatis pinn’d out. Cj The Ligamentum Umbilicale. D, The External and Common Membrane of the Liver rais’d and pinn’d out. E, The Liver cut into, to fhew its Infide. F, Part of the Diaphragm. G, The Arteria Hepatica, which we commonly find divided into Two Branches or Trunks of the Size of this here Expreft, before they enter the Liver. H H, The Vena Forta as it enters the Liver. j The Capfula Communis or Production of the Feritonceum, which is faid to in- clofe the Vena Forta, Arteria Hepatica, and Ductus Bilarii in their Progrefs thro’ the Liver; which Defcription of it, I am apt to think, is rather impofed on it in Favor of fome Conjectures concerning the Office of the Vena Forta within the Liver, than any real Appearance of it in Nature; tho’ it is very plain thofe Veflels within the Liver do appear cover’d with a Common Inclofure; the like of which maybe feen on the Veflels within the Spleen, K.K, The Vena Cava Extended on a Pencil. L, The Gall-Bladder. M, A Lymphedudt patting on the Surface of the Gall-Bladder. N, The Ductus Cyfticus. O, The Common Gall-Duct. p? The Lympheduds of the Liver marching on the Vena Forta towards their Lymphatick Glands, placed on the Trunk of that Vein below the Liver. Concerning the Diftribution of the Veflels of the Liver, and the intimate Structure of that great Gland, confult the following Table. r'37 THE THIRTY-EIGHTH TABLE. Fig. t. Portion of the Liver Boyl’d and View’d with a A, The Outward Membrane of the Liver anc* Ptnn’d out. B B B, The Lohuli compos’d of fmall Glands, °P Various Figures and Sizes. \S C, The Membranes continued from the Blood- Veflels, which divide the Lohuli from each other. D D The Blood-Veflels, of which fome are Broken off! E E,5 The Gall-Duds, many of which are in like Manner Broken off' as they Arife from the Lohuli. Fig. 2. A, A Branch of the Vena Cava. a a, Its Extremities within the Liver. B, A Branch of the Vena Torta. b b, Its Extremities in like Manner not join’d with the former, fays Bidloo. In preparing the Liver to Injed its Blood-Veflels with Wax, I found fuch a Communication between the Vena Cava and Torta, that I could by no means but Conceive the Extremities of thofe Veflels are continued Chanels ; for by pouring Water or Spirit of Wine into the Vena Torta, with the afliltance of a Tunnel only, I found it foon run out again by the Vena Cava : Nor do’s the Extre- mities of the Arteries of the Liver feem left Communicative with the Vena Cava; for by Syringing Water into the Hepatick Arteries, it eafily pafles into the Vena Cava, or Torta. In Blowing into the He- patick Arteries or Gall-Duds, I commonly find the Lympheduds of the Liver Dillended with Wind. Fig. 3. The Gall-Bladder and its Duds. A, The Du&us Cyfticus. B, The Internal Membrane of the Du&us Cyfticus Appearing after Railing the External: This Internal Membrane is much Larger than the External, by which means it Frames divers Valves or Rugae in the Cavity of this Dudt. Thefe Rugae (which fome call Valves) pre- vent the perpetual Effufion of the Bile into the Duodenum'. Nor do they Oppofe the Retroceflion of the Gall by the Cyftick-Dud, as fome pretend •, for if you either Blow, or Injed Water into the Du&us Communis, the Gall-Bladder foon becomes Diftended. In Examining the Gall-Duds of a Lamb’s Liver, I clearly Difcover’d divers Duds of Gall Arifingfrom the Liver, and emptying tnemfelves into the Du&us Cyfticus : Nor could I by any means obferve in that Subjed any Gall- Duds Arifing from the Liver, and Difcharging their Contents into the Gall-Bladder at its Neck, as fome pretend. I have more than once emptied the Gall-Bladder of a Humane Body, and made a Ligature on the Du&us Cyfticus fome Diftance from its Neck, and afterwards forci- bly Diftended the Hepatick-Duds with Wind, but could by no means Raile the Gall-Bladder: I have alfo made the fame Experi- ment in Quadrupedes with Mercury> by Injeding it by the Du&us Hepaticus, but could not find it come into the Gall-Bladder imme- diately ; but in the Du&oe Cyfticus about a Quarter of an Inch from the Gall-Bladder, I have feen the Mercury Arile from Two or Three Gall-Duds proceeding from the Liver. C, The Du&us Hepaticus cut from the Liver. D, Part of the Du&us Communis. Fig. 4. , i A A, The Gall-Bladder partly Open’d. B, A Portion of the Meatus Cyfticus. C C, Divers Blood-Veflels Propagated between the Gall-Bladder and Liver, which Bidloo takes to be fome of the Leffer Cyftick-Duds. D, One of the Larger of the laft mentioned Veflels, which Bidloo in like Manner Defcnbes as One of the Largeft of the Cyftick-Duds, with its Orifice E F, looking into the Gall-Bladder. Fig. j-. The Blood-Veflels of the Liver and Gall-Duds Injeded with Wax, and free’d from their Extremities which compofe the Glands. This Scheme or Diftribution of thefe Veflels may be prepar’d after the fol- lowing Manner. The whole Liver being taken out with the Trunks of its Blood-Veflels left to it of a convenient length ; wafh out the Blood from its Veffels by Syringing of warm Water into Them : This done, fill the Blood-Veflels with Spirit of Wine or Alum-Water, or In- je6I them with Oyl of Turpentine a little warm’d. After fome Hours* dip the whole Liver in hot Water, and Injed Wax of a different Colour into all its Blood-Veflels and Secretory-Duds ; the Arteries being fill’d with Red ; the Vena Torta with a Dark Colour ; the Vena Ca- va of a Diftinguilhable Colour ; and the Gall-Duds with Yellow Wax : This done, free the Liver of its Outward Membranes* and with your Fore-Finger begin to divide the Lohuli from each other, by thruftmg it thro’ the Glandulous Surface even to the Trunks of arge Blood-Veflels. The JLobuTi of the Liver being very much n!Jide7 uiP/Lt!?enV,hole m.warm Water, and with a flubbed Brufh, V T ° Hogs-Briftles, begin to Brufh off the Glandules of me Liver from the Extremities of the'Injeded Blood-Veflels. In do- T f S } if oC) left you break off the Large Trunks of the njeaed Veflels, always remembring to begin at the Surface of the flnn S) 3n ja“er t1|le Extremities of the Injeded Veflels are clear’d, ! v proceed t0 their Larger Branches and Trunks. If due care 4 ““ T?"6 r^1S PreParatIon °f the Veflels of the Liver, " A, Thel"gh^e"fXuvT"S F,£Ure ReprefentS- B, The Left. Red Wax-he TrLmts °f the HePatick Arteries I njeaed with c c c, The Branches of the Arteries which do Accompany the foetid Torta, and Hepatick Gall-Duds. D, The Trunk of the Vena Cava fill’d with Green Wax. EE, A Portion of the Diaphragm. F G H, The Three Large Branches of the Vena Cava within the Liver, lying towards its Superior and Convex Surface, and not Af- fociating with the Vena Torta and other Veflels, framing Acute An- gles in their Interfering thofe of the Torta. g h i, The Leffer Branches of the Vena Cava. K, The Trunk of the Vena Torta cut off after being Injected with White Wax. * ° J L L, Parts of the Capjula which includes the Vena Torta. Hepatick Arteries, and Gall-Duds together. L 2> 3? 4? $■> The Large Branches of the Vena Torta. M, The Gall-Bladder. N, The Roots of the Du&us Cyfthepatici. according to Bidloo. O, The Du&us Cyfticus. P, The Du&us Hepatitis: p, their Branches. Q, The Du&us Communis. R, Part of the Ligamentum Umbilicale. S, The Canalis Venofus between the Vena Torta and Cava, become a Ligament. T, Parts of the Hepatick Nerves. V, Some of the Lympheduds of the Liver Marching on the Cap- fula of the Vena Torta. r Hence it Appears the Liver is a Glandulous Body compos’d of Blood- Veflels, Excretory-Duds, Nerves and Lympheduds. The Veflels which Import Blood into it, are the Vena Torta and Arteria Hepati- ca\ at their Extremities A rife, or are Continued, the Branches of the Vma Cava: Nor are the Extremities of the Blood-VefTels of the Liver equally leflend like the Veins and Arteries of other Parts, as the above mention’d Experiment of pouring Water only into the Vena Torta, and its running out by the Vena Cava do’s Evince ; or by gentle Syringing Water by the Hepatick Arteries, and its eafily palling by the Vena Cava; fo that the Extremities of the Hepatick Blood-Veflels feem to be largely Inofculated with each other, efpecially the Vena Torta with the Cava. The Gall-Duds Arife from the Extremities of the Blood- Veflels, and tho’they Communicate immediately with the Blood-Veflels, yet Liquors convey’d into the Vena Torta and the like, do not fo rea- dily pals into thefe Duds as the other Blood-Veflels; becaufe the Or- tiola in the Sides of the Blood-Veflels whence thofe Duds Arife, are much lefs than the Pore of thofe Veflels themfelvcs. Befides the Blood-Veflels of the Liver, which are furnifh’d with Pores for the Secre- tion of the Gall, there are flill other Branches of the fame Veflels which Adminifter a proper Nourifhment to the Gland it felf By the Gland it felf, I mean the Tarietes of thofe Veflels which compofe the Liver : For I cannot conceive the Liver to be any thing elfe then a Compages of Veflels more or left Diftended. As there is a proper Nourifhment due to the Gland it Jell, fo it is Neceflary, that befides its Secretory- Duds, the Liver fhould be alfo furnifh’d with Lympheduds, to car- ry off' the Redundancy of its Nutritive Juice, continually fupplied by the Arteries; but of this elfewhere. The Nerves are neceflary in the Liver, as they are in all Parts where Membranes are Ufeful; not be- caufe they Import any Liquor as fome conceive, as an Ingredient to the Matter feparated; but by the Nerves the Tone of Parts is in a great Meafure maintain’d; for if the Nerves are Relaxt, the Parts to which they belong, fuffers an Atrophia,, tho the Blood has its free Acceflion to the Part as before; but of this alfo in another Place. In Difleding a Morbid Body which before Death was much afflided with Hypochondriack Pains, I found the Liver very much leflen’d, and its Surface uneven, not unlike a heap of fmall Bullets. In Dil- feding the Body of a Noble-Man afflided with the like Pains, I found that Part of the Liver which Appears below the Cartilaginous Endings of the Ribs, of a Livid Colour, and the whole fomewhatLeflend, the Gall-Bladder very much Contraded, and fill’d with Two or Three fmall Stones ; the Peritonaeum on the Parts adjacent being much Thick- ned, and its Blood-Veflels Turgid. In the Body of a Young Lady ( reduc’d to a d/lfarafmus from a Scrophulous Indifpolition ) I found the whole Surface of the Liver very Black. In a Perfon who is now Living, and in tollerable Health, I could Three Years fince difcover (by feeling the Right Hypochondrmm\ the Lower Part of the Liver ex- ceedingly Tumified and Hard ; which is now mtirely Vanlhi t. THE THIRTY-NINTH TABLE. Fig. I. A RT of the "Jejunum or Hungry Gut, together with a Portion of the Mefentery, {yc. Km A A, The Surface of the Jejunum Cover’d pW' wkh its External Membrane continued from that of the Mefentery, it being produc’d from, ora if continuation of the Internal Lamina of the Peri- B B B, The Tafa Laliea not Extended, being here Expreft by Ample Lines only, as they pais from the Inteftines thro’ the Mefentery. The Ladteal-Veflels carry both Chyle and Lympha Promifcuoufly, and have a Two-fold Origin ; the One from the Extremities of the Arteries; the Other from divers OJlioLe in the Cavities of the Guts : The Former Appears not only by Injecting of Mercury by the Arte- ries of the Mefentery D, and its palfing into the Ladteals B ; but when thefe Milky-Veflels are not imploy’d m conveying of Chyle, they, are conftantly charg’d with Lympha : The Latter Origin of thefe Milky- Tubes from divers OJlioU in the Cavities of the Guts, Appear in their receiving Hi Chyle from thence. The Lympha from the Arteries meets with the Chyle at the beginnings of the Ladteal-yelids, by which njeans its Progreis towards the next Lymphatick Gland is promoted : The Taj a Laliea primi generis, Ante with Capillary Branches very much Divided , and become United into large Trunks, in the Mid-way between the Inteftine and Lymphatick Gland ; and are fometimes again Divided before their Entrance into the Teficula of the Gland. The Chyle and Lympha thus re- ceiv’d into the TeficuL of the Mefenterick Glands, there meets with other Lympha brought into thofe Tejicula by the Arteries; whereby the Chyle is not only more diluted, but its Alcenfion towards the Te- fica Chyli is promoted, by its receiving a frefh Impetus from the Lympha fo mixing with it. Thus we may conceive the Progreis of Chyle towards the Receptaculum Commune is earn’d on, by means or the Lympha joining with it in its feveral Stages thither. Nor would the Valves of the Ladteal-Veflels be of any eonfiderable Ufe, if the Chyle did not receive an Additional Impetus from the Arteries in their fupplying it with frefh Lympha, as well in the Lymphatick Glands, as at the Beginnings of the Taj a Laliea primi generis., C, The External Membrane of the Inteftine Rais’d and Pmn d out. C C, The Mufcular Membrane of the Inteftine lying immediately un- der the External Membrane confifting of a Longitudinal and Circular Order of Fibres. D D, The Mefenterick Arteries Propagated to the Inteftine. E E, The Veins which Arife from the Extremities of the Arteries, and difcharge the Refluent Blood into the Tma Porta. F, A Branch of the Mefenterick Nerve made bare. G G, The Taj a Laliea primi generis. H, The External Surface of the Inteftine Adorn’d with Blood-VeL fels. II, The Glands of the Mefentery into whofe T*ficul The Ccecum Adorn’d with its Blood-Veflels. B B, The Colon plac’d in the Right Ilia G G, Tab. 33. and C, Tab. 40. CC, Its Blood-Veflels Injedted with Wax. D, A Portion of the Ilium as it enters the Beginning of the Colon. Fig. f. The fame Parts of the Colon, Ilium, and Caecum, Expreft in the prece- lent Figure, Open’d to fhew the Valves of the Colon, and the entrance of :he Ilium into the Colon as they Appear after Inflation and drying them, A, The Valve at the Orifice of the Ccecum in the Colon. B B, The Colon Open’d to fhew its Infide. CC, The Blood-Veflels Injedted with Wax. D, Part of the Ilium before it enters the Cavity of the Colon. EE, The End of the Ilium which hangs down loofeimo the Cavity of the Colon, as Appears before drying of the Guts, which here Frames an Appearance of a Connivent Valve. F, The Orifice of the Ilium Qpening into the Colon. By this Contrivance we may eafily conceive how the Excrements, when they have paft the Small Guts into the Colon, cannot return again: A likenefs of which, may be imitated if you take a Piece of Gut and put One End of it into the Neck of a Bottle, and tying the other end of the Gut on the Outfide of the Nofel of the Bottle, filling the Bottle with Water by that Gut; and tho’ you afterwards turn tbeNole of the Bottle downwards, yet no Part of the contain’d Water can come out, till it has fo Preft out the end of the Gut in the Bottle that it becomes Inverted. This may ferve to give us an Idea how it may happen in this Part when the Excrements are rejedled by the Mouth in Cholick and Iliack Paflions. G G, The large Valves of the Colon, which like thofe of the fmall Guts are partly Fram'd by the Loofnefs of the Internal Membrane of the Gut; and are here in the Colon chiefly made by a Corrugation or Folding of’ the Membranes of the Gut it feifj by means of its Ligaments, Tab. 40. Fig. 1. D, and Tab. 5-4. dd. Thefe Ligaments of the Colon are truly Flefhy Fibres, and I am apt to think are capable of contracting themfelves and promote the palling on of the Contents of this Gut. When the Ligaments of the Colon are divided, the Foldings of it which help to compofe its Valves, are loofhed, and the whole Gut becomes almoft plain without any Inequalities. As the Ligaments oiHt Colon Defcend towards the Re Hum they begin to Expand themfelves, and at length Frame an External Membrane for the Rectum. H H, The Internal Goncave Surface of the Cells of the Colon. Ill, The External Convex Surface of the Cells of the fame Gut. Fig. 6. A Portion of the Relium with Part of the Mefentery continued to it. A A B B, The External Surface of the Relium, on which the Liga- ments of the Colon compofe a Tegument, whole Fibres are veryftrong, and are Extended according to its Length. C C D D, The Fatty Appendages, whofe Extremities have divers Figures. E, The Mefentery. F G, The Trunks of the Blood-Veflels. Fig. 7° The ReStum Divided according to its Length, and Expanded to fhew its Infide. A B, &c. The Internal Tunicle of the Relium, which being much larger than the External, neceflarily Appears in many Folds in this Po- fition. This Internal Tumck of the Relium is compos’d of a vaft Number of Glands, to which divers Blood-Veflels belong; of thefe, the Veins are confiderably Large and are commonly fill’d with Blood, by reafon of their Pofition and the Blood Afcending diredlly in them; whence it happens they become very much Diftended when the Blood do’s not readily pafs on in their Superior Trunks; or when any fharp Humor Aftedts this Membrane, thefe Veins become Tumified, and lometimes difcharge their Blood, and are call’d Haemorrhoides Apert call’d the Velvis ; its Upper Part is Sufpended by the U- raclous, which in fome Animals would be liable to fall on its Neck and hinder the Evacuation of Urine. The Ufe of the Bladder is to Receive the Urine from the Ureters, and Contain it till the Time of Excretion; whence its Squees'd out partly by its own Carnous Fibres, but chiefly by the Muf- cles of the Abdomen. D, That Part of the Urethra that is Bended under the Os Pubis in its Proper Situation, and is plac’d between the Sphin&er Mufcle of the Anus and Proftate. This Part of the Urethra is lia- ble to be Wounded, and fometimes Perforated by too haftily Introducing the Conductor into the Bladder, after an Incifion is made in the Pm* neum in Cutting for the Stone; whereby the O- perator afterwards thrufts his Forceps between the Bladder of Urine and ReCtum. This Inad- vertency I ani perfwaded is very often Practis’d among the Pretenders to Lythotomy, and fre- quently proves fatal to the Patient. One would think it was hardly poffible a Man inhisSenfes, and but tollerably acquainted with Anatomy, could commit fuch Errors; yet of this I have met with more than one Inftance, when being call’d to DifieCl the Deceafed, in whom fuch O- perators have been fo Unfortunate as to leave the Stone ftill in the Bladder. E, The Vafa Preparantia or Blood-Veflels of the Teftes, involv’d in the Peritoneum. F, The Tefticle. Between Fand EG, is that Part of the Spermatick Vtflels, call’d Corpus Pyra- midale, and Plexus Pampiniformis or Varicofus. G G, The Vds Deferens Afcending from the Tefticle to the Vejicule Semin ales. HH, The Vejicule Semin ales Blow’d up by the Vafa Deferentia ; that of the Right Side having a Blow-Pipe ftill remaining in it. I, The Back-Part of the Proftate or Corpus Glandofum. KK, The Back-Part of thzPenis. LL, The Mufcidi Dire Cl ores Penis, whofe Origin, Progrefs, and Termination are Expreft Tab. 4/7. Fig. y M, The Bulb of the Cavernous Body of the Urethra Devefted of the Mufculus Accelerator Urine, Expreft in the laft mention’d Table ; that Part of the Bulb towards the Anus being cut oft; its Interna) Cavernous Part here Appears Depreft, or drawn Inwards. THE FORTY-FIFTH TABLE. h f ' h eH1^rane* CC, The Tunica Vaginalis y D, Its Inferior Part cleaving to the Tefticle; E, Its Superior Part continued to the Terito- nceum. F, The Serpentine Diftribution of the Blood- Veflels on the Teftes. G, That Part of the Teftes next the Epididymis. h, The Epididymis. H, The Vas ‘Deferens whofe Thicknefs and Cavity is very truly Expreft at its Extremity. I, A particular Vaginal-Tunicle of the Vas Deferens, which Bidloo fays has Circular Fibres, but not here Expreft. K, The Blood-Veflels of the Tefticle call’d Va- fa Treeparantia, as they Appear before any In- je&ion or Inflation is made into them. L, The Nerve of the Tefticle. Fig. 2. The Teftes, Vas Deferens, and Vafa Tneparan- tia Difplay’d, together with fome Lympheducts of the Former. A, The Arteria Spermatica continued from a Portion of the Defcending Trunk of the Arteria Magna: I can’t but fufpett this Part of the Figure to be Erroneous, fince in the many Subjects I have always obferv’d the Origin of the Spermatick Artery to be very Small, even much Smaller than its Inferior Trunk ; infomuch, that its Ca- vity Arifing from the Arteria Magna, would fcarce admit the Smalleft Probe commonly us’d, it being but juft Capacious enough to receive a Large Hogs Brittle. a a ,<&c. The Ramifications of the Spermatick Artery in their Defcent to the Tejies. B, The Trunk of the Spermatick Vein with a Portion of the Vena Cava, into which it Enters; C D bb, fyc. Its Various Anaftomofes and Re- t/forme Inofculations, as it Afcends from the Te- jies. E E, The Valves of the Spermatick Vein which look from below Upwards, and prevent the Defcent of the Blood in that Veflel. Should it be askt why the Spermatick Veins in Humane Bodies, and the Arteries in Quadrupedes lhould have a Tortuous Progrefs towards the Tefticles; and Vice Verfa the Humane Spermatick Arteries and Veins of Quadrupedes lhould pafs Straight? We anfvver, Tho’ the Separation of the Semen in the Tefticle is after the Manner of that of other Li- quors in Conglomerate Glands, yet we conftantly find in all Animals, that the Arteries of the Teftes are Propagated from their Large Trunks at a confiderable Diftance from them; and thofe of the Conglomerate Glands, are always fupply’d with Blood-Veflels from the next Neighbouring- Branch : And this Practice in Nature we can t at prefent Account for otherwife, than that the Blood in the Tefticles fhould not pafs with that Velocity as it do’s in other Glands; elfe what fhould be the Delign of thofe many Turnings and Windings made in the Spermatick Arteries of moll, if not all Quadrupedes? But that every An- gle of their Contortions fhould take off the Im- petus of the Impell d Blood from the Heart. But the Subjeft of our prefent Animadverfions here, offers an Objeftion. Why than are the Sperma- tick Arteries in Humane Bodies Straight, when their Progrefs is towards a Perpendicular Defcent, upon the Account of the Ere£t Pofition of the Body? We anfwer, That the Defcending Progrefs of the Blood might be a very good Argument of its Enjoying a freer Acceffion to the Tejies ; but we conftantly Obferve in all Humane Bodies, that the Spermatick Arteries are (as we have Inti- mated above) very Small at their Originals from the Arteria Magna, which is a fufficient Impe- diment to any great Impetus of the Blood from the Great Artery: Nor was this Contrivance in Nature necellary in Quadrupedes, becaufe it would be an Impediment in them in providing that Requifite Stock of Semen to Impregnate the Female with her Numbers ; or in regard a greater Proportion of Semen was in them necellary on the Account of the Length of the Cornua Uteri, which it mull firft pafs thro’, before it can Arrive at the Fallopian Tubes and Ovaria: Whence it is, that the Teftes of Quadrupedes are much Larg- er in Proportion, than the Humane. But why the Humane Spermatick Veins are thus Divided and Inofculated with each other, when thofe of Qua- drupedes are Straight and fewer Trunks, is Ac- countable from their Politions ; thofe of Men being towards a Perpendicular Afcent to convey the refluent Blood ; and thofe of Quadrupedes near Horizontal. From hence the Neceffity of making one of thefe Blood-Veflels Varicous, do’s Appear, efpecially the Humane Spermatick Veins; which, if had the Arteries been alfo, as in Qua- drupedes ; the Spaces or Perforations in the Muf. cles of the Abdomen for their Egrefs, mull have been fo Large, as that the Intellines would have been continually liable to an Extrufion, F, Part of the Epididymis, G, The Glandulous Part of the Tefticle De- velted of its Proper Membrane. H H, The Vas Deferens partly free’d from the Epidid}'mis, to Exhibit fome of its Contortions. I, The Tunica Vaginalis of the Vos Deferens. K, The Tunica Albuginea, with fome of the Glandulous Part of the Tefticle Rais’d with it. L, Part of the Tunica Elythroides or Vaginalis. M, Some of the Lymphedu&s of the Tefticle Pinn’d out. Fig. 3. Part of the Vas Deferens that Compofes the Epididymis, done much bigger than the Life. A A, Part of the Tefticle. B D, The Tortuous or Serpentine Difpolition of the Vas Deferens in the Epididymis ; in which Manner the whole Body of the Epididymis is Compos d of that Veflel, or Secretory Duel of the Tefticle. C D, Another Separation of the Vas Deferens in the Epididymis. E, The Vos Deferens. II, The Tunica Vaginalis of the Vos Deferens Compos’d of Circular Fibres according to Bidloo. 'f-*5- It. 46. j THE FORTY-SIXTH TABLE. Fig. 1. Albuginea, or Proper Membrane of the Te- ftes Rais’d and Pinn’d U?C C, The Veflels of the Teftes broken off in Railing the Albuginea. Some of the Blood-Veflels which Perforate the Tunica Albuginea. F, Part of the Foldings of the Vos Deferens, which Compofes the Epididymis, made bare. G, The Fas Deferens j H, Its Cavity or Duttus which is very Con- fpicuous in all the Figures of the preceding Table, and not Letter’d. ID, The Vafa Trceparantia or Blood-Veflels of the Teftes involv’d in their Proper Membrane. K, The Nerve of the Teftes. Fig. 2. The Teftes Devefted of its Tunica zAlbugmea. A, The Seminal-Veflels of the Teftes Colle- ctively palling to their Egrefs, in Order to Com- pofe the Epididymis. BB, The Tunica Albuginea freed from the Teftes. C C, The Glandulous Part of the Tefticle. DD, The Seminal-Veflels or Tubes deriv’d from their Originals, in the Sides of the Arteries that Compole the Glands. EE, The Orifices made by breaking off of the Blood-Veflels as they pafs thro’ the Tunica Al- buginea- F, The Seminal Tubes palling out of the Te- ftes, which are afterwards United into one Trunk, whofe Foldings, Turnings or Windings Com- pofe the Epididymis; whence its continued (as is Expreft in the preceding Figure) and call’d Vds Deferens. „ Fig. 3. The Teftes DifleCled Tranfverfely. A A, The Tunica Albuginea Rais’d. BB, The Glandulous Part of the Te/les where fome Veftigia of the Blood-Veflels Appear. C C, The Progrefs of the Seminal Tubes thro’ the Subftance of the Teftes. D, Their Trunks Collectively palling towards their Egrefs, as in the Former Figure, which by fome is call’d DuSlus Highmorianus. Fig. 4- The Veflels of the Teftes Expreft with a Mi- crofcope according to Bidloo, whofe Defcription take as follows. A, The Seminal-Veflels fepa- rated from each other. B, Their Cavities Swel- ling in the Manner of Valves. C, The Blood- Veflels Accompanying the aforefaid Veflels, and Covering them with Glands. DE, The Frag- ments of the Small Membranes. I am apt to be- lieve this Figure of the Seminal-Veflels of the Te- ftes is Fictitious, or that it may be,of the Semi- nal-Veflels of the Epididymis; for I am well aflurd the Seminal-Veflels of the Teftes and their Blood- Veflels, can with no Art be fo Difplay’das Bidloo Defcribes thefe to be fo Reprefen ted with a Mi- crofcope: But grant it was Practicable fo to Dif- play thofe Veflels, yet I am fure it is not poflible to diftinguilh the Veflels which carry the Semen from thofe of the Blood ; fo that fuch a Defcrip- tion muft be Precarious. The Experiments I have made in Examining the Teftes, convince me that the Extremities of their Blood-Veflels which Com- pofe their Glands, are much Lefs or more Tender than thofe of other Parts; whence it is, if you InjeCt Mercury by the Spermatick Artery, it will not pals back again by the Vein, as in the Kid- neys and other Glands ; but the Mercury upon pulhing it Forwards, will fooner break the Extre- mities of thefe Veflels, and get out into the Tunica Albuginea, and Extend the whole Stone than re- turn again by the Spermatick Vein : Nor could I ever find the LympheduCts fill’d with Mercu- ry, upon Injefting it into the Spermatick Artery; but by Blowing into the Vein of that Name, the LympheduCls foon become Diftended, as Nuck has alfo taken Notice in his Adenographia Curio- fay Pag. yg. Fig. 5. A, The Blood-Veflels of the Tefticle InjeCted with Wax, and not Separated from their Inward Membrane, deriv’d from thzTeritonceum. B, The Spermatick Artery. C, The Vein. D D, The Spermatick Blood-Veflels above the Teftes which are Diftributed to the Epididymis. E, Vafa Deferentia; F, Tunica Albuginea; G, and to the Stone it felf H. The Sixth Figure fliews the other Side of the fame Tefticle and Veflels, which areDiftinguilh’d by the fame Letters. From what has been faid, it Appears the Vafa T)eferentia like the Secretory DuCts of other Glands, Spring from the Extremities of the Blood- Veflels of the Teftes ; and agreeable to the Length and Tortuous Progrefs of the Blood-Vef- fels of thefe Parts, fo their Secretory DuCts or Vafa Deferentia are of a vaft Length alfo, and Difposd in divers Foldings in Compoling that Part call’d the Epididymis. The Vafa ‘Deferen- tia thus Arifing from the Epididymis, pafs up Straight with the Freparantia : Soon after they are in the Cavity of the c thefe Defe- rent Veflels leave the Freparantia, and Delcend over the Ureters in the Felvis of the oAtbdomeny between the Bladder of Urine and the Re&um; where they begin to Dilate themfelves and Open into the Veficula Seminales,, as Appears in the following Table, Fig. THE FORTY-SEVENTH TABLE. Fig. 1. SHEWS the Fore-parts of the Penis, Gian- dulce Projlatie, and Veficulie Seminales, &c. A A, The Veficulie Seminales. a a, The Blood-Veflels; B B, their Branches on the Vefculoe. C, The Membrane which covers the Veficulie Seminales and Vafa Deferentia. D Superior, T he Vas Deferens of the Left Side appearing very much enlarg’d before it enters the Vefcuhe Seminales of that Side. D D Inferior, The Vefculoe Seminales of the Right Side. E, The Neck of the Bladder cut off at the Beginning of the Urethra. F F, The Fore-Part of the Proftatie divided to Ihew the In fide of the Urethra. G, The Caruncula or Caput Gallinaginis on the Inferior or Back-part of the Urethra; as it appears when the Su- perior or Fore-part of the Urethra is divided. HH, The Two Orifices of the Seed-Veffels, as they ap- pear when the Upper Part of the Caruncula or Caput Galli- naginis is Ihipt off with a Pair of Sizars. The Oflia Profta- tarum on both Sides the Caruncula do fomewhat appear. 11, The Upper Part of the Penis, call d Dorfum Penis, cover’d with its Membrana Carnofa, whole Fore-part with the True-skin, compoffs the Prieputium. K K, The Corpora Cavernofa Penis cut from the Ojfa Pubis. L, The Bulb of the Cavernous Body of the Urethra. The Figure of the Cavernous Body of the Urethra dif- fers very much from thole of the Penis; That of the Ure- thra being lefs in its Middle, and Large at both Ends; where- as the Corpora Cavernofa Penis are Lels at their Extremities, and Large in their Middles. M, The Gians compoling the other Extream of the Ca- vernous Body of the Urethra. N N, The Nerves of the Penis pinn’d out. O O, The Arteries of the Penis. P, The Vena Ipfus Penis where it is Compreft by the Tranff verle Ligament of the Os Pubis, when the Penis is Erected. Part of the Membrana Carnofa Penis pinn’d out. Fig. i. The Vefcuhz Seminales cut through after Inflation and dry- ing them, to Ihew their Inlides. ABC, The Cells of the Vefcuhe Seminales lo extended by Inflation, that the or Vefcuhe Minores in their Inlides do not appear. D F F, The Inlides of the Vafa Deferentia in like Manner fo Extended by Inflation, that their Vefcuhe Minores do not appear. G, The Two Seminal Duds which diffharge the Semen into the Urethra. H, Part of the Profane. Fig. 3. A, A. The Corpus Glandulofum or Proflatie divided. B, C, &c. Its Glandulous Infide. D D, The Duds of the Proflatie which open into the Ure- thra, at the Sides of the Caput Gallinaginis, which are elegantly Expreft in the following Table, Fig. 1. K. F,F. Part of the Vrethra. Eg. 4. The Proflatie blow’d up, their Excretory 'Tubes in the Ure- thra and dry’d. A, A, The Exterior Membrane. B, B, The Interior Membrane compos’d of more carneous Fibres than the former. C, C, &c. Their Tranlparent Velicuies extended. D, D, Some of the Veficules broke up. E, E, Other Veficulie that remain Hard and Extended. F, F, Some Parts of the Duds remaining Extended. G, G, The Fragments of the Membranes. Eg. 5. The Muffles of the Anus and Penis in Situ. A, B, C, D, The Mufculus Sphincter Ani: The Figure and Situation of this Mufcle is here well Expreft; tho’ Part of it be frequently divided in Opening a Filtulous Sinus of the Anus, yet the remaining Part of it is iufficient for its pro- per. Office of retaining the Pieces. E, E, The Levatores Ani: The Origination of which Mufcles are beft ffen after dividing the OJJ'a Pubis, to take out the Bladder of Urine with the Penis : They fpring from the Internal Parts of the laft mention’d Bones, and deffend cloff over the Corpus Glandulofum or Proflatie. The Hinder Parts of thefe Mufcles derive their Broad, Thin, Fleffiy Be- ginnings from the Offa Ifchii and Os Sacrum; from thefe Places their Fibres defcend to their Implantation, into the Lower End of the Inteflinum Prelum in the Anus. Thefe Mufcles have a Two-fold Offices firft in drawing up the Anus, leaft it fhould be too much prefs d upon by the Faeces ; fecondly they Comprefs the Projlatie and Veficu- U Seminales in Coitu., in Order to difeharge their Contents or Semen into the Urethra. F, F, The Dir eft; ores Penis or Ereftores: They ariff Flefliy from the Lower Margin of the OJJ'a Pubis where they are join’d to the Ifchii; whence they afeend to their Implanta- tions near the Beginnings of the Corpora Cavernofa Penis. The Pofition of thefe Mufcles renders them capable of pulling the Penis Inwards and Downwards; but by Means of a Ligament arifing from the Ojja pubis, which is faflned to the Upper Part of the Penis, they have a different Ef- fect by drawing the Penis fomewhat Upwards and Nearer the Pubes, whereby the great Vein on the Dorfum Penis is Compreft, and the Erection of the Penis Promoted. G, G, The Corpora Cavernofa Penis. H, H, The Mufculus Accelerator Urince covering the Bulb of the Cavernous Body of the Urethra: This derives its Origin from the Upper-part of the Urethra L, Fig. 1. on both Sides, and encompaffing the Bulb, meets on its Inferior Part, but after a considerable Progrefs on that Part of the Urethra in the Perinieum ; this Mufcle divides its fflf and makes Two Tendinous Infertions on both Sides the Corpora Cavernofa Penis, as is Expreft in this Figure. Belides the Offices commonly aferib’d to this Mufcle of compreffing the Urethra in driving out the Remains of Urine, and promoting the Ejaculation of the Semen, both which Actions are chiefly done by the laft deferib’d Parts of it, em- bracing the Urethra. It alfo Affifts the Mufculi Direftores in promoting the Erection of the Penis, by compreffing the Bulb whole contain’d Blood is then driven towards the Gians in a greater Quantity than can immediately be difeharg’d by the Veins of the Bulb; the Gians thereby fuddenly becomes diftended: But the Vigorous Adion of this Mufcle not con- tinuing long, the Veins of the Bulb winch were then com- prefs'd, are again at Liberty to difeharge the retain'd Blood, and the Gians fuddenly Sinks: Whence it comes that the Gians is not always duly extended, when the Corpora Cavernofa Pe- nis are Ereded. This Part of the Bulb and Accelerator Mufcle, &c. are di- vided in Lithotomy, or Cutting for the Stone in the Bladder; Whence it happens that the Cicatrice of thefe Parts after- wards, often hinders a compleat Extention of the Gians Penis in an Erection. The like happn’d in a Patient I was not long fince calld to, who had a Fiftulous Sinus in the Pe- rinieum, in whom I found this Bulbous Part of the Caver- nous Body of the Urethra very much Indurated: Upon Enquiry he told me, When his Penis was Erefted, the Gians remainedJhi well d and no Ways Extended: Nor could the Cor- pus Cavernofum Urethras be extended, and therefore he could by no Means Ejaculate the Semen at the Time of Eredion; but the Semen often came with the Urine. ], The Mufculus Tranfverjalu Penis on the Left Side, that .not being Lettefd; It Arifes from the Knob °1 r, 0sFch‘um nnmediately below the Origination of the Mufculus Director, and pafles tranfverflv to the Superior Part ° tne Cavernous Body of the ’Urethra. K, I he Gians or Balanus. L, The Prieputium. M, The Frienum. N, The Vrethra open’d £7 ■ T H E FORTY-EIGHTH TABLE. Fig. i. e Upper and Fore- A A, The Cavernous nt That Part of the Skin which Compofes the Praputium. b, The Reduplication or Inner Membrane of the Praputium. c D, The Blood-Veflels which Adorn the Up- per-part or ‘Dorfum Penis. E, The Gians or Balanus. About the Neck of the Gians where the Pre- puce is join’d to the Penis y are plac d the Gian- dulce Odorifera, taken Notice of by the Accu- rate Anatomift Dr. Tjyfon. Thefe feparate a Mat- ter, which ferves to Lubricate the Prepuce, and make it Aide eafily on the Gians. Thefe Glan- dules of the Prepuce are frequently very much Tumified in Venereal Contadls, and efpecially if thefe Parts happen to be Ulcerated, whence a Foetide Matter proceeds. F F, The Urine Bladder Open’d. G G, Parts of the Ureters next the Bladder. H H, Portions of the Vafa Deferentia. 11, Parts of the Veficula Seminales in View. K, The Caruncula or Caput Gallinaginis, and Ofliola Frojlatarum as they Appear after the Fore-part of the Urethra is Divided. KL, The 'Proftatce whofe Upper-part is Di- vided with the Urethra. M, The Vein of the Penis which is Compreft in an Eredtion, by a Ligament plac d under the Ojfa pubis. N N, The Two Arteries of the Penis. OO, The Nerves. PP, The Corpora Cavernofa freed from the Ojfa Pubis and their zJMujcuh Ereffores. Q Q, Parts of the UMufculus Accelerator Un- nce freed from the Bulb of the Cavernous Body of the Urethra, and Expanded. Fig. i. A A, Parts of the Gians Penis view’d with a Microfcope. B B, The Common Membrane of the Perns or Praputium. CC, The Proper Membrane of the Gians fe- parated. DEFG, Divers Rows of Fibres difposd like Membranes, and Intricately interwoven with the Internal Membranes and Blood-Veflels. Fig. 3. The Fore-part of a Portion of the Penis, to- gether with the Gians Dri d after Inflation. - AAA, The Inner-parts of the Corpora Ca- xernofa Penis. B, The Septum of the Corpora Caxernofa. C D, The Cells of the Cavernous Bodies which Open into the Sides of the Veins, and are Suftaind by the Fibres which pafs to and fro’ from the Cap- fula or Exterior Membrane of the Corpora Ca- xernofa and Septum. Thefe Fibres are not lb Confpicuous in the Humane Penis, as in that of a Horfe:' Nor are the Cells of a Humane Penis fo Evident as they are in Quadrupedes: This Stru- cture of the Cavernous Bodies of the Penis feem- ing to agree with the Spleen in the fame Animal. EE, The Arteries palling thro’the Middle of each Cavernous Body of the Penis. After taking off the Tops of the Corpora Caxer- nofa Penis, from a Patient w ho had the GIans very much Ulcerated, I could ealily take hold of the Ends of the Bleeding Arteries with my Forceps, and pafs a Ligature on their Trunks, and Tie them ; which Practice in fuch Cafes is Preferable to the Application of Stypticks which caufe Pain. F, The Gians. G, The Orifice of the Meatus Urinarius in the Gians. Fig. 4- The Hinder-part of the Penis in like Manner prepar’d by Inflation, <&c. A A, A Portion of the Capfula of the Caver- nous Body of the Penis cut, and rais’d up; on which Part of the Rete of the Corpus Caxernofum do’s Appear. B, The Corpus Caxernofum. C, The Urethra Open’d. D, The Corpus Caxernofum Urethra Divided. E, The remaining Part of the Urethra and its Cavernous Body entire. F, The Gians Penis. Fig. 5,6. The Corpora Caxernofa Penis and that of the Urethra, after a TranfVerfe Section when Inflated and Dri’d. A A, The Capfula or Strong Membrane of the Cavernous Bodies of the Penis. B B, The Corpora Caxernofa Penis; in the Middle of each of which the Trunks of Two Ar- teries pals according to their Length. C, The Septum. ; D, The Strong Membrane or Capfula ol the Corpus Caxernofum Urethra. E, The Circular Cavernous Body of the Ure- thra A particular Account of the Structure of this Part is Inferted in an c.Appendix to our Myotomia Reformata j where the LympheduCts of the Hu- mane Penis are Defcrib’d, and fome Phenomena relating to them Explain’d: Since theTV i iting of which, I have had an Opportunity ot feeing t ,e LympheduCts on the Penis of a Dog, where I Ob- ferv’d by Blowing into the Veins, the Lymphe- duCls were immediately Diftended. THE FORTY-NINTH TABLE. 8HEWS the Cavity of the Abdomen of a Woman after the In- teftines, Mefentery, &c. are remov’d. A A, The Internal Part of the Peritonaeum, together with the Common and Proper Integuments of the Abdomen after B, 1 he Right Falloppian T ube of the Uterus fomewhat Rais d from within the Pelvis of the Abdomen. C, A Portion of the Inteftinum Rectum. D, The Bladder of Urine in Situ. E, The Pubes. P, The Afterict Alagna w ith its Iliac Branches lying on thole of the Fena Cava- G, The Fena Cava. H, The Stomach fupported with a Stylus. I, The Liver in Situ. K, Part of the Spleen. L, Part of the Left Kidney. MM, Parts of the Mufculus Pfoi Magni. N, The Ligamentuni Venofum Umbilicale Turn’d up. T 4-9 THE FIFTIETH TABLE. aE P R E SENTS the Parts of Generation in a Woman Curioufly Difle&ed, and plac’d in their Natural Site. CC, The Glandules Renales with their Blood-VelTels. E, The Arteria Magna. DD, The Ureters. a, The Trunk of the Arteria Mefenterica Superior cut off. b, The Trunk of the Arteria Mefenterica Inferior. e e, &c. The reft of the Branches of the Great Artery; of which the Su- perior are the Emulgents, the Inferior the Iliad Externi, and Interni. F, The Afcending Trunk of the Vena Cava. f f f, The Various Ramifications of the Vena Cava; whereof the Superior are the Emulgentes, the Middle the Vertebrales, the Inferior the External and Internal Iliac Branches. G G, The Spermatick Artery and Vein in their Progrefs to and from the Ovaria Blow’d up, and Separated from each other on the Right Side. H H, The Spermatick Artery and Vein of the Left Side, ftill remaining within their Coverings. I, A Portion of the Inteftinum ReLtum Tied. K, The Fundus Uteri lying under the Internal Membrane of the Teritonceum. L, The Bladder of Urine, in like Manner, under the Internal Lamina of the Teritonceum. M M, The Tubce Falloppiance Adorn’d with their Blood-Veftels. mm, The Cavities of theFalloppianTubes. NN, The Ovaria. n n, The Fimbria of the Falloppian Tubes which Embrace the Ovaria after Impregnation, as Ap- pears Tab. 5-3. B, C. Fig. 1. O, The Orifice of the Vagina or Tudendum. PP, The Labii Tudendi. Q, The Traputium Clitoridis made by the Nymphce. R R, The Nymphce. T, The Upper-part of the Tudendum towards the Mons Veneris. v’ The Extremity of the Clitoris call’d Gians, cover’d with the Nymphce. > W W The LigamentiaTeretia continued to the Fundus Uteri, and Pinnd out. Tho’ thefe Parts have obtain’d the Name of Ligaments, yet their Structure and Compofition dif- fer very much from the Ligaments of other Parts, which are Hard, Dry and very Compaft Bodies; whereas thefe Round Ligaments of the Uterus are Compos’d of a great Number of Veins and Arte- ries ; the Nerves and Lymphedudts are alfo faid to Enter into their Compofition: They Appear to be very Extenfible Parts, and are Coextended with the Fundus Uteri after Impregnation: They are Broad towards the Fundus Uteri, and gradually Lefien themfelves and become Round as they Ap- proach the Tubis, where they Terminate under the Fat: They pafs thro’ the Mufcles of the Abdo- men, not unlike the Spermatick Veflels in Men, whence Women are lometimes liable to have a Her- nia Inteftinalis ; but the Perforations of the Mufcles not being fo Large as in Men, thofe Ruptures do not fo often happen in Women. . „ „ m „ c c XX efyc. A Large Portion of the Internal Lamina of the Teritonceum covering the Surface ol the Fundus Uteri, Bladder of Urine, Ovaria and the like: This by fome is Erroneoufly call’d the Ligamentum Latum Uteri. Nor is there any fuch Ligament belonging to the Uterus, unlefs this Part of the Teritonceum may be fo call’d. THE FIFTY-FIRST TABL E. Eg. 1. MITE Clitoris and Parts annex’d, Difleded. A, The Upper Part of the Clitoris with its Veins, which are compreft by the Li- gamentum Tranjverfum of the Os Pubis in the Time of Coition, in like Manner as the Vein of the Penis is in its Eredion. BB, The Two Crura Clitoridis, which arife from the Ojj'a Pubis, where they appear Porous. C C, Parts of the Labia Pudendi. D, The Gians Clitoridis. G G, The Nypmplne which compofe the Preputium Clitoridis. FI, The Meatus Ur inarms, or Paflage of Urine. E E, The Mufculi Ereilores Clitoridis, which arife from the External Margin of the Os Ifchium, and are Inferted to the Beginnings of the Corpora Cavernofa of the Clitoris: Their Office is to draw the Clitoris to the Ojfa Pubis, in Order to flop the Refluent Blood in its large Vein, whence the Clito- ris like the Penis becomes Extended. By thefe Means the Clitoris is not only Dilated, but the Labii Pudendi are in like Manner Extended by Two Cavernous Bodies or Retia of Blood-Veffels plac’d on each Side the Orifice of the Vigina ex- ternally. Thefe are accurately deferib’d by Reg, de Graaf de Muller urn Organis, Cap. VII. and call’d Plexus Ret if or mis. F F, Parts of the Mufeulus Sphintler Vagmcs left at the Extremity of the Clitoris. The Circular Fibres of this Mufele Encompafs the Vagina on the Retiform Plexus, and Com- prefs its Veins, (which difeharge their Blood into the Vein of the Clitoris A.) By which Means the Plexus is fill d with Blood, and the External Orifice of the Vagina (about the Carunculce Myrtiformes) is ftraighten’d and adequately em- braces the Penis in a Mutual Coitus. Fig. i. Part of the Clitoris cut off after Inflation and Drying, A, The little Head or Gians Clitoridis. B, Its Proper Membrane or Capfula. C, Its Cavernulous Contexture. D, Its Septum. Fig. 3- The Pudendum and Fore-part of the Vagina Uteri Open’d. A, Part of the Vagina, which lies under the Bladder of Urine. B B, The Vagina and Meatus Urinarius divided. C C, The Corpus Glandulofum or Part Analogous to the Pro- flatce in Men, divided. D D, The Duftus Secretorii or Lacuna of De Graaf within the Gland, which have divers Ojhola about the Meatus Urina- rius, whence Iflues Part of the Matter emitted in Coitu, Befides thefe Duds arifing from Glands plac’d about the the Meatus Urinarius, there are others of the fame Kind in the Vagina, and Two remarkable ones arifing from Two ve- ry conlpicuous Glands, plac’d towards the Lower Part of the Orificium Pudendi by the Anus, whofe Duds open at the Roots of the Carunculce Myrtiformes externally on each Side the Pudendum. Thefe and the above-mention’d Duds dif- eharge the Matter commonly call’d Semen. E E E, The Meatus Urinarius open’d; at whofe Extremi- ty divers of the aforefaid Ojliola appear. F F, The Labia Pudendi open’d. G, The Internal Rugous Membrane of the Vagina Uteri: This Internal Membrane is much fuller of Riigce towards its Upper Part, B, C, D, here divided, than in the Lower, G, next the ReBum: As it approaches the Pudendum, it becomes forne- what Narrower, and behind or above the Orifice of the Meatus Urinarius it frames a Valvulous Appearance in Virgins of above 16 or 17 Years of Age. In Girls of 7 or 8, it appears to be a Tranfverfe Membrane having a Small Perforation towards its Upper Part. When the Hymen is broke, whether in Coitu or otherwife, the divided Parts of it make the Carunculce Myrti- formes y whence it is, the Figure and Number of thofe Carun- cles are uncertain; Wierus, Parry, Hildanus and others give usHiftories of Cafes where the Hymen has been Impervious after Twenty-Two Years of Age, and fuch a Quantity of Menjlrua Pent in the Vagina, &c. extend the Lower Belly, as if they had gone with Child. Some Years fince I was call’d by my Ingenious Friend Dr. Chamberlin to fee a Mar- ry’d Woman of above Twenty Years of Age, whofe Lower Belly was very much Diftended, as if with Child. Upon Examining the Pudendum, we found the Hymen altogether Im- pervious, and driven out beyond the Labia Pudendi in fuch Manner, that at Firft Sight it appear d not unlike a Prolapjus Vteri. In the Upper Part towards the Clitoris we found the Orifice of the Meatus Urinarius very open, and its Sides Ex- truded not unlike the Anus or Cloaca of a Cock, and without any Difficulty I could put my Fore-finger into the Bladder of Urine. On dividing the Hymen, at leaft a Gallon of Gru- mous Blood of divers Colours and Confiftencies came from her, which was the retain’d Menjlrua. The next Day no lefs a Quantity of the fame Matter flow d after removing the Peflary which I had put in the Day before. After Three, or Four Days fhe was eafie, and foon after recover d, and with in a Year was deliver’d of a healthful Child. Her Husband told us, Tho’ lying with her at Firft was very painful to him- felf as well as to her, yet at laft he had a more eafie Accefs; which could be by no other Way than the Meatus Uri- narius. Fig. 4. The Uterus, Ovaria and Falloppian Tubes Dififeded. A, B B, The Fundus Uteri open’d to fhew the Cavity and Thicknefs of its Sides- CC, The Collum Uteri leading from the Vagina to the Fundus, likewife open’d. D, The Os Tinea or Orifice of the Collum Minus. E, The Vagina Uteri divided to fhew its Rugce. F F. The Cavity of the Fundus Uteri as it appears before Impregnation , it being of a fomewhat Triangular Figure, and not exceeding the Magnitude it’s here reprefented of. Between D and F is the Collum Minus or Cervix Fundi Uteri, where divers Ruga are truly reprefented, in whole Sulci are the Orifices of divers finall Tubes, which arife from a Glandu- lous Contexture of the Veflelsof this Part j whence proceeds a Pituitous Serous Matter, as may be feen by Comprefling this Part externally. Be Craaf de Mul. Organ. Generat. Inferoi. Cap. VIII. acknow- ledges his Ignorance, to what End this Matter is here fepa- rated, unlefs it be to moiften the Parts and excite Venery, 6c. In preparing a Humane Uterus after Three Months Impre- gnation, I found the Os Tinea and Collum Minus very much dilated, and fill’d with a very Tough, Glutinous Matter. The like is taken Notice of by Spigelhus, Lib. VIII. Cap. XXIII. As the Time of the Partus draws in, the Os Tinea ftill becomes Larger, and the Glutinous Matter encreafes, whereby it pre- vents Abortions by oppofing any Extrufion of the Chorion, notwithftanding the Efforts made by the Foetus from within towards the Time of the Partus: This Glutinous Matter alfo hinders the Intrufion of any Thing from the Vagina after Impregnation. When this Matter is Vitiated as in a Fluor Albus, Impregnation is Hindered. Fig. 5. GHH, The Orifices of the Falloppian Tubes in the Two Superior Angles of the Fundus Uteri. III I, Two Probes Inferted into each of the laft mention’d Tubes. K, A fmall Conftridure in the Mouth of the Tube. LL, The Right Falloppian Tube Open’d and Expanded, whole Internal Membrane is fomewhat Rugous. M N, The Right Ovaria entire. OOO, The Fimbria or Expanfum Foliacium Tuba. P P, A Broad Ligament between the Ovarium and Tube, not unlike to a Bat’s Wing. Q, The Left Ovaria Open d. R R, The External Membrane of the Ovarium. S S, TT, Divers Glands and Tranfoarent little Veflicules, which compofe the Ovaria. V V, The Peritoneum or External Tegument of the Ute- rus> which is call d the Ligamentum Latum. WW, Portions of the Ligamenta rotunda Uterina, r.s±. T. £2 THE FIFTY-SECOND TABLE. of the Diaphragm very much Depreft, (by the contain’d Water on the fame Side of the Thorax) I found the Lungs on that Side in great Part Mortified, and the Blood Stagnated; there being fome Air &lfo broke out from the Bronchia into the Cavity of the Thorax, which compleatly Hinder d Infpiration on that Side of the Lungs. B, The Blood-Veflels of the Diaphragm, call d Threnica. C, The Perforation for the Vena Cava. D, The Gula or Oefophagus cut off before it paffes the Diaphragm. E, The Trunk of the Arteria Magna in like Manner divided. F, The Fore-part of the Diaphragm towards the Cartilago Enfformis. G, The Back-part Contiguous to the laft Rib. H, The Tendinous Origin of the Diaphragm on the Right Side call’d Appendix. The Chief Adlion of the Diaphragm is to Comprefs the Vi- fcera of the Lower Belly, in Order to Enlarge the Cavity of the Thorax in Infpiration : Nor can we fee any reafon to doubt its being a Mufcle elegantly Fram’d for this Attion, wherein divers contingent Offices occur; as the great Work of Chylification is Affifted by the frequent Com- prefles made by it, in its repeated Contractions; and that not only in Promoting the Defcent of the Contents of the Stomach and Inteftines; but alfo the Afcent of the Chyle by the Vaja La- 61 ea and Blood by the Vena Tort a are alfo Pro- moted. It alfo haftens the Difcharge of thofe Liquors contain’d in the Excretory Duds of thofe many Large Glands within the Cavity of the Abdomen, as the Liver, Pancreas, Kid- neys, <&c. Not to mention many other contin- gent Offices of this Part; as in the Exclufion of the Foeces and Urine in both Sexes, and Foetus in Women, &c. 11, The Vertebra of the Loins with their Car- tilaginous Interjlitia join’d by Ligaments. K K, The Mufculus Tfoas Magnus on the Right Side; jhe Tfoas Tarvus in this SubjeCl perhaps was wanting. L L, The Tfoas Magnus on the Left Side fomewhat freed from the Vertebra, and Pin’d out: This large Flefhy Mufcle derives its Ori- gin from all the Vertebra of the Loins Internal- ly, Laterally within the Cavity of the cAbdo- men, whence Defcending over the Superior Part of the Os Sacrum and Spine of the Ilium, where it joins with the Flefhy Fibres of the Iliacus In- terms (N), and paffes to its Implantation on the Superior Part of the Lefler Trochanter of the Thigh-bone. This pulls the Thigh Upwards, and moves it Forewards in Walking, Running, &c. M, The Mufculus guadratus Lumborum, De- fcrib’d Tab. 50. N N N, The Iliad Interni in Situ: Either of thefe Mufcles Arifes from above half the Su- perior Region and Internal Concave Part of the Os Ilium, and joining with the Tfoas Magnus, is Infer ted with it to the Lefler Trochanter. The Office of this Mufcle, and the Tfoas Magnus are the fame. O, Part of the Gracilis. P P, Parts of the Triceps. ■ HE Cavity of thezAb- domen after its Vifcera and Proper Integuments of the Abdomen, Dif- fered and turn’d Afide. ma in Situ : It Arifes Tendinous on the Right Side from the Third, Second and Firft Vertebra of the Loins, and laft of the Back (H); On the Left, from the Firft of the Loins, and Laft Vertebra of the Back ; hence Afcending with Flefhy Fibres on each Side running Straight, but towards the Middle they pafs fomewhat Curvedly, Interfer- ing each other near the Oefophagus (D), do as it were Embrace it: After which they become Ten- dinous and join with its Upper part (F), which Arifes Thin and Flefhy from the Os Tecloris or Sternum : Its Lateral Parts derive their Origins from the Cartilaginous Endings of the Ribs and Lower Margin of the Laft Rib (G) on each Side. From thefe Parts the Flefhy Fibres of the Dia- phragm (like Lines drawn from a Circumference towards a Center) pafs to its Middle Part, where its Tendinous Fibres are Intercuflated with each other and Exhibit a Rete. Befides its Perforation for the Oefophagus in its Flefhy Part, it has ano- ther in its Tendinous one, no lefs remarkable, to Tranfmit the Vena Cava (C). Its Double Origin at the Vertebra of the Loins gives Way to the Defcending Trunk of the Arteria Magna (E), and Two Afcending of the I)u6tus Chylferus and Vena Azygos on the Left Side- In Expiration this Lower Surface of the Diaphragm is Concave towards the Abdomen (as here Expreft), and its Upper, Convex towards the Thorax. In Infpira- tion it Approaches towards a Plane next the Tho- rax as well as the Abdomen. If the Vifcera of the Lower Belly are taken out in VivifeCtion, the Inferior Surface of the Diaphragm will Appear Convex in Infpiration, and more efpecially if Two fmall Wounds fhould be made into the Ca- vities on both Sides the Thorax, fo that the Am- bient Air may Rufh into its Cavities on each Side the Mediajlinum; the 2Yiaphragma than will ftill remain Concave towards the Thorax, and Convex towards the Abdomen. Nor can Refpiration be perform’d, except the Wounds in the Thorax are Large enough to Difcharge its contain’d Air free- ly again; whence it happens that Wounds in the Thorax may fuddenly prove Mortal, when no contain’d Part is Injured. But in fuch Cafes the External Wounds ought to be Enlarg’d that the Air may have a Free Egrefs, which the Perforation of the Skin and Mufcles not correfponding, Hin- ders ; but this feldom happens, becaufe both Sides of theThorax are not very liable to be Wounded in fuch Manner at the fame time. If one Side of the Thorax only is Wounded, the External Air ought by all means to be Pent out, tho’ the Pa- tient is not Incident to be Suffocated ; becaufe the other Side of the Lungs are not Incommoded, yet the Intruded Air ought to be let out, tho’ it only Hinders the Dilatation of one Side of the Lungs. In Difle&ing a Morbid Body which had one Side THE FIFTYTHIRD TABLE. Fig. x. SEP RES ENTS t^e with the Parts Annext. A, The Fundus Ute- ll, The Left Falloppian Tube Diftended, and its Foliated Expanfions Embracing the Ovarium; which Aftion accord- ing to De Graaf ids not Appear in Rabbets till Twenty-four Hours after the Coitus. C C, The Ovaria with their Protuberant Ova in their Folliculi. DD, The Blood-Veflels more Extended with Blood than before Impregnation- E, The Right Falloppian Tube with its Fim- Irice Expanded. F F, Portions of the Blood-Veflels of the Ova- ria call’d Trceparantia and Spermatica. GG, A Portion of the Teritonceum which makes the External Membrane of the Uterus, and call’d Ligamentum Latum Uteri. HH, The Uterine Round Ligaments lying under the Teritonceum. I, The Cervix Uteri Diverted of its Common Membrane the Teritonceum, to flxew its Blood- Veflels. K K, The Vagina Uteri Inverted, where its Internal Rugce are well Expreft. L, The Internal Mouth of the Uterus, call’d Os Tincce, fomewhat Dilated. Fig. 1. A, The Left Uterine Tube (Expreft in the pre- ceding Figure) pull’d from the Ovaria it Em- brac’d with its Fimbrice; which remain Extended, together with its whole ‘Ductus. B, The Fimbriated Orifice of the Tube Open. C, Its Progrefs towards the Fundus Uteri'. The whole Tube being of a deep Red Colour from its many Blood-Veflels, efpecially the Veins which Frame a Reticular Body, as may be Demonftrated either by Injedling them with Mercury, or Infla- tion. Hence it Appears the Uterine Tubes (not unlike the Corpora Cavernofa Tenis Clitoridis,8cc.) have their Reticulated Sides Extended, and their Internal Cavities of Confequence Enlarg’d upon a particular Stop of the Refluent Blood; but whe- ther this Stop or Retardation of the Blood in the Veins, made in the time of the Coitus, (which for fome Reafons we are enclin’d to l'uppofe) or as T)e Graaf intimates Five or Six and Twenty Hours after ; neither our prefent Occafions nor Opportunities will allow us to Examine. Fig. g. A A, The Falloppian Tube Open’d, according to its Length. BCC, Its Internal Membrane Divided and Expanded. DD, A Probe Inferted into its Beginning near the Fundus Uteri, which is not yet Divided. The reft of the Adjacent Parts of this Figure are Explain’d Tab. yi. Fig. 4. Fig. 4. The Inferior or Back-part of the fame Impreg- nated Uterus,Sic. Expreft Fig. i. Its Veflelshere being Injedted with Wax. A A, The Fundus Uteri fomewhat Enlarg’d by reafon its Veins are Injected with Wax. B B, The Veins fill’d with a Dark Colour’d Wax: C, The Arteries with Red Wax: Both which Veflels become Diftended by Injecting of their Large Trunks on either Side. D, Part of the External Membrane of the U- terus deriv’d from the Teritonceum, Rais’d from the Cervix Uteri. E, That Part of the Teritonceum, call’d Li- g,amentum Latum Uteri. F, The Ovaria of the Left Side. GG, The Falloppian Tubes alfo fill’d with White Wax, and very Tortuous in this Pofition, their Extremities being drawn from the Ovaria. H, The Round Ligament of the Left Side. II, The Broad Ligaments like Batt’s Wings joining the Falloppian Tubes to the Ovaria, where the Blood-Veflels palling to and from the Ovaria, I are Expreft. KK, The Vcifa Spermatica cut off. Thefe Spermatick Veins and Arteries are not only Inof- culated in their Large Trunks, with the Hypoga- ftrick Veins and Arteries of the Uterus, but thofe of the Right Side of the Uterus, are Inofculated with the Left, in fuch Manner that by Injecting of Wax into one of the Spermatick Veins, it will not only fill the Hypogaftricks, but the Sperma- tick Vein alfo of the contrary Side. The like will not happen by Inje&ing Wax into the Arte- ries, becaufe their Trunks are Smaller than the Veins. But Mercury readily pafles from the Arteries of one Side to thofe of the other. T 53 T-Sf THE FIFTYFOURTH TABLE. 8 HEWS thz Abdomen of a Woman open’d after Seven Months gone with Child. vkfedimd turn’doff1”011 IntCgUments of the whole Body di- The PPPer Integuments of the Abdomen, viz. The Mulcles and Peritonaeum in like Manner divided. C C. The Fundus Uteri very much enlarg’d; and in this Sub- ject enclines more towards the Right Side than the Left. DDD, The Colon and Parts of the fmall Gutts as they appear above the Fun- dus Uteri. d d, The Mufcular Compages of Flelhy Fibres call’d the Ligamentum Coli well Exprelt. E, That Part of the Fundus Uteri towards the Cottum minus. F F F, Tlie Veins of the Uterus very much Dilated. As the Time of the Birth draws on, fo the Thicknefs of the Uterus is Bill faid to encreafe, and the Trunks of the Veins become Bill more and more diBended. The Trunks of the Arteries of the Uterus are alfo at that Time proportionally Dilated. Thefe Blood-Veffels of the Uterus are inofculated with thofe of the Placenta as may appear by the Palling of Mercury from One to the Other, fo that if you pour it into the Hypogaflrick Arteries of the Mother, it will pafs into the Veins of the Placenta as well as thofe of the Uterus: And on the contrary the Mercury will pafs from the Arteries of the Placenta to the HypogaBrick Veins of the Mother as alfo into the Veins of the Placenta. Hence it appears there is a Circulation of Blood between the Mother and Foetus; and it feems as if the Blood-Veflels of both did Germinate and Inofculate with each other. But this requires too much Speculation for my Occalions to admit of a farther Enquiry at prefen t. There- fore I fliall here only fpeak of fome Phenomena which offer in Child-bearing. If the Fundus Uteri remain Tumifi'd after Child-bearing or an Abortion, the Flux of Blood proves very great and fometimes deffructive to the Mother, be- caufe the Uterus do’s not Collapfe, and by that Means clofe the Orifices of the Broken-off Arteries of the Mother. The like Flux alfo happens from the fame Caufe, when but Part of the Placenta comes away in the Partus-, in which Cafe the remaining Part ought to be remov’d as foon as pollible. THE FIFTY-FIFTH TABLE. the Abdomen of the fame Woman Open’d, Reprefen ted in mjifvmly the Precedent Table. AAA, The Fundus Uteri after a Crucial Section Expanded. IIP(f©§7 B B Inferior, The Infide of the Skin Cover’d With Fat. ® B Superior, C C, The Infide of the Peritonaeum. D D, Part of the Colon above the Fundus Uteri. EE, The External Convex Surface of the Placenta freed HiErlfrom flip niiwrhir TTtPiri FGH, The Afperities F, Little HollowneflTesG, and Tubercles H, oftheCfo- rus, which receive and were receiv’d by the like in the Placenta. IK, Part of the Chorion cleaving to the Internal Concave Surface of the P.la- centa. L, Part of the Urinary Membrane or M, Part of the Amnios made bare, as it Appears fill’d with its containing Li- quor. Tho’ this Membraile which immediately Involves the Foetus, Appears in molt Parts very Tranlparent, yet here are a vail: Number of Blood-Vellels every where dispers’d thro’ it. In divers Parts of the Amnios in Cows, I have more than once Oblerv’d Various Clufters of lomewhat Opacous Bodies, which I am apt to think are a Congeries of Glands, and help to Separate from the Blood, Part of the Contents of the c.Amnios in which the Foetus mov’d, and is receiv’d by its Mouth to- wards the time of the Partus. N, Part of the Chorion Rais’d from the Amnios, and Left to the Uterus it felf on the Right Side. Part of the Liver Appears above the Inteftines immediately under the Enfi- formal Cartilage. 55 T,S6 THE FIFTY-SIXTH TABLE. ■ HE Abdomen and TJterus of the fame Woman (Figur'd in the Two prece- dent Tables) Open’d, after Seven Months gone with Child. A, The ‘Placenta Uterina free’d from the Upper Part of the Uterus, and drawn towards the Right Side, fo that its Internal Concave Surface’ next the Amnios, Appears Cover’d with the Chorion; under which the Arboreous Difpolition of its Blood-Veflels are elegantly Expreft. B, Part of the Chorion free’d from the cAmnios, and Rais’d with the Pla- centa, to whofe Concave Part it Adheres, and its continued (H) on the Um- C, Part of the Urinary Membrane free’d from the Amnios, and cleaving to the Chorion. DD, The Uterus with the Chorion Divided Crofs-ways and Expanded. The Inequalities of the In- ternal Surface of the Uterus are here Remarkable: Its Blood-Veffels as well as thofe of the Placenta not only Germinate, but Inofculate with each other, as is above Noted. E E, The Proper Integuments of the Abdomen, (vizi) the Mufcles and Teritonceum in like Man- ner Divided. F, The Foetus lying within the Tranfparent Membrane call’d Amnios. G, The Amnios entire. H, The Umbilical Rope Arifing from the Placenta, and palling to the Navel of the Foetus: Its Progrefs is Various, fometimes it Marches over the Right Shoulder, fometimes over the Left clofe to the Neck; at other times it Afcends towards the Bread:, whence it is again .Reflected to the Back of the Foetus, and thence to the Navel. Tho’ the Blood-Veflels of the Umbilical Rope are Difpos d in the bell Manner {Fid. Tab. Go. 62. Fig. 5.) to avoid their being COmpreft in any Contorted Polition; vet it fometimes happens either thro’ the Ihortnefs of the Umbilical Rope, as in the Cafe mention d ’by Hildanus, Cent. II. Obferv. LI. or by the great Strugling of the Foetus inUtero; that it is fo Com- preft, that the Blood cannot pafs in its Veflels: In which Cafe if an Abortion do’s not happen, or if it is at the time of the Partus, and the Birth do’s notprefently follow, the Dead Foetus with its Se- condines are retain’d in the Uterus *, and if the Mother Survives, they do gradually Putrifie and come away; as Appears in the Hiftory of a Cafe very well Attefted in the Excellent Works of the above mention’d Author, where the Bones with Part of the Mufcles of the Limbs were taken out near the Navel of the Mother, fome Months after the Secondines gradually came away at her Pudendum. A like Inftance was lately Communicated to me by the Ingenious Mr. Pale the Apo- thecary, who was an Eye-witnels of it in a Woman in the Country where he lives. IK L M N O P, The Foetus lying in the Uterus in its Natural Pofture. The Pofture of the Foetus in the Uterus varies very much, efpecially towards the time of the Par- tus ; this Order of it is then Inverft, the Head at that time is downwards towards the Neck of the Womb. In the moft eafie Births, the Face is turn’d towards the Back-bones or Os Sacrum. If any Part, befides the Head of the Foetus offers it felf firft, (except both Legs together,) the Birth proves Labo- rious, and fometimes very Dangerous; wherefore the Operator in fuch a Cafe is Oblig’d (if poflible ) to reduce thofe Parts, and turn the Foetus to the moft Natural Order that can be. THE FIFTY-SEVENTH TABLE. A A, V E R S Eggs of a different Size taken from the Qvaria of Ilf Ji An Egg Impregnated; in which the Branches and Plexus lvers Bl°°d-Veflels Appear. */WS’ A Foetus with its Secondines, Twenty-five Days after Conception; in which the Rudiments of all the Limbs Appear. A A, The Placenta Uterina. B, The Chorion. C, The Urinary Membrane according to Bidloo. D, The eAmnios Open’d. E, The Umbilical Rope between the Placenta and Foetus. F, The Foetus. Fig. A Foetus Forty Days after Conception, in which all the External Parts Appear DiftinCt. Fig. f. A Mafculine Foetus about Two Months and a Half after Conception; in which the Magnitude of the Head in Proportion to the reft of the Body is Remarkable. The Conformation of the Bones at that time may be feen in the i oo. Tab. Fig. 5,4.. Fig. 6. An Abortive Three Months after Conception, or there abouts Dri’d; fo that the Connection of its Bones may be feen in divers Parts. Fig. 7. A Foetus of Eight Months taken out of the Uterus, together with its Placenta, See. A, A Male Foetus, whole Hands are Contracted and Feet Contorted Inwards. BCD, The Umbilical Rope continued in its wonted Progrefs between the Foetus and Placenta. E E, The Chorion covering the Internal Concave Surface of the Placenta, and its Arboreous Ramifications of Blood-Veflels deriv’d from the Umbilical Rope. F, Part of the Urinary Membrane. G, Part of the c^Ammios. H, A Portion of the Chorion. rS.7 r.js. THE FIFTY-EIGHTH TABLE. HEWS the External Convext Surface of thePlacenta Uterina free’d from fllpM The Placenta is compos’d of Blood-Veflels of both Kinds deriv’d from yujV the Mother and Foetus, which Frame Glandulous Bodies and Fibres, to which divers Succiferous Dudts are Inferted, fays Bidloo. Thefe Succiferous Tubes and Glands I mull confefs never yet Occur’d to my Obfervation in Difle&ion, nor do I at prelent know who befides Pro- JulM feflbr Bidloo mentions them : Here he only Names them among other Veflels of the Placenta, and in Tab. 66. he Reprelents divers Succife- rous j)u^.s jn tile Umbilical Rope; nor do’s he any where mention what Tuice thefe Duds of the Placenta carry, or thofe of the Umbilical Rope ; wherefore I fliall here Venture to add my Conjecture, and fo proceed. If any Liquor Tranfcolated by Glands of the Placenta is convey d towards the Foetus, it is rnoft likely that contain’d in the cAmnios; and tho’ we have Obferv’d Tab. 75. divers Glands plac’d at Various Diftances in the Amnios of Cows, yet we can by no means think they are iuilicient to fupply that Membrane with a Neceffary Quantity of Liquor for Entertaining the Foetus: And fince we have Obferv d divers Tubercles on the Surface of the Um- bilical Rope, mention’d in the following Table (P). We cannot tell how to reconcile thofe Pha- nomena, but by fuppoling the greateft Part of the Liquor of the Amnios, is convey’d thither from the Glands of 'Pn&Placenta, by the Duds of the Umbilical Rope. This Liquor of the Amnios not only ferves to Facilitate the Motions of the Foetus, but towards the time of the Partus it is partly receiv’d by its Mouth, and is convey’d into its Stomach and Guts, and Adminifters Chyle to its Ladeals and Thoracick-Dud; which is receiv’d by the Subclavian Vein of the Foetus, and there joins with the Blood Tranfmitted from the Mother to the Foetus. Thus the Stomach and Inteftines as well as the Common Paflages of Chyle and Lympha of the Foetus are im- ploy’d in the Uterus ; by which means thofe Channels are the more readily made ufe of, foon after the Birth, when the Infant has no other way of receiving its Nourifhment but by the Mouth. The Chyle thus mingling with the Blood of the Foetus, fo Thins it, that its Circulation may be the bet- ter carried on by the weak Syfiole of its Heart; whereby its Blood may be again Difcharg’d into the Hypogaftrick Veins of the Mothers Uterus. The Liquor of the Amnios has another, as it were Ac- cidental Ufe, in Lubricating the Vagina at the Time of the Partus ; the Foetus then breaking the Amnios by its Strugling, its Contents flow by the Pudendum, which they commonly call The Breaking of the Water. . BB, The Furrows or Clifts of the Placenta, which more or lefs Refult from its Tubercles. C C, The Tubercles of the Placenta, which are Thick and Large towards their Center, and Lefs towards their Circumference. DD, The Chorion or External Membrane Involving the Foetus, Varigated with Blood-Veflels Springing from the Placenta, (and Umbilical Rope in fbme Animals) and the Uterus it lelf in Hu- mane Bodies. . . . E E, The Urinary Membrane call’d Alantoides, lying immediately under the Chorion, and clea- ving to it by Veflels and Fibres; it Environing the whole Foetus, according to Bidloo. The Exiftence of this Membrane is much Doubted of in Humane Bodies. ImuT confels I never met with a Subjeft in which I could Difcover it. The Midwives take Notice of a By Water, as they call it near the Time of the Partus ; which I am apt to think is the Contents of this Membrane breaking forth which often happens fome Weeks before the Birth, and no ill Confequence follows. F, Part of the Amnios or Internal Membrane Involving the Foetus. G, Part of the Umbilical Rope Tied. THE FIFTY-NINTH TABLE. X FR ESSES the Membranes which Involve the Foetus; to- gether with the Internal Concave Part ol the Placenta next the Foetus and Umbilical Rope. Which altogether are call’d the Secondine, or After-Birth, or Burden. mUI ffilills’rfr A A, The Amnios Separated from the Urinary Membrane; Tho’ the Amnios appears Tranfparent to the Naked Eye, it is full of Blood-Veffels of both Kinds deriv'd from the Um- bBical Rope: If Mercury is Inje6led into its Arteries and Veins, their Extremities will (by the Afliftance of a Microfcope) appear con- tinued to each other; as in a Preparation of Part of the Amnios I have now by me, taken from a Cow, mention’d in the yyth Table. B B, A Portion of the Umbilical Rope arifing from about the Middle of the In- ternal Concave Side of the Placenta. CC) Part of the Urinary Membrane not freed from the Chorion: In Cows and other Quadrupedes, it is Long and Unequal; whence it’s call’d oAllantoides or Far- ciminalis : It is Pi ac’d between the cAmnios and Chorion, and receives the Urine from the Bladder by the Urachus thro’ the Umbilical Rope. The Urachus of Hu- mane Bodies is fcarce Pervious. I muft acknowledge in the Subjects I have Exa- min’d, I could never make the Wind pafs from the Bladder of Urine into the Ura- chus in the Umbilical Rope; but I have conftantly found the Urachus evidently Hol- low from .the Bottom of the Bladder to the Navel in a Foetus, and very little further. D D, The Chorion ftridly cleaving to the Internal Concave Side of the Placenta. E E, The Cavities and Tracts of the Succiferous Duds according to Bidloo. F, The Umbilical Arteries Diftended. GG, The Internal Concave Surface of the Placenta next the Foetus. HI, The Ramifications of the Arteries tending towards the Circumference of the Placenta. KK, The Large Ramifications of the Umbilical Veins Diftended. L, Their Lefler Branches. N N, Divers Indentations made in the Veins where the Arteries pafs over them. O, The Concourfe of the Umbilical Veflels to their Inclofure in the External Membrane of the Umbilical Rope (Pj. P, That Part of the Umbilical Rope, whofe External Surface in Cows is full of Tubercles, which we fuppofe are plac’d at the Extremities of the Succiferous Duds, where they Difcharge their Contents into the oAmnios. This Part of the Umbilical Rope in thefe Animals we find Diftended with a Mucilaginous Mat- ter, fomewhat Thicker than that contain’d in the Amnios, but like it in Colour. 59 r' So. THE SIXTIETH TABLE. Fig. ■ EMONSTRATES the Blood-Veflels of Part of the Umbilical Rope and Placenta Injedled with Wax. Internal Surface of the Placenta next the Foetus. D, Part of the Urinary Membrane according to Bidloo. F F, <&c. The Umbilical Arteries fill'd with Red Wax. G G, &c. The Veins in like Manner Injetted with White Wax. H, The Umbilical Rope cut off. I KM, The Propagations of Veflels from the Umbilical Rope to the Placenta. Fig. x. A A, The Placenta cut tranfverfly. BC, The Thicknefs of the Placenta in a Tranfverfe Se&ion. D D. Its Glandulous Body. EE, Some large Branches of Blood-Veflels Propagated from the Umbilical Rope under the Chorion. F, The Succiferous Dudts according to Bidloo. G, Their little Hollownefles or Interftitia like Fat. H H, A Portion of the Chorion, free d from the 'Placenta and fufpended. 11, The Blood-Veflels which lie between the Chorion and- Placenta. K K, Their Ramifications as they appear under the Chorion on the internal Concave Surface of the Placenta. L, Part of the Urinary Membrane. M, A Portion of the Amnios. N, The Umbilical Rope cut off and ty’d. Fig. 3. The Umbilical Rope with Part of the Chorion. A, Part of the Chorion free’d from the internal Concave Part of the Placenta. B, The Umbilical Rope cut tranfverfly from the Foetus. C C, The Two Umbilical Arteries cut off D, The Umbilical Vein in like Manner divided. E, The Urachus according to Bidloo, Expreft in the following Figure between the Two Arteries. F F, The Umbilical Rope cover’d with its loofe Membrane continu’d from the Amnios. Fig. 4. A A, The Umbilical Rope cut tranfverfly and view’d with a Microfcope, after its being immers’d in hot Water. B, The Trunk of the Umbilical Vein divided. C C, The Trunk of the Two Umbilical Arteries in like Manner cut off D D, The Succiferous Tubes alfo divided. E E, The Fibres contracted by the hot Water. F, The thin contorted Tube of the Urachus, lying between the Two Arteries like a loofe or flagging Membrane. Fig. 5- The Umbilical Vein and Two Arteries Injedted with Wax and dry’d, fo that the Urachus and Succiferous Tubes difappear. THE SIXTY-FIRST TABLE. A A, X HIBIT S the Placenta Uterina, after the Blood is Walh’d out of it. B, The Chorion partly Rais'd from the Placenta, andly- «r£ ing Loofely on it. »j|| C, Part of the Urinary Membrane according to Bidloo. (/jmj D D> The Contexture, and Reticular Plexus of the mU Veflels of the Placenta made bare. E Pi, The Concave Surface of the Placenta next the Foetus. F F, The Blood-Veflels. G, A Portion of the Umbilical Rope. Fig. a. A, Part of the Chorion feparated from the Urinary Membrane, and fupported on a Piece of Paper. B C, The Urinary Membrane Pinn’d out, from which the Chorion is feparated. D D, A Piece of Paper Rold up to fupport the Chorion. Fig. ?. ABB, Part of one of the Umbilical Arteries freed from the Umbilical Rope, and Extended with Wind; in which the Various Inequalities of its Trunk (occafion’d by its Contortions with its Companion and the Umbilical Vein) are Expreft. C C, The fame Artery Open’d according to its Length, and Expanded. Fig. 4. Part of the Umbilical Rope. A Inferior, Part of the Umbilical Vein Open’d according to its Length. ABB, The Umbilical Arteries inclos’d in their Proper Membranes. Fig. s. A, Part of the Blood-Veffels of the Umbilical Rope Injected with Wax. B B, The Two Arteries fill’d with Red Wax, in which may be obferv’d the Ine- qualities of their Trunks. C, The Vein Diftended with a Dark Colour’d Wax, Fig. 6. A A, Part of the Chorion free’d from the Placenta. B B, The Blood-Veflels of both Kinds free’d from the Glands Succiferous Tubes and Duels, according to Bidloo. Fig■ 7>8- The Branching of the Arteries and Veins on the Chorion, whole Capillary Ex- tremities frame Glands, and Elcape the Sight of the Naked Eye. Fig. 9. This is not taken Notice of by Bidloo ; but I fupofe it Reprefents Part of the Blood-Veflels of the Umbilical Rope, free’d from their Membranes and not Inje&ed with Wax, or any Thing elfe; the Trunks of the Two Arteries and Vein appear- ing Flaccid. jT. 6i. T. 6z THE SIXTY-SECOND TABLE. H E Abdomen of a Female Foetus Seven Months after Conception open’d, t0 iew t^le Erogrefs °f the Umbilical Veflels towards its Navel. A, The Umbilical Rope fufpended. T^e Coramon anc* Proper Integuments of the Abdomen turn'd E G, The Umbilical Vein entering the Liver at a Filfure near the Mid- ‘h2 of its lower Part, whence the Lxgamentum Sujpenforium Hepatis may ||0§|||ij| be here feen continu’d to the Enfiformal Cartilage and Diaphragm. F, The Liver, which in Proportion to the reft of the Vifcera in a Foetus, W****Qiesm™ is very large, extending it felf to both Hypochondria. The Magnitude of the Liver in a Foetus rather Proceeds from a greater Quantity of Blood car- ri’d into it by the Vena XJmbilicalis, than any proper Office it then Executes: This Difproportion of the Liver do’s not remit in an Infant, butfeems to continue in fome Meafure, till they are Four or Five Years Old: Hence it is, that the Inteftines of Infants and Children are fuppli’d with more Gall than thofe of riper Years; and are therefore incident to be gript much in the lower Belly, and attended with a ‘Diarrhoea. Nor do I in this conceive Nature has any Ways committed a Miftake; for fure it is very neceffary fome notable Difcharge ought to be made of the Serofities in Children, whilft their Limbs are not able to perform thofe Exercifes which promote Perfpi- ration and the like. The Blood imported into the Liver by the Umbilical Vein meets with a contrary Current of Blood in the Vena Porta, as it paffes the Sinus to the Vena Cava; whereby fome of the Capillary Velfels about the Liver or Umbilical Vein are frequently broken, and the Blood is difcharg’d in- to the Cavity of the Abdomen. In an Abortive Humane Foetus (after Seven Months Conception) I found the Abdomen with- out any Integuments ; its Vifcera being expos’d, as in this Figure: Nor could I find fo much as any Part of the Peritoneum that had cover’d them; which I fufpedted might have been broken. The Left Kidney alfo was expos’d to View. Befides this, the Top of the Skull was wanting, and in- ftead of it a Membrane diftended with Grumous Blood. Very little Part of the Brain appear’d on the Bafts of the Skull, but it was chiefly contain’d in the Specus of the Vertebra of the Neck. The Left Eye and Ear were wanting, as well as the Nofe. A Ligament of about an Inch in Length, fatten'd the great Toe of the Right Foot to the Bone of the upper Jaw. The Left Arm was want- ing; and inftead of it, fomething like a Hand was fram’d, feeming to have a Thumb and Fore- Finger: This was ty’d by Two Ligaments; the one fpringing from the Carpus was ffiort, and fatten’d it to the Scapula ; the other Ligament was longer, and arifing between thofe Parts which repre- fented a Finger and Thumb, was fixt to the Bafts of the Skull on the fame Side. Upon opening the Thorax I found the Cone of the Heart pointing upwards; its Bafts towards the Diaphragm. And both Extremities of the Baftard Ribs of the Left Side retting on their Vertebra. GG, The Two Umbilical Arteries Arifing from the Two Internal Iliack Branches of the Arte- ria Magna, and palling on both Sides the Bladder of Urine to the Umbilical Rope. H, The Bladder of Urine. I, The Urachus where it is vifibly pervious. The Ugamentum Su/penforium Hepatis, is here well Expreft between the Umbilical Vein and Enfiformal Cartilage; and the Small Gutts in their Natural Situation, are alfoReprefented. THE SIXTY-THIRD TABLE. HEPRESENTS the Cavities of the Abdomen and Thorax open’d of the fame Female Fcetus, Expreft in the preceding Table. A, The Umbilical Rope fulpended. • * C, Its Insertion into the Liver. ,, DD, The Two Umbilical Arteries, arifing from the Two internal Iliack Branches of the Arteria Magna. Vid.App. Fig. 3.5 6. yd. EE, The External Iliack Branches of the Great Artery, by our Author faid to be Internal; which in this View of the Parts do’s not appear. F G, The Urachus. H, The Umbilicus cut from the Common Integuments of the Abdomen. I, The Head of the Foetus, which in Proportion to the reft of the Body is much larger than in the Adult: See the Defcription at Tab. 1. K, The Mamma, which in a Foetus of both Sexes contain a Serous Liquor. L, The Thorax open’d. M M, The Abdomen in like Manner open’d. N, The Thymus in Proportion to the reft of the Parts, is very large in a Fcetus, and gradually leflens in the Adult: See Tab.r 1. O, The Heart, which in Regard to the other Vtfcera is very large. P, The Lungs on the Right Side. Q Q, The Kidneys, which appear Conglomerate, and are fomewhat large. RR, The Glands of the Kidneys or Capfula Atrabilares are alfo large, and are here remov’d from their proper Situation; they not only bordering on the Kidneys, as in the Adult, but lie upon them, embracing their Upper Parts : In this Figure they feem to be remov’d from their Pro- per Situation. SS, The Ureters, which are alfo large and unequal. T, The Bladder extended with Urine. V, The Falloppian Tube, fomewhat long, and very large in Proportion to the reft of the Parts. W, The Ornria are alfo Large and Tumid. X, The Fundus Uteri fomewhat rais’d by the Sulpenfion of the Bladder of Urine. a, The Round Ligament of the Uterus of the Left Side. b, The Arteria Magna, where the Emulgent Arteries pals to the Kidneys. c, The Afcending Trunk of the Vena Cam cut off d d, The Diaphragma divided. e, The Spleen in Situ. The Stomach and Inteftines are here laid afide. f, The Sternum rais’d together with the Cartilaginous Endings of the Ribs, where the Mamma- ry Veflels on both Sides are Expreft. Fig. 1. A, The Bladder of Urine of a Fcetus. B, Its Ureters fill’d with Wax. CDD, The Umbilical Vein and Two Arteries, according to Bidloo, which we cannot think to be well Expreft. E, The Defcending Trunk of the c.Arteria UMagna. F, Its Bifurcation. GG, Its Two Internal Iliack Arteries, whence the Umbilical Arteries arife. T.63. THE SIXTY-FOURTH TABLE. H E Profeflor Bidloo in Imitation of Steno and Bourdon, here adds Geometrical Fi- gures of the Difpofition of the Tendons and Flefhy Fibres of divers Mufcles; Firft of a fmgle Fibre. Jplii im A, The Flefhy Part of the Fibre of a Mufcle; B C, B C, Its Two Tendinous Extreams nuking Obtufe Angles with the Flefhy Part. Fig. 2. Many of the Fibres Reprefented in the Firft Figure, Ex- pos’d in the fame Plan together, Framing an Oblique Angled Parallelogram. . . A,B, The Order of the Moving, or Flefhy Fibres. C, D, F, G, ? Their Tendinous Extremities: When any E,H,I,K, 5 Additional Matter paftes into thefe Flefhy Fibres and Diftends them, the Breadth which they thereby Acquire, neceflfarily Shortens them, and their Tendinous Ex- tremities fixt to the moft Movable Part, is pull’d nearer the more Stable. This Additional Matter we take to be the Blood, which is conftantly in a Progreflive Motion, as well in the Capillary as in the Larger Trunks of its Veflels; and when a fudden Stop or Retardation of it happens in the Trunks of the Veins in Mufcles, the Blood in the Extremi- ties of thofe Veins neceflarily breaks forth by their Colla- teral Pores, and paftes into the Cells of the Flefhy Fibres; whence an Intumefcence of thofe Fibres follows, and their Length is neceflarily Leflen’d. When I fay the Blood as a PonSus A£ts in Mufcular Motion: I mean that as a Fluid, it Infinuates where ever there is a Paflage, and neceflarily Di- ftends the Cells of the Flefhy Fibres, when it is pufh’d on by the Arteries, and do's not readily return by the Veins. This Structure of the Extremities of the Blood-Veflels in Mufcles, renders the Appearance of their Flefhy Fibres Red or more* Bloody than other Parts, which are Furnifh’d with a far greater Number of Blood-Veflels than the Mufcles; as the Pancreas, Salival Glands, and Cortical Part of the Brain. The Liver, Spleen, and Kidneys have their Colour, from the Number and Magnitude of their Blood-Veflels always fill’d with Blood. The Queftion is, How the Venofe Chan- nels are fo inftantaneoufly Compreft that the Refluent Blood is Retarded > Till Enquiry and Obfervation affords me fomethingto the purpofe, I fhali fay no more; choofing to Recommend fuch Speculations, to thofe who have more Ta- lent and Time to beftow on them. Fig. 3. The Fibres of a Mufcle Framing a Simple Parallelepipede Figure. A, B, C, D, E, F, G, The Carnous Part. HI,KL, The Tendinous Parts. Fig. 4* The Difpofition of the Fibres of the Mufculus Deltoidesy laid to be Compos'd of Twelve Ample Mufcles. A A The Upper-part of the Deltoides towards the Top ot the Shoulder. BB, Its Lower-part. j 2,3,4, y, 6, ?X The Order of the Flefhy Fibres which 8, 9,1 o, 11,12, 5 Frame Parallelograms, and Compofe the Deltoide Mufcle, fixt to their Tendinous Extremities A B. Fig. y. The Order of Fibres of the Mufculus Biceps Humeri. Fig. 6. The Mufculus Membranofus. Fig. 7. The Fibres of Part of the Gemellus. We come next to the Mufcles of the Artus or Limbs; and Firft to thofe of the Whole Arm, by which is underftood all the Part faftned to the Upper-part of the Trunk of the Body, Arifing at the Shoulder. Fig. 8. The Arm in com- mon Acceptation, is taken to be all that Part between the Neck of the Shoulder-blade and Wrift (H). The Arm ftri&ly fpeaking, is that Part between the Shoulder and Elbow (B), which, otherwife, is call’d Humerus : Jt confifting of One Bone, and is call’d Os Humeri, the Shoulder-bone, or Arm- bone. The Lower-part of the Arm from the Elbow (B) to the Wrift (H), is call’d the Cubit, and confifts of Two Bones, call’d Ulna and Radius ; we fhali elfewhere fpeak of the Articulations of thefe and other Bones. As feme hare Comprehended the Shoulder or Arm, Cubit, Hand, and Fingers under the Title of the Whole Arm; fo others have call’d all thole together, The Whole Hand. The Hand in com- mon Acceptation, is meant all that Part below the Cubit, or Wrift, confifting of Four Fingers (MNOP) and a Thumb (L). The Palm (C) call’d Vola Manus; oppolite to w’hich is the Back of the Hand or Dorfum Mams. . Fig, 8. The External Mufeles of the Arm, Cubit and Palm. AAA, The Skin with its Parts Annext freed from the Mufeles. B, The Internal Tubercle of the Os Humeri, whence the Mufcuius Pronator Radii Feres, Palmar is Longus y Flexor es Digi- torum Communes, and Flexores Carpi do Arife. C, The Tendinous Expanlion of the Palmaris Longus in the Palm; where, near the Root of the Fingers it’s Divided, to give Way to the Tendons of the Flexores Digi torum. D, The Biceps Cubiti. E, The Pronator Radii Feres. F, The Long Tendon of the Palmaris deriv’d from a flnall Flefhy Bodied Mufcle, Ipringing from the Internal Pro- tuberance of the Os Humeri, here Expreft. G, The Tendon of the Radialis Flexor Carpiy whole De- feription may be feen Fab. 67-, <58. H, The Tranfverfe Ligament of the Carpus. I, The Abduttior Pollicis Arilingfrom the Ligamentum Franf- verfale Carpi, and Ending at the Superior and External Part of the Second Bone of the Thumb. It draws the Thumb from the Fingers, whence it derives its Name. K, Th z Palmaris Brevis, or Caro Mufculofa Quadrat a; This fprings from the External Part of the Os Metacarpi Minimi Digitiy with a Thin Tendon Encompafling the External Part of the AbduClor Minimi Digiti becoming a Thin Difgrcgated Flefhy Mufcle in the Palm, as it is here Reprefented ; it paftes under the Tendon of the Palmaris Longus, to its Tendi- nous Termination in the Eighth Bone of the Carpus. This Hollows the Palm by drawing the Bale of the Thumb or Mons Luna, and Metacarpal Bone of the Little Finger, nearer each other. LMNOP, The Thumb and Four Fingers, with Part of the Skin remaining on them. Q, The Head of the Os Plumeri which was Articulated with the Scapula. RRR, The Blood-Veflels and Nervespalling withinfide the Arm, between the Mufculus Biceps and Gemellus, of which the Former efpecially the Arteries are to be Compreft in the time of Amputation; which may be perform d with the Fingers only, without any Comprefs or Boulfters under them; or with the hard Twilling of a Ligature, which fome ufe : The Compreflion being thereby the more ealily Com- manded, to let the Arterious Blood pafs out in Order to Dif* cover the Divided Large Arteries, lo that they may be taken hold of with the Ends of the Forceps and Tid ; which Practice we can’t but Recommend in Amputations, or in other Cafes where Large Fluxes of Blood happen. Nor have I found any conliderable Inconveniency to the Patient, tho the Trunk of the Nerve has been alio Tid up with the Ar- tery, which the Diligent Operator may very eafily avoid. S, Part of the Mufculus Deltoides. T, Part of the Gemellus or Biceps Externus. _ V V, The Tendinous Part of the Mufculus Supinator Radn Longus. W, The Flexor Carpi Ulnar is. X, Part of the Mufculus Flexor Digitorum Perforatus. Y, The AbduBor Minimi Digiti. Z, Flexor Primi & Secundi Ojjis Pollicis ; It Ariles Flefhy from the Ligamentum Franfverfale Carpiy Bones of the Carpus at the Bottom of the Mons LunF, Pronator Radii Teres. The Lower Part of the Bicipital Mufcle. T. (y~ 'lies'. THE SIXTY-EIGHTH TABLE. ■ H E Mufcles Bending left at their Infertions. d, d, The Six Inter-Of- fei Mufcles free’d from between the Metacarpal Bones, and left at their Infertions in Conjun&ion with the Tendons of the Extenfor Digit orum Communis. Thefe draw the Fingers to each other, and Affift in Extending them, e, The Fore-finger. A, The Pronator Radii Teres, or Rotundus : It Arifes from the Internal Protuberance of the Os Humeri, and in its Oblique Defcent, Cleaves to the Flexor Carpi Radialis, Leflening its felf at its Infertion a little above the Middle of the Ra- dius Externally. Its Name declares its Office, and Figure. B, The Pronator Radii Qupdratus, or Inferior Quadrat us: It Arifes from the Lower and Inner Part of the Ulna, and palfes Tranfverfly over the Ligament, joining the Radius to the Ulna, and is Inferted to the Superior and External Part of the Radius. Its Name intimates its Ufe, and Figure. C, The Supinator Radii Longus. D, The Supinator Radii Brevis; left at its In- fertion, which is here truly Expreft. E, Flexor Carpi Radialis : It Arifes Flelhy from the Internal Protuberance of the Os Humeri, Cleaves to the Pronator Radii Teres A; in Half its Progrefs, becomes Tendinous, and runs under the Annular Ligament, and is Inferted to the Up- per Part of the Os Metacarpi ; which Suftains the Fore-finger as here Expreft. F, The Little Finger. G, The Firft Bone of the Thumb made bare. H, The Adductor Pollicis ad Dorfum UManus, and 'AbduCtor Judicis Rais’d both together. I,K, The AbduCtor Minimi Digiti: This we have often fcen, as its here Reprefented, Divided into Two, and Ibmetimes Three Diftincl Alufeles, and each of a differing Order of Fibres : It Arifes Firft from the Ligamentum Tranfverfale, and Fourth Bone of the Carpus ; Secondly from the Third Bone of the Carpus’, Thirdly and Laft- ly from the Superior Part of the Subjacent Os Metacarpi : The Two Firft, Terminate at the Superior Part of the Firft Bone of the Little Finger Forwards : The Latter Ends at the fame Part of the faid Bone Internally and Laterally. L, The Flexor Tollicis Longus: This we have Obferv’d to have a Twofold Beginning; theFirft and Superior of which is Sharp, but loon Grows Flelhy at the Internal Protuberance of the Os Humeri, between the Per for at us and Perforans: This Flelhy Body becoming Tendinous, again joins with the Middle Tendon of its other Large Head. The Second and Inferior Origin of this Mufcle is that Part of it commonly Defcrib’d and here Figur’d. It Arifes with a Double Older of Flelhy Fibres from immediately below the Supe- rior Part of the Radius, which Unite in a Mid- dle Line or Tendon, not unlike theFibrilhe of a Feather joining to their Stamina; and before it palles over the Articulation of the Carpus, and under the Tranfverfe Ligament, it Compofes a fomewhat Flat Strong Tendon, running in an In- terftice in the Mufculi Flexor Trimi, and Secun- di Internodii Tollicis, to its Implantation at the Superior Part of the Third Bone of the Thumb. M, P, O', Flexor Primi S: Secundi Of is Polli- cis : It Arifes from the Ligamentum Tranjverfa- le Carpi, and Bones of the Carpus at the Bafts of the Mans Luna, and Os Metacarpi that Suftains the Middle Finger, and is Inferted to the OJfa Sefamoidea of the Second Internode, and partly to the Firft Bone of the Thumb. Its Actions are Various according to the Diverlity of its Series of Fibres. So it Bends the Firft and Second Bones of the Thumb either Dire&ly or Oblique- ly towards the Carpus and Vola Mams. N, N, &c. The AbduCtor and Part of the Fle- xor Secundi Internodii Tollicis Rais’d together. Q, The Ulnaris Flexor Carpi : This like the Radialis derives its Origin from the Internal Pro- tuberance of the Os Humeri, as alfo from the Superior and External Part of the Ulna, and is partly Inferted in fome Subje&s to the Fourth Bone of the Carpus; but molt commonly it paf- fes farther on, and runs under the Tranfverfe Li- gament, and is Implanted to the Upper Part of the Os Metacarpis that Suftains the Little Fin- ger. Its Name denotes its Imployment. R, The Biceps left at its Infertion to the Ra- dius. S, The Brach'ueus Internus. T, The Internal Tubercle of the Os Humeri. V, The Ulna made bare. W, The Radius. X, The Ligament between the Ulna and Ra- dius. THE SIXTY-NINTH TABLE. aE P R E S ENTS the External Mufcles lying on the Cubit, imploy’d in Extending the Fingers, Thumb and Carpus. The Skin with the Parts annex’d, Rais’d. B, The Elbow, which Bidloo Erroneoufly calls the External Hpophyfis of the Os Humeri. C, The External Protuberance of the Os Humeri, which Bidloo (in like Manner) calls the Internal Hpophyfis of that Bone. D, F, The Radialis Extenfor Carpi : This has Two Beginnings, and does indeed reprelent Two diftinct MufclesThe Uppermoft (F) ariies imme- diately above the External Protuberance of the Os Humeri, below the Supinator Radii Longus; The other Beginning is beneath the former, either from the Hpex of the Extuberance of the Os Humeri, or Superiour Part of the Radius, Both its Tendons, marching under the Extenfores Pollicis, run under the Annular Ligament, and are Inferted to the Superiour Part of the Offa Metacarpi of the Fore and Middle Fingers. Fid. Tab. 71. F,I. E, The Extenfor Carpi Ulnaris : This Arifes from the External Protuberance of the Os Hume- ri, as alfo from the Upper Part of the Ulna, and is Inferted to the Metacarpal Bone of the Little Finger. If this and the Ulnaris Flexor, Aft, they move the Hand Sideways towards the Ulna • and in like Manner, if the Radialis Flexor and Extenfor, Aft, they move it towards the Radius G, Extenfor 'Digitorum Communis, by fome call’d CnemodaQilius; It fprings from the Outward Extuberance of the Os Humeri between the Exten fores Carpi, and its Tendons pafs under the Annular Ligaments between the Lower Parts of the Ulna and Radius, marching feparately over the Back of the Hand, do tranfmit Tendinous Filaments to each other, before they pafs the Firft Internodes of each Finger, and are Inferted to the Firft, Second, and Third Bones of the Fore, Middle and Third Fingers. There being no Force requir’d in Extending the Fingers, we need not wonder that the Mufcles imploy’d in that Office are no larger in Proportion to their Antagonifts. H, The Extending Mufcles of the Thumb, which are diftinftly Expreft in the following Tables. I, Part of the Tendon of the Mufculus Indicator. K Inferior, Abductor Miami Digiti. K Superior, The Lower End of the Ulna, next the Carpus B, its Upper Part call’d Olecranum. L, The Annular Ligament. M, Extenfor Minimi pigiti, Defcrib’d in the following Table. N, Part of the Ulnaris Flexor. O, The Unconcern : It Arifes Flelhy from the Inferior and Back Part of the Os Humeri and growing Thicker as it Marches between the Superior Ends oftheUlna and Radius, is Inferted to the lateral Part of the Ulna, a Thumbs Length below the Olecranum, or Elbow. This Affiftsin Extending the Cubit. P, Part of the Supinator Radii Longus : This Arifes Broad and Flelhy from the External Part of the Os Humeri, Three Finger’s Breadth below the Termination of the Deltoides; and Defending Obliquely, it gradually leflens its felf, and makes a Flat, Broad Tendon, which likewife "rows Narrower till it’s Inferted to the External and Inferior Part of th q Radius, near the Car-bus* Fid Tab. 68. C. Q, Part of the Gemellus, which is fometimes continuous with the Anconceus. R, Part of the Brachiceus Internus. S, Part of the Biceps Cubiti. 7'6S 'Tiro THE SEVENTIETH TABLE. ■ I V E R S Mufcles which Extend the Carpus, Fingers, and Thumb; fomewhat Separated from each other and Rais'd. A, The Firft Internode of the Fore-Finger. B, The Firft Intel node of the Little-Finger. C Inferior, The Second Internode or Bone of the Thumb. C Superior, The Mufcuius Extenfor Tertii Jnternodii Pollicis • This has a Broad partly Fleihy Origination from the Ulna, inv mediately below the Beginning of the Extenfor Primi Jnternodii, or between it and Adjudicator, as alfo from the Ligament between the laft nam’d Bone and Radius, whence Defcending Obliquely becomes Tendinous, as it Marches in a Proper Sinus on the Inferior appendix of the Radius, wherein it’s Enclos’d by an Annular Ligament, palling over the T wo Tendons of the Radians Extenfor, to its Implantation at the Superior Part of the Third Bone of the Thumb. D D, The Extenfor Digitorum Communis. EF, Its Tendons palfing over the Firft and Second Joints of the Fingers, here fupported with a Pen. GG, The Radialis Extenfor ftretch’d out with a Pair of Compafles. H H, The Ulnaris Extenfor. I, The Anconaus. K, The Extenfor Minimi Digiti Proprius: This Arifes partly Tendinous at the Extremity of the External Protuberance of the Os Humeri, and partly Fleihy from the Superior Part of the Ulna, between the Extenfor Communis Digitorum, and Ulnaris Extenfor; and becoming Tendinous as it pafles under the Ligamen- tum at the Carpus, where it is Divided into Two, fometimes Three Ten- dons, which are again United near their Infertions to the Firft, Second, and Third Bones of the Little Finger. L, Part of the Ulnaris Flexor. M, The Upper Epiphyfis of the Ulna. N, The Mufculus Judicator, or Extenfor Judicis Proprius : This Arifes Fleihy from the External Part of the Ulna next the Radius, immediately below the Ex- tenfor es Pollicis, and in its Oblique Defcent becomes Tendinous, Running under the Annular Ligament on a Sinus, in the Lower Part of the Radius, and pafles over the Os Metacarpi Judicis, joins with the Tendon of the Extenfor Communis Digitorum, and is Inferted with it. O O, The Extenfores Secundi Sc Tertii Jnternodii Pollicis. P, The Lower Part of the Ulna. QQQ, The Inter-OJfei. R, The Abductor UMinimi Digiti. S, The Adductor Pollicis ad Dorfurn 'JManus. THE SEVENTY-FIRST TABLE. 8H E W S the Mufcles Employ’d in Extending the Carpus, and Fingers, Rais’d, and left at their Infertions. A, The Radius made bare. B, The Ulna made bare. C, The Upper End of the Radius, Articulated with the Ox D, The Ligament joining the Ulna and Radius together. E, The UMufculus Ulnavis Extenfor. F, I, c c, Radialis Extenfor : I, by Bidloo is Erroneoully call’d Extenfor Judicis. G, Supinator Radii Brevis: The Origin of this Mufcle is here well Exprefl and its Infertion, Tab. 68. D. H, Part of the Extenfor Bigitorum Communis. K, Extenfor UMinimi Bigiti Troprius. L Superior, Extenfor Tertii Internodii Tollicis. M M, The Bones of the Carpus. NNN, The OJfa Metacarpi. 0 O, Extenfores Trimi & Secundi Internodii Bollicis, which derive their Origina- tions from the Ulna, like the Extenfor Tertii Internodii, and arelnfertedtothere- fpedtive Bones of the Thumb. P, Part of the Extenfor Communis Digitorum, together with the Judicator. Q, The Tendinous Origin of the Ulnaris Flexor, cut from the Ulna. R, The Ligament Rais’d which Inclofes the OJfa Carpi at their Articulations, with the Radius. S, The Adductor Bollicis ad Borfum Manus: It Arifes from the Lower Part of the Os Metacarpi of the Fore-finger, andDefcends Obliquely to its Broad Termination at the Superior Part of the Firft Bone of the Thumb. T, The cAbductor Minimi Bigiti. VVV, The. Inter-OJfei. T.ji. r-r -*-*/■ THE SEVENTY-SECOND TABLE. S the Arm, Cubit, and Hand are compre- iPSvArJifS hended under the Title of the Whole Hand; fo the Thigh, Leg and Foot, are in common call’d, the Foot. The Bones of thofe Parts are Reprefented, Tab. 103, 104, 1 oy. where we fliall fpeak of the particular Denominations of the Parts laft mention d : Our Bulinels at prelent being to Explain the Mulcles which move the Bones ; Firft of the Mulcles which move the Thigh-Bone. The Skin and Fat of the Buttocks beinf* Rais’d, the Mulcle which Firft offeis its lelf to View, is the Glutceus Major, here Rais d and laid alide to fhew its Inferior Surface (A.) The Superior or External Surface of this Mufcle Appears Compos’d of divers Mufcles, in whole Interfiitia the Fat is Inferted, and requires an Artificial Ma- nagement of the Knife in freeing the Mufcle of it, fo as to leave no Part of the Fat behind, nor Wound the Flelhy Fi- bres of the Mufcle. A,BB,C, The Glutceus Major Rais’d and Turn’d Down- ward. This Mulcle is not well Defcrib’d by Anatomifis, they only mentioning its Flelhy Part here Expreft; befides which, it has a Large Broad Tendinous Part, Springing from the Whole External Margin of the Spine of the Os Ilium (O O) next the Mufculus Communis of the Membranofus, whence March- ing over the External Part of the Glutceus Medius (D); at the Great Trochanter (E E), it meets with the Flelhy Part of this Mulcle, Ariling from the Pofterior Part of the Spine of the Os Ilium, hindermoft Part of the Sacrum Laterally, and Os Coccygis, and Cleaving to the Broad Ligament that s Extended between the Two laft mention’d Bones and Tubercle of the Os IJchium; its Flelhy Fibres Defend Dilgregately in an ai- moft Semicircular Manner, and become Tendinous as they approach the Great Trochanter where its United with its Firft Delcrib’d Tendinous Beginning, which together De- fending over the Great Trochanter, joins with the Tendon of the Membranofus (of which hereafter,) and proceeds to Frame a Large, Thick, Strong Tendon (C,) Inferted to the Linea Afpera on the Back of the Os Femoris, near Four Fingers Breadth below the Great Rotator. The Firft Delcrib’d Tendinous Origin of this Mufcle, do’s not only lerve to fupport its Flelhy Body, but its Fibres Ex- tending themfelves, Interfcd: thole of the Membranofus as they Cover all the Mufcles of the Tibia, do more Adequate- ly Include thole Mulcles, and Corroborate them in their Actions; as we have eifewhere Oblerv’d of the Mulcles of the Cubit and Fingers. When this Mulcle A The iftus Externus partly cover’d with the Tendinous Expanfion of the Memhrcmofus. K, The Tendon of the Membranofus on the Vaftus. L,M, The Two Prominencies of the Lower Appendix of the Thigh-bone, of which the Internal (M) is furrow d to receive the Round Tendon of the Semimem- branofus. N, The Trunks of the Blood-Veflels cut off in the Ham. O, Part of the Crural Nerve. P P, The I wo Fleffiy Beginnings of the Gaflerocnemius Externus. 4.' . f / 'T.jS- THE SEVENTY-EIGHTH TABLE. E PRES ENTS the Mufcles on the Back-part of the Thigh ID 1111 111; padiyfrete d fr°m each °ther' and leftat their Originations of the Glutceus MajoT. PB, Biceps Femoris iu Situ .* It having Two Beginnings4 the Superior and Longeft of which, Arii'es from the Protu- yg? berance of the Os IJchium (G), in its Defcent becomes Large and Flelhy, and Leflening it felf, joins with the Inferior and Shorter Head, which Springs partly Flelhy and partly Tendinous from the Linen of the Os Femoris, immediately below the Termination of the Glutaus Magnus; foon after thefe Two Heads or Beginnings of this Mufcle are United, it becomes Tendinous as it Defcends in a Channel on the External Part of the Lower appendix of the Os Femoris, and is Implanted to the Superior Epiphyfis of the Fibula. r r Befides the Office commonly Affign’d, this Mufcle together with the Seminer- vofus and Semimembranofus ; it’s likewife Imploy’d in Turning the Leg together with the Foot, &c. Outwards in Sitting with the Leg Bended. C C, The Semimembranofus remov’d from its Proper Situation. D D, The Seminervofus in like Manner Rais’d, and left at its Origination and Infertion: This Arifes from the fame Protuberance of the Os IJchium (G), with the Upper Beginning of the Biceps and Origin of the Semimembranofus (CC), and De- fending Obliquely Inward after making a Flelhy Belly, Compofes a Round Ten- don above the Ham, which Defcends to its Infertion with the Gracilis and Sartorius, below the Upper Appendix of the Tibia Internally. E, The Pofterior Part of the Thigh-Bone. F F, Parts of the Gafterocnemius Externus. G, The Protuberance of the Os Ifchium where the Bending Mufcles of the Tibia above-mention d do Arife. H> Part of Triceps. I, The Great Crural Nerve. THE SEVENTY-NINTH TABLE. XPRESSES Parts of fome Mufcles remaining on the Fore- part of the Thigh-Bone. c|5 A A, The Fore-part of the Thigh-Bone. rei3P$jS ® B, Part of the Crureus Mufcle Rais’d from the Os Femo- b b, A Portion of the Crureus Hill remaining on the Thigh- q Internal Part of the Fatetta, or Knee-pan. D, The Infide of the Tendon of all the Extending Mufcles of the Tibia United above the ‘Patella. EE, The Mucilaginous Glandules of the Knee. The Situation of thefe Glan- dules as well as others of this Kind, is fo Contriv’d in the feveral Articulations of Bones to which they belong, as that they are not liable to be Compreft by the Appolition of the Bones in their Various Motions : Nor are they Deftitute of fuch a Compreflure as is Neceflary to Accelerate their Mucilaginous or Slimy Juice, when Lodg’d in their Excretory Tubes. The Tubes or Excretory Duels of thefe Glands, do not Difcharge their Contents like thofe of the Fauces, by open Apertures; but are Carri’d beyond the Surface of their Glands, and Frame a Fimbria or Fringe-like Appearance, which hangs Loofe or Flaggy in the Sinus’s of the Articulations : This Contrivance in thefe Excretory Tubes of the Mucilaginous Glands of the Joints, is not only Neceffary to Defend their Mouths from being Oppreft by the Mucilage contain’d in the Sinus’s of the Articulations in its Endeavour to Return again; but the too Plentiful Excretion of this Muci- lage is alfo prevented, and fuch a Quantity only Emitted as is Neceflary to Lu- bricate the Articulations in their Refpeclive Motions. Hence it Appears as in Violent Repeated Motions of the Bones, there is a greater Expence of the Muci- lage, fo there is a conftant Supply in Proportion to that Expence. F, The Head of the Thigh-Bone taken out of the Acetabulum, or Cavity of the Hip-Bone. G, The Ligamentum Latum, or Broad Ligament of the Coxendix, which Involv'd the Articulation of the Thigh-Bone with the Hip, here cut from the Margin of the Acetabulum, and left at its Connexion to the Neck of the Thigh-Bone. H, Part of the Great Trochanter. The Mufcles Adjacent to thefe Parts laft mention’d, are here fo confufedl.y Expreft, as no Explanation of them can be Aflerted. r. r .4. T.So. ' THE EIGHTIETH TABLE. H E Mufcles on the Fore-part of the Leg lying under the ■ A, The Upper-part of the Tibia next the Patella which Compofes the Knee. E, The Tendons of the UMufculi Peronei in their Progrefs towards their Infertions, as is Expreft in the following Table. C, The Lower appendix of the Fibula, call'd Malleolus Ex- Dj The UMufculus Tibialis in Situ : Spigelius calls it Mufculus Catena, be- caufe when it is Divided, the Patient is Oblig’d to Ufe a Sling to Support the Foot for fome time. I have more than once feen this Mufcle Divided, whether by Ignorantly Mis-applying of Caufticks on Nodes of the Tibia, or in the Cafe of a Fradlure of that Bone, and the Patient after fome Time has Recover’d the com- pleat Action of Lifting up his Foot, by the Extenfor Poliicis Pedis, H: The Tibialis aAnticus derives its Flelhy Origin from the Lower-part of the Superior Apendage of the Tibia between its Prominence, where the Great Tendon of all the Extending Mufcles of the Leg is Inferted, and the Origination of the UMufculus Extenfor Digitorum Pedis Longus feu Magnus; it alfo continues a Difgregated Flelhy Origi- nation for near Two Thirds of the Superior Part of the Tibia Externally La- terally, next the Fibula; which Competing a Flelhy Belly, Leflens its felf in Half its Pro° refs, and Growing into a Strong and fomewhat Round Tendon, Defcends Obliquely over the Inferior Part of the Tibia, and under the Annular Ligament, and is Inferted to the Superior and Internal Part of the Os MetarfiPoliicis. This pulls the Foot Upwards and Forwards, Directly. E, The Peronceus Longus. F, The Extenfor Digitorum Pedis Lmgus. G, Part of the Tendons of the Extenfor Digitorum Brevis. H, The Tendon of the CMufculus Extenfor Poliicis Longus. I, Part of the Gafterocnemius Externus. N.B. That the Mufcles are Expreft in this Figure under the Fafcia Lata; which like a Bandage retains their Tendons in their Proper Situation, in Order to Perform their Offices in Extending the Toes and drawing the Foot Upwards. In the following Figure the Fafcia Lata is taken off, and the UMufcles are Reprefentedmore Dijlincl, being partly Se- parated, and their Tendons Rais d. Part of the Gafterocnemius Internus is Expreft in this Figui e between E, and I. T H E EIGHTY-FIRST TABLE. ■ I V E R S Mufcles on the Fore-part of the Leg, partly Divided from each A, The Superior Apophyfis of the Tibia, to which the Tendons of the Extending Mufcles (after joining with the Patella) are Inferred. B, The Upper appendix of the Fibula. D, The Heel or Os Calcis. E, The Mufculus Tibialis cAnticus. F, The Extenfor Digitorum Magnus or Longus, it being the Largeft and Longeft Mufcle that Extends the Toes : This hath an Acute Flelhy Begin- ning Externally from the Inferior Part of the Upper Appendix of the Tibia next the Fibula; as alio a Long Flelhy one from the Superior Part of the laft Nam’d Bone, and Leflening it felf in Half its Pro- grefs on the Leg, it joins with a Second Broad, Difgregated Flelhy Beginning, continued for near Half the Inferior Part of the Fibula ; where Defcending under the Ligament inn Annulare of the Talus, it is Divided into Five Tendons, Four of which are Inferted to the Third Bones of all the Lefler Toes ; but the Fifth is Implanted on the Superior Part of the Os Metatarfi of the Little Toe; which Part of it, Vefalius makes his Ninth Mufcle belonging to the Foot. G, The Extenfor Digitorum Brevis: It Arifeth Flelhy from the External and Fore-part of the Os Calcis, foon Dilating it felf to a Flelhy Belly, which being Divided into Four Flelhy Portions, be- come fo many Tendons, palling over the Upper-part of the Foot, make Acute Angles with the Tendons of the Former Mufcle, as they run over the Firft Internode of each Lefler Toe, to their Infertions at the Superior Part of their Second Internodes. H, The Extenfor Pollicis Tedis Longus & Magnus : It being the Longeft and Largeft Extender of the Great Toe: Its Beginning is Large and Flelhy on the Fore-part of the Fibula, from immediately below its Superior Appendix, to Four Finger s Breadth above its Inferior one; and Defcending un- der the ligament um Annulare of the Tar [us, between the Tendon of the Tibialis Anticus, and the Tendons of the Extenfor Pedis Longus, Marching along the Superior Part of the Foot; it’s Inferted to the Upper-part of the Second Bone of the Great Toe; its Name declares its Ufe. I, The Peroneus Trimus feu Magnus in Situ: In the following Table it’s Rais’d from its Origin, and left at its Infertion. K, The Skin on the Bottom of the Foot, call’d Plant a Tedis, taken off L L, A Style or Bodkin Supporting the Tendons of the Extenfor Digitorum Longus. M, The Lower Appendix of the Fibula, call’d Malleolus Externus. N, Part of the Bone, call’d Talus and Aftragalus made bare, fo that its Cartilaginous Surface that is Articulated with the Inferior Part of the Tibia and Fibula, may be feen. O, The Mucilaginous Gland of the Tarfus Entertain’d in the Large Cavity or Interftitium, Fram’d between the Talus and Oblong Tubercle of the Os Calcis; the Ufe of which Cavity and Mucus, is ta- ken Notice of by Realdus Columbus Lib. I. Cap. xxxn. to Moiften the Articulation of the Bones, leaft they become Dry by their frequent Motion. P, The Tendon of the Peroneus Longus Marching behind the Malleolus Externus, in its Way to its Infertion in the Bottom of the Foot. Q, Part of the Tendon of the Teroneus Secundus. R, The Extenfor Tollicis Brevis in Situ. S, Part of the Gafterocnemius Externus. * v/ T, Part of the Internus. N. B. That the Fafcia Membranofa which Helps to Compole the Annular Ligament, between the Two Malleoli and Upper-part of the Foot or Tarfus, commonly, call'd the Inftep, is here taken off from its Continuance near Half Fe Lower-part of the Tibia, that of the Upper-part of the Leg or 1 i- bia remaining on, as is well ExpreSl in this Figure. T.8j. r. 82. \ i THE EIGHTY-SECOND TABLE. SHEWS the Extending Mufcles of the Toes, together with divers Imploy’d in the Motion of the Foot Diilccted from their Originals, and left at their A, Thelnfide of the Tibialis zsfnticus free’d from the Tibia. B, The Peroneus Secundus, by fome call’d Semifibulceus: It has an Acute Flelhy Beginning from above the Middle of the External Part of the Fibula, under the Flelhy Belly of the Peroneus Longus, continuing to derive a Dif- gregated Flelhy Beginning from the Pofterior Sharp Edge of the Fibula, Compofing a Flelhy Belly; it Grows Tendinous as it pafles behind the Malleolus Externus, under the Tendon of the Peroneus Longus, and is In- ferted to the Superior and External Part of the Os Metatarfi of the Little Toe. This draws the Foot Outwards. C, The Peroneus Primus or Longus, fo call’d becaufe it is the Firft that offers its felf to View, and the Longeft Mufcle plac’d on the Os Terone or Fibula; it Arifes Externally Tendinous, and Internal- ly Flelhy, from above Half the Superior Part of the Fibula, Defcending fomewhat Backwards, Com- pofes a Strong Flat Tendon, which becomes fomewhat Round as it Marches in a Channel on the Mal- leolus Externus; whence it s Inflected Forwards (Tab. 81. P,) Accompaning the Tendon of the Pero- neus Secundus to itslnfertion (Tab. Ibid. Q,) ; where the Tendon of this Mufcle leaves it, and pro- ceeds to March over the Os Cuboides or Spongiofum, and under the sJbdnctor Minimi Digiti; whence it paffes in Tlanta Pedis, between the Oja Cuneformia and Tendons of the Mufcles Bending the Toes, to its Implantation at the Superior and Hindmoft Part of the Os EMelatarfi of the Great Toe, as is Expreft, Tab. 86. Fig. i. M, Ibid. Fig. 2. F. This Contrivance in Nature in conveying the Tendon of thfs Mufcle, not only over the Lower ap- pendix of the Fibula, but on the Os Spongiofum (as a Rope on a Double Pully) is very conliderable in refpeCl to its Office; for lince the Ball of the Great Toe (to which Part this Tendon is Inferted) is Necelfary for the Center of Gravity to the Whole Body ; it is an Inftance of the Skill of the Divine Architect fo to Difpofe of this Inftrument, which brings that Center towards a Perpendicular Bearing (which Necelfarily Projects from the Fulciment or Tibia), by adding this Double Pully; which Com- pofing Angles of Contortion do’s Reciprocally Augment the Force of making the Ball of the Great Toe Approach towards a right Bearing with the Tibia; and by this means fuftains the Weight of the Body, tho it is not in a DireCt Pofition with the Gravity of the Whole. D, The Extenfor Digit on mi Pedis Longus. E E E, &c. Its Five Tendonslnferted to the Extream Internode of the LelTer Toes; Two of which go to the Little Toe, as here Expreft. ' e, One of the Tendons of the Extenfor Digitorum zMagnus, Implanted on the Os Metatarfi of the Little Toe. F, The Extenfor Digitorum Pedis Brevis. fff, Its Tendons. G, The Extenfor Pollicis Longus, H, The Extenfor Pollicis Brevis. I, ThsTibia. LLL,6 The Bones of the Tarfus Connected to each other, and the Offa Metatarfi, by Liga- merits M The Great Ligament of the Articulation of the Tarfus, with the Tibia and Fibula Divided, to ffiew the Upper Cartilaginous Surface of the Os Tali or Mflragalus. N N, &c. The Mufculi Inter-Offei lying between the Bones of the Metatarfus. O, The Abduttor Minimi Digiti. ...... , _ . r , 7„ , P, Part of the Flexor Pollicis Longus remaining in Situ on the Back-part of the tibula. Q Part of the Gafterocnemius Internus. r’ The Trunks of the Nerves and Blood-Veflels which are Infervient to the Mufcles on the p 5 t f the Tibici *The Ligament between the Tibia and Fibula which Diftinguifhes the Mufcles of the Fore-part from thofe behind. T H E EIGHTY-THIRD TABLE. is alfo call’d Flexor Secundi Internodii Tigitorum Pedis, from its Ufe, and Sub hr, its from its Situa- tion: It Springeth from the Inferior and Internal Part of the Os Calcis, between the Mufcnli Ab- duclores of the Greater and Lefter Toes, Dilating it felf to a Flefhy Belly; after it hath pafs’d the Middle of th t Plant a Tedis j it is Divided into Four Flefhy Portions, which become fo many Tendons, and are Divided near their Termina- tions to Admit the Tendons of the following Mufcles or Perforatus, to pafs thro them to their Infertions; thefe Tendons being United again, pafs Underneath the Perforantes to their Implan- tations at the Upper-part of the Second Bone of each Letlcr Toe. H H, The Tendons of the Perforans palling thro’ the Divifions of thofe of the Perforatus laft Defcrib’d. I, The Tendon of the Flexor Tollicis Eon- gus. K, The Abductor Tollicis, fo call’d from its Office : It Arifes partly Tendinous and partly Flefhy from the Internal and Lateral Part of the Os Calcis, and in Half its Progrefs Compofes a Tendon which joins with another Beginning, Springing from the Os Cuniforme Majus, and Naviculare \ both Marching Forwards make one Tendon at its Infertion to the External Part of the Os Sefamoides of the Great Toe Laterally; It draws the Great Toe from the reft. L, TheAbduftorMinimi Tigitij thisMufcle is Outwardly Tendinous and Inwardly Flefhy in its Origin at the External Part of the Os Calcis, and becoming Tendinous in Half its Progrefs on the Outfide of the Foot; it joins a Second Flefhy beginning of this Mufcle, Springing from the Superior and External Part of the Os Metatarfi of the Little Toe, makes one Tendon at its In- fertion to the Upper-part of the Firft Bone of the Little Toe Externally Laterally. M, The Internal Malleolus. N, The Tendon of the Tibialis Anticus. O, The Tendon of the Gafterocnemii. P, Part of the Small Long Tendon of the Mufculus Plantaris, in its Defcent towards the Bottom of the Foot. Q, Part of the Gafterocnemius Interims or Soleus. Note, That Tart of the Flexor Digitorum Pe- dis Perforans and Flexor Pollicis, may be feen in this Pofit ion of the Tart between M and if, but the Membranes not being taken off (in the Sub- jell whence this Figure was taken) thofe CMuf cles are here Exprest very Objcurely. ■ EPRESENTS divers External Mufcles of the Leg and Bottom of the which Helps to Compofe the Internal Lateral B, The Body of the Tibia. C, The Os Calcis. ■ D, Part of the Mufculus Topliteus Inferted to the Upper and Internal Part of the Tibia. E, The Gaflerocnemius Evternus, fo call’d, be- caufe it’s the External Mufcle which Helps to Compofe the Calf of the Leg: Veflingms Diftin- guifhes this here Expreft, with its Companion on the Outfide of the Calf, by the Name of Gafleroc- nemius, and the Subjacent Mufcle, he calls Soleus, from its Figure being like that of the Sole-Fifh, which Others, as Spigelius, &c. call Gaflerocnemius Internus. This External Mufcle is alfo call’d Ge- mellus, it being as it were Double ; it having Two Diftindt Flefliy Originations, from the Su- perior and Hindmoft Parts of each Tubercle of the Lower Apendage of the Thigh-bone; which in their Defcent are each Dilated into Two Large Flelhy Bellies: The Innermoft of which is Thick- eft, and Largeft ; each of thefe Flefliy Bellies having a Differing Series of Fibres, join to each other, near where they make a Broad Strong Tendon, which Narrowing it felf, joins with the Great Tendon of the Gaflerocnemius Internus, Four Finger’s Breadth above its Infertion to the Os Calcis. Riolan Aflerts with Vefalius, That in the Two Beginnings of this Mufcle, there are Two Ofiicula Sefamoidea; which we muft Acknow- ledge with Marchette, have hitherto Efcap’d our Obfervation, tho’ it’s likely it may be fo in Aged Bodies; as Appear’d in a Subject I lately Diffedted, on one Side only. When this Mufcle Adis, the Foot is faid to be Extended or pull’d Backwards, which Motion of it is very Neceflary in Walking, Running, Leap- ing, and Standing on Tiptoe, &c. Hence it is thofe that Walk much, have thefe Mufcles Larger than others, thro’ the frequent Ufe of them, and a- mongft whom thofe that carry heavy Burthens, and efpecialiy Sedans or Chairs in this Town; and thofe who wear Low-heel’d Shoes have thefe Mufcles Remarkably Larger than others. F, The Tendinous Expanfion of the Mufculus Tlantaris free’d from the Bottom of the Foot. G, The Terforatus, fo call’d, becaufe its Ten- dons are Perforated like thofe of the Fingers. It t/ T-8*- THE EIGHTY-FOURTH TABLE. E^NT.S Jhe Diilected from their Ori- S‘na|st and left at their l'ior Heads of the Thigh- B Part of One of the Semilunary Cartilages plac’d in the Articulation of the Thigh-bone with the Tibia ; this Cartilage together with that on the other Side of this Articulation, Frame Two Shallow Cavities on the Tibia, which receive the Prominencies of the Two Inferior Heads ol the Thigh-bone : Thefe Semilunary Cartilages are Thick and Large, Externally towards the Surface of the Tibia, to which they are Conne&ed and Gradually become Thinner as they Approach the Center of the Upper-part of the Tibia j their Figure very aptly Reprefents a Half-Moon j their Office is very confiderable in preventing thofe frequent Luxations and Dislocations which this Part, on very flight Occafions, would otherwife be Incident to ; for which End thefe Semiluna- ry Cartilages are Connected to the Broad Liga- ment which Inverts this Articulation; which Li- gament is very well Expreft in this Figure, it being partly taken off from the Hinder-part of the Articulation, to fhew the Two Heads of the Thigh-bone. C; The Mufculus Popliteus, by fome call'd Sub- popllteus: It Arifeth with a Short Strong Tendon from the External Head of the Inferior cAppen- dix of the Os Femoris, whence Defcending Ob- liquely over the Junfture, it becomes Flefhy or more and more Expanding it felf, till its Im- planted to the Superior Part of the Tibia Inter- nally, immediately below its Upper Appen- dix (a) : This Mufcle not only Aflifts the reft Imploy d in Bending the Tibia, but it is Advan- tageoufly Situated to Antagonize the Biceps Fe- TYiovis, when the Leg or Lnee is Bended in Turn- ing the Foot and Toes Inwards. D, The Internal Part of the Tibia. e'e, Parts of the .Gafterocnemius Ext emus Diffe&ed from their Originations. p, The Inferior or Internal Surface of the Ga- fterocnemius Internus; where a very Elegant Dif- pofition of its Fibres are Curioufly Expreft, which Appearance I have frequently Obfervd ; but in fome Subjefts, and particularly in One I lately Differed, a quite different Series of Fibres of this Mufcle Offer’d: This Mufcle lies under the Gajte- rocnemius Ext emus and Part of the Plant arts; it’s call’d Soleus from its Figure ; its External Flefhy Part is Cover’d with a Tranfparent Tendinous Ex- panfion, which makes it Appear of a Livid Co- lour ; it Arifes partly Tendinous, but chiefly Flefhy from the Hindmoft Part of the Upper Ap- pendix of the Fibula, and Back-part of the Tibia? immediately below the Termination of the ou popliteus, and Increafmg to a Large Flefhy Belly Compos'd of Various Orders of Fibres, all which being United into a Tendon, join with the Ten- don of the External Mufcle, and are Inferted to the Superior and Hindmoft Part of the Os Calcis. The Talus together with the Toes being as it were a Leaver to the Whole Body, ought therefore to be Attended with Mufcles of great Strength to Extend them; wherefore we find thofe Mufcles fo much to Exceed their Antagonift the Tibieus Anticus, as well in the Advantageous Conftru- 6ture of their Differing Series of Flefhy Fibres, as their Magnitude and Infertion at the Extremity of the Os Calcis; by which means they are not on- ly rendred Serviceable in Walking, Running, and the like; butdoalfo Support the Tibia in Stand- ing, leaft the Weight of the Body fliould make them Incline Forwards at their Articulations with the Bones of the Feet. GG, The Plantaris left at its Origination; or which I rather believe, after Diffe<5tion from thence, and Rais’d, is there again Faftn’d ; its Proper Situation being between the Gafterocne- mius ExternusmA. Internus ; the Latter of which Mufcles could not without Difficulty be taken from its Origination, as is Reprefented in this Table, and the Plant aris left: This Mufcle is fo call’d becaufe its Tendon is Expanded in the Plan- ta Pedis, like that of the Palmaris in the Palm of the Hand : It Arifes Flefhy from the Superior and Back-part of the External Head of the Thigh- bone, immediately under the Outmoft Beginning of the G after ocneniius Externus ; whence De- fcending Obliquely between the Two G after oc- neniii, Compofes a Thin, Long, Flat Tendon, which paffes Out from between the Flefhy Bellies of the laft nam’d Mufcles, and Defcends Inter- nally Laterally by their Great Tendons (as is Ex- preft in the preceding Table P,) and Marches over the Os Calcis, Expanding itfelf on the Sole of the Foot ; where it almoft Infeparably Ad- heres to the Flefhy Body of the Mufculus Flexor !Digitorum Terfor at us, and is Inferted on both Sides the Firft Internodes of each Lefler Toe, and fometimes to that of the Great Toe. The Office of this Mufcle is very Obfcure; its Tendinous Expanfion on the Bottom of the Foot, is chiefly Serviceable in Defending the Subjacent Mufcles, Tendons, Nerves, and Blood-Veflels, from being Compreftin Standing, Walking, <&c. N. B. In fome Bodies the Flefhy Beginning and Long Tendon of this dMufcle is wanting. g, The Tendinous Expanfion of the Tlantaris feparated from the Bottom of the Foot. H, A Large Nerve in its way to the Bottom of the Foot and Toes. I, The Beginning of the Flexor Pollicis in Situ. K K, Part of the Peroneus Secundus. L, The Beginning of the Perforans in Situ. M, The AbduEtor Pollicis. N, The Skin and Fat taken off the Heel and Bottom of the Foot. THE EIGHTY-FIFTH TABLE. ■LL the Mufcles Reprefented in the Preceding Table Rais’d from their Originals, and left at their Infertions. A, The Inferior Part of the •AMufculus Popliteus at its In- fen ion to the Internal and Upper Part of the Tibia. a, The Internal Part of the Knee. B, The Great Bone of the Leg call’d Tibia; C, The Lelfer Bone call’d Fibula. D D, The Two Beginnings of the Gafterocnemius Exterms-, E, its Conjunction with the Internal Gafterocnem Mufcle. F F, The Mufculus Plantaris plac’d between the External and Internal Gafla- rocnem Mufcles G, The Tibialis Pofticus, fo call’d from its Situation on the Back-part of the Ti- bia ; it’s alfo call’d Nauticus, from the Ufe which Mariners make of it in Climbing up their Malls; it’s plac’d under the Flexor Pollicis Longus and Part of the Perfo- rans Digitorum Pedis; in fome Subjects it feems to have Two Flelhy Bellies: This Mulcle remains undivided between the Bones after the Circular Incilion for Am- putations of the Leg below the Knee: It Springs from a partly Tendinous and Flelhy Origination at the Superior and Back-part of the Fibula, as alfo from the Ligament between the Tibia and Fibulae whence Defcending, becomes Tendinous as it runs in a Sinus on the Back-part of the Lower Appendage of the Tibia call’d Malleolus Internus, under an Inclofing Ligament, and is Inferted to the Os Navi- culare: This Draws the Foot Upwards and Inwards. H, The Perforans or Flexor Tertii Internodii Digitorum Pedis; It hath an Acute Flelhy Origination from the Back-part of the Tibia, immediately under the Sub- popliteus, having a Double Order of Flelhy Fibres United to a Middle Tendon like the Flexor Pollicis Longus, but ceafes to be Flelhy as it Marches behind the Malleolus Internus, Running in a Channel over the Internal Part of the Os Cal- cis, and under its Inclofing Ligaments; in Half its Progrefs through the Bottom of the Foot, its Tendon is Divided into Four, which March through the Fi llures of the Tendons of the Perforatus I, and are Inferted to the Third Bones of the Lefler Toes. I, The Perforatus in Situ, Defcrib’d Tab. 85. K, The Flexor Pollicis Pedis Longus is an Antagonill to the Extenfor Longus; It Arifes oppofite to it from the Back-part of the Fibula, with a Double Order of Flelhy Fibres palling to a Middle Tendon; it ceafes to be Flelhy as it pafles over the juncture of the Talus, running through a Channel on the Internal Part of the Os Calcis, its Tendon ftill Marches under the Tendon of the Mufculus Flexor Di- gitornm Longus Perforans, to which it moll commonly joins, and palfes in a De- prelfure made in the Flexor Pollicis Brevis (Elgantly Exprell in this Figure) to its Infertion at the lafb Bone of the Great Toe: Its Name Declares its Office. There are many remarkable Parts Exprell in this Figure, which have been al- ready Explain’d in the preceding Tables, as the Os Calcis made bare, the Malleo- lus Internus, the Mufculus Abduttor Minimi Digiti, &c. Wherefore welhallnotln- fert particular Charaders of them here, as we have done in the foregoing Tables. ■f.Sj T.8& THE EIGHTY-SIXTH TABLE. Fig. I. gparejggjg XHIBITS all theMuf- cles which Appear in the Bottom of the Foot, af- ter the Expanlion of the —Plant arts is remov’d. A B C, The Mu/culus Lumbricahs , by fome d Oarnea Ma/fa in Plant a Pedis-, It Springs Flelhy from the Internal Part of the Os Calcis, and Growing Tendinous, joins with the Tendons of the Terforatus; where Growing Flelhy again, Divides its felf, and Compofes the Four Mufculi Lumbricales FFE, (properly fo call’d from their Figure) ; all which become Tendinous at their Infertions to the Internal Parts of each Lefler Toe, Laterally next the Great Toe : It is alfo call’d Flexor Primi Internodii Digitorum Pedis, from its Ufe. a a a, The Tendons of the Perforans Running thro’ the Fiflures of the Mufculus Perforatus; which is here Diflefted from its Original, and left at its Infertions to the Lefler Toes, that of the Little Toe being wanting. D, Part of the Flexor Pollicis Longus. G, The Abdu&or Minimi Digiti Tedis cut from its Firft Original at the Os Calcis, and left at its Second, at the Metatarfi MinimiDigiti. H, Part of the Plbdu£tonPollicis. I, The Flexor Pollicis Pedis Brevis in its Pro- per Situation. K, The Tranfverfalis Pedis in like Manner in Situ. L, Parts of the Inter-OJfei. M, Part of the Tendon of the Peroneus Lon- gus, in its Way to its Infertion in the Bottom of the Foot. N, The Heel-bone. Fig. 1. A, Between C C, and D, The Flexor Pollicis Brevis: This, as Appears in the preceding Table, feems to be Divided into Two Parts, by the Ten- don of the Long Mufcle Bending the Great Toe pafling over it: It Arifeth from the Os Cunefor- me Medium, and Marching over the Termina- tion of the P°roneus Longus, is Implanted to the Offa Sefamo dea of the Great Toe, which Bones are (like thj Patella) afterwards Tied to the Se- cond Internode of that Toe: Its Name declares its Office. B, The fbdu&or Minimi Digiti cut from its Origin and Pinn’d up. A AAA, The Mufculi Inter-Offei m Situ fome- what Rais’d. ’ C C C, Part of the Mbduttor Tollicis, and Flexor Brews. The y'ldductor Pollicis : This Ariles partly Tendinous and partly Flelhy from the Inferior I art of the Os Cuneforme Tertium, after Com- pofing a Flelhy Belly, is Leflen’d at its Infertion to the Pait of the Outermoft Os Se/amoides of the Great Toe : Its Denomination Exprefles its Ule. E, The Tr anfverfalls Pedis, fo call’d from its Situation: It Arifeth Tendinous from the Exter- nal Os Se/amoides of the Great Toe, and becom- ing a Flelhy Belly in its Progrefs over the Firft Internodes of the Two next Toes, it isLefien’d at its Infertion to the Inferior Part of the Os Meta- tarfi of the Little Toe: Its Office is to bring the Leffer Toe towards the Greater. F, The Tendon of the Peroneus Longus at its Termination. G, The Os Calcis. N. B. Parts of the Tendons of the Perfbratus and Perforans, are Exprest at their Termina- tions on the Bones of the Toes. Fig. 5. A A,<&c. The Eight Mufculi Inter-OJfei of the Toes, according to Btdloo and Others ; the Ftrft of which lying on the Little Toe, we choofe to call from its Office, Flexor Primi Internodii Minimi Digiti, it not lying between the Metatar- fal Bones like the reft: Its Rife being from the Su- perior Part of the Os Metatarfi Minimi Digiti, it pafles Direftly to its Infertion in the Firft Bone of the Lefler Toe. The Inter-Offei are in Number Se- ven, they derive their Names from their Situa- tion, and may each deferve a Proper Appellation from their Ufe: The Firft next to the Mufcle laft Defcrib’d, may be call’d Addu£lor Minimi Digiti j the Second is the Largeft, and draws the next Toe towards the Lefler, and may be call’d slbdu- ttor Muncularis; the Third Antagonizes the For- mer, and is an sldduttor of that Toe; the Fourth is an fbdultor Medii Digiti; the Fifth is an Ad- ductor of the fame ; the Sixth is an sldduttor; and the Seventh an Abductor Indicis Pedis: Their Origination, Progrefs, and Infertion, may be feen Expreft in this Figure. BB,CC, Divers Mulcles of the Great Toe which are confuledly Dilpos’d. D, The c AbduClor Minimi Digiti. E, The Tendon of the Peroneus Longus, at its Implantation to the Os Metatarfi of the Great Toe. THE EIGHTY-SEVENTH TABLE. SAVING Examin’d the Mufcles of the Limbs and mod of thofe of the Head, Trunk and other Parts of the Body, and taken Notice of many of the mod Remarkable Ligaments in divers Articulations of the Bones : We come next to View the Whole Compages of the Bones when Dried, call’d the Ske- leton ; the Fore-part of which is Reprefented in this Table. Jfyou Exa- mine the Proper Situation of each Bone, you will find none of them plac’d in a Perpendicular Bearing to each other : Above Two Thirds of the Whole Head, Projects from its Articulation with the Vertebra of the Neck : The Whole Ribs and Sternum which Compofe the Fore-part of the i borax, to- gether with all its Vifcera, as well as the Vijcera of the Lower Belly, Pro- ject from the Vertebra of the Back and Loins: TheGlavicula whofe Pofitions are Horizontal, Sup- port the Arms, by their Connexions with the Scapula: The Articulations of the Thigh-bones are not Perpendicular to the Grand Fulciment of the Head and Trunk; (i. e. the Whole Vertebra,) but are plac’d before it. The Thigh-bones Stand Obliquely Inwards, and fo do the Tibia, tho’not in fo great a Manner. We Stand either on the Extremity of the Os Calcis, and Ball of the Great Toe together ; or elle on the Ball of the Great Toe only, as on Tip-Toe. A, The Forehead-bone Divided into Two Parts, by means of a Continuation of the Longitudi- nal Suture, which may be feen in divers Subjects as here Expreft; nor do’s fuch an Appearance De- termine the Sex as fome pretend. B, The Bregma. C, The Temple-bone call’d Squamofum. D, The Yoke-bone or Osjugale Compos’d of Two Procefs’s; the one deriv’d Backwards from the Os Squamofum ; the other Forwards from the Firft Bone of the Upper Jaw. E, The Fourth Bone of the Upper Jaw. F, The Lower Jaw-bone. G, The Teeth call’d Incifores. H, The Firft Rib near its Articulation with the Vertebra of the Neck. I, The Clavicula on the Right Side. K, The Troceffus Coracoides Scapula on the Left Side. L, The Sternum or Breft-bone. MM,&c. The Seven True Ribs. * N N, <&c. The Five Baftard Ribs, call’d Notha or Spuria. OO, &c. Divers of the Twelve Vertebra of the Back. P P,&c. Four of the Five Vertebra of the Loins ; the Uppermoft being hid by the Cartilages of the Baftard Ribs. Q, The Os Ilium. R, Its Conjunction with the Os Tubis in the cAcetabulum. S, The Os Tubis. T, The Os Sacrum. V, The Upper-part of the OJfa Tubis, behind which, is the Os Coccygis, not to be feen in this Po- fition. W, The Os Humeri or Shoulder-bone. X, The Ulna, Expreft in its Whole Length in the Left Arm. Y, The Radius; between which and Z, are contain’d the Eight Bones of the Carpus. Z, The Bones of the Hand, particularly thofe of the Metacarpus. 1, The Thigh-bone. 2, The Tatella or Knee-pan. 3, The Tibia. 4., The Fibula. y, The Bones of the Foot. THE EIGHTY-EIGHTH TABLE. S the Back and Side of a Humane Skeleton. What has been faid in the preceding Page relating to the Pofition of the Bones, with refped to their Bearing on each IPCIi? other, feems better Explain’d in the Figure of this Table : Whereby it Appears, if the Mufcles which draw the Head Up, or Backwards, as well as thofe plac’d on the Back-part of the JggjyJ Whole Spine, were not very Large as well as Numerous, the Trunk of the Body as well as the Head, would be continually fubjedt to fall Forwards. Nor could we Stand, much lefs Tranflate the Body from one Place to another, if the Extending Mufcles of the Thigh-bones, thofe of the Tibiae and Feet, were not very Strong, as is elfewhere taken Notice of in the Defcription of thofe Mufcles. Hence we may eafiiy Conceive, why we can with lefs Difficulty continue a Progreffive Motion for a longer Time, than in a Standing Poffure; the Former being an Alternate Adting of moftof the Mufcles; the Latter a Continued or Tonic Aiftion of fome few Mufcles only. Hence alfo we may be Inform’d, why the greateft Part of the Gravity of the Whole Body is fuftain’d by one Leg only in Standing, rather than with both at once: And divers other Phanomena of which my Time at prefent will not give leave fo much as to make mention. A, The Forehead-bone. B, The Bregma. C, The Temple-bone. D, The Yoke-bone. E, The Bone of the Occiput \ near E is the Mammiform Procefs. F, The Bones of the Upper-Jaw. G, The Lower Jaw-bone. H, The Fourth Bone of the Upper-Jaw which Conftitutes the greateft Part of the Roof of the Mouth. IIIII, Five of the Spines of the Vertebra of the Neck; the Uppermoft Ari- fing from the Second Vertebra, being Short and Double, do’s not Appear in this Pofture. 11 Inferior, The Spines of the T wo Firft Vertebra of the Back or Thorax. KK,0V. The reft of the Spines of the Vertebra of the Back, L L, Thofe of the Loins. M, The Firft Rib. N, The Scapula or Shoulder-blade. n, Part of the Clavicula Articulated to the Spine of the Scapula. O, The Internal Part of the Sternum or Os Pectoris. PP, &c. The True Ribs. QQ, Some of the Inferior or Baftard Ribs. R, The Os Ilium, S, The Sacrum, T, The Ifchium, V, The Coccygis. W, The Internal Part of the Os Pubis. X, The Os Humeri or Shoulder-bone. Y, The Ulna. Z, The Radius. 1, The Bones of the Hand. 2, The Thigh-bone. 3, The Patella. 4., The Tibia. 5, The Fibula. 6, The Bones of the Foot - . A Particular Delcription of each of thefe Bones, may be leen m the Expli- cations of the following Tables. THE EIGHTY-NINTH TABLE. HH I S and the Three following Tables Reprefent the Bones of the Skull, and thofe of the Upper The Bones which Compofe the Skull are the Off a Frontis, Sincipitis, Occipitis, Temporum, Sphenoides and Cribriforme : Of thefe the Four Firlt are efteem’d Proper to the Skull ; the Two Latter are faid to be Common to the Skull and Upper Jaw. The Bones of the Upper and Under Jaws will be more particularly Treated of in Tab. pi. Fig. 1. The Convex Fore-parts of the Forehead-bone, with thole of the Upper-Jaw and Os Sphenoides , as they Appear Separated from the reft of the Bones of the Skull. A, The Forehead-bone .whofe Superior Margin, Sutur’d with the the Off a Sincipitis, Compofes near Two Thirds of a Circle. B B B, Parts of the Superior Lamella or Table which flicks out with Sharp Edges and Points, which are receiv’d in the Interfiitia of the like Fram’d by the ojja Sincipitis, which Conjundhon is call’d Sutura. C C, The Lower-part of the Frontal-bone, Compoling the Superior Part of the Orbit of the Eye. ‘ D, A Procefs of the Os Frontis near the Great Canthus of the Eye. E, Another Procefs of the fame Bone towards the Lefler Can- thus. F, Part of the Os Cuneiforme join’d to the Frontal-bone, by Bidloo call’d Two Eminences of the laffc nam’d Bone, on both Sides towards the Temples. G, In this as well as the reft of the Bones of the Skull, may be feen divers Foraminulat for the coming in and going out of Blood-Vefiels, whether belonging to the Dura EMater and Common Integuments of the Skull, or Duploi of the Skull it felf. H, That Part of the Os Frontis, where a Cavity is Fram d contain- ing a Pituitous Membrane, which is continuous with that of the Fora- mina Narium, and Helps to Separate Part of the Nducus that is Ex- creted at the Nofe. This Cavity is often Divided with a Septum Offeum ; as Appears in Tab. pi. Fig. 2. In fome Humane Skulls this Cavity fcarce Appears, in others it is very Large, efpecially in thofe who have Projecting Eye-brows. Thofe that take much Snuff may have Part of it, get up into this Cavity, and there Lodge, and prove Pernicious. I11 Quadrupedes theie Cavities are Large and Di- vided by divers Bony Partitions* and Communicate with each other by Various Apertures : In Sheep I have frequently found in thofe Cavities divers Large Maggots, not unlike the Great Eruca Terrejlris. In Cows, Bulls, &c. theie Cavities are very Large ; in thefe Animals the Pituitary Membrane which Invefts thefe Cavities, frequently be- comes Inflam’d and Thickned; whereby the Pitmta is Pent up in thefe Cavities, and caufes a Difeafe in thofe Animals, call’d the Stag- gers ; for which the Country People (particularly m Suffex) perform this following Operation, and the Animal is prelently reliev’d. The Head of the Beaft being held in a convenient Pofture, and the Operator Furmlh’d with a Mallet and Large Broad Chifel: With One or Two Stroaks he drives his Chifel into the Os Frontis, which Com- pofes this Cavity this done, he raifes up the Bone with its Superja- cent Parts, by means of the Chifel; then with his Fingers he Sepa- rates the Pituitary Membrane from the Bone, and draw's it out: This done, he prefently Deprefles the Rais’d up Parts with his Hand ; and the Divided Bone afterwards Unites, and the Animal is feldom Trou- bled with the like Difeafe afterwards. This Membrane fill’d with Pitmta ( they tell you ) is a Water-bag lying on the Brain. The reft of the Bones Expreft in this Figure aie Explain’d Tab. pi. Fig. 1. Fig. 2. The Internal Concave Parts of the fame Bone Reprelented in the preceding Figure. A, That Part of the Os Frontis which receives the Fore-part of the Brain. / B B, The Saw-like Appearance of the Os Frontis after Disjunction from the Bones of the Sinciput, at the Coronal Suture. C C, The Superior and Fore-part of the Os Cuneiforme, join’d to the Frontal-bone. DD, The Internal and Anterior Procefs’s of the Os Cuneiforme, which Help to Compofe the Sella Equina, or Turcica \ in this Sell the Pituitary Gland is Lodg’d ; the Contorted Trunks of the Carotid Arteries pals by it on each Side in their Way to the Brain, where they fend out divers Small Branches which Help to Compofe the Rete Mirabile : This Procefs gives way to the Optick Nerves in their Pro- grefs to the Eyes. F F Inferior, Two Internal Long Procefles of the Os Sphenoid?s join’d with the Os Frontis. F F Superior, Thelmpreflions which the Blood-Veflelsmake in the Frontal-bone in their Diftnbution on the Dura Mater. G, Aa Internal Procefs continued from the Os Cribrofum or Ethmoi- des, Diftinguilhing the Right Side of the Frontal-bone from the Left. H, That Procefs of the Os Cribrofum, call’d Crifia GaJli. 11, The Internal Part of the Os Cuneiforme or Sphenoides next the Brain. K, The Lower-part of the Fourth Bone of the Upper Jaw, which Compofes the Roof of the Mouth, by fome call’d Os Palati. L L, The Procejfus Pterygoides or Aliformis. M M, The Internal and Back-parts of the Two Fir ft Bones of the Upper Jaw. N, Part of the Fourth Bone of the Upper Jaw, in which the Up' per Teeth are Faften’d. 0 0, Two of the Dentes Molares left in both Sides of the Upper Jaw. P, The Septum of the Foramina Narium. Q, That Part of the Os Cuneiforme that was join’d to the Occipital Bone by Syncondrojis, which Conjunction becomes mtirely Bony in Aged Bodies. R, The Two Hinder Procefles of the Os Sphenoides, which Coni- pofe the Back-part of the Sella Turcica, call’d Ephippium. N. B. Between C D, and I, on either Side, is Exprejl the Second Perforation of the Os Sphenoides or Large Rima, thro whichpaj's the Third\ Fourth, Sixth, and a Branch of the Fifth Pair of Nerves, together with divers Blood-FeJJels, particularly a Large Branch of the Carotid Artery and Fein ; which Latter is Figur'd Tab. p. Fig. 2. F. The otloer Foramen, here Exprejl immediately under the lajt men- tion'd, or between it and the Proceffus Pterygoides (L), is reckon'd the Third Foramen of the Os Cuneiforme, by which a Branch of the Fifth Pair of Nerves paffes out of the Skull: The reft of the Foramina of the Os Cuneiforme are the Fourth, Ffth, Sixth, and Seventh; the Firfl of theje namely the Fourth is Exprejl in the Firjl Figure of this Table, and again in Tab. pi. Fig. 1. I, within the Orbit of the Eye, and in Fig. 1. of the fame Table (V V); by this Foramen, or rather Large Rima like the Second Foramen (made by the Fourth Bone of the Upper Jaw and Cuneiforme) paj's the Branches of the Third, Fifth andjome of the Sixth Pair of Nerves, after paffing thro' the Second Foramen, to the Adjacent MuJ'cles and Parts, together with Large Blood-Fejfels of both Kinds, efpecially to the Temporal MuJ'cle. The Fifth Foramen of the Os Cuneiforme, is Compos'd at its meeting' of the Os Petrofum and Occipitale, Exprejl Tab. pi. Fig. 2. X, X; which External Aperture there RepreJ'ented, is partly fill'd with a Cartilage, but its Internal Foramen Tranfmits the Carotid Artery to the Lateral Part of the Sella Equina ; which Artery Firfl enters the Cranium by the Os Petrofum, as Appears in the lafl mention'd Fi- gure (Z Z) ; by this Foramen the Intercoftal Nerve paffes out of the Skull. The Sixth Perforation of the Os Sphenoides is Defendd in the lafl mention'd Table and Figure (Y), and is Compleatly fill'd by a Branch of the Fifth Pair of Nerves: I he Seventh Foramen of this Bone is Externally Laterally Adjacent to the Sixth, and is mojl com- monly of an Oval Figure ; by it a fmall Branch of the Carotid Artery paffes to the Dura Mater, Accompanied with a Fein Running Paralel with it; which Frame thofe Sulci in the Bone, Exprell in this Figure (F F Superior), and in that of Tab. pi. Fig. 2. F F. rss f.9o THE NINETIETH TABLE. B- - E Six Firft Figures Represent the Internal and External Surfaces of the reft of the Proper Bones ot the sklll,j when Separated froni each other at The Bone of the Sinciput or Bregma of the A A, The External Convext Part of the Bregma, Circumfcnb d The Coronal Suture in the Fore-part, joining it to the Os F'cC ’The Sagittal Suture in the Superior Part, by which the Right 3n D Ilf' Th?Lambdmdal* Backwaris, by which it is Conneaed to the D The Inferior Side of the Bregma, on which the Superior Part of'rtie Os Temporum, and Part of the Os Cuneiforme Relts. Fig. 2. The Internal Surface of the Left Sincipital-bone next the Dura Mater and Brain. . . A A, The Internal Concave Part of the Os Stncipitis. B, C, D, The Furrows which the Biood-Vellels of the Dura Mater, make on the Internal Surface of this Bone; where may be obferv’d many Foramina thefe Veflels have, for their Entrance into the Me- ditullium of the Bone ; fometimes we have feen thefe Veflels Perforate the Cranium Direilly, in more than in one or two Places, efpecialJy towards the Occiput, where Two of their Large Foramina are com- monly to be Obferv’d on the External Surface ot the Bone; but here alfo they fometimes pafs Obliquely into the Medttullmm: The Num- ber and Magnitude of thefe Foramina for the Blood-Veftels, may be feen to Increafe near the Itnpreffion which the Longitudinal Sinus makes in the Cranium. , n E E, That Part of the Bregma that was Contiguous to the Os lem- porale,1 and Upper-part of the Os Sphenoides. Fig. 3. The Occipital Bone Separated at its Conjunction from the reft of the Bones of the Cranium. . . , , A The External Convext Surface of the Occipital-bone, where the Mufcles Extending the Head, are Implanted, and Part of the Mujculus Great Foramen of the Occipital-bone, by which the Medulla Oblongata Defcends out of the Cranium into the Great Cavi- ties of all the Fertebrre. , . . ,. ... C C Two Deprels’d Protuberances of the Occipital-bone, which are receiv’d into the Shallow Cavities of the Firft of theNeck. D, Two Depreffures Fram’d at the Origin of the Mufcult Rech Mi- nores of the Head. , T _ r , T r E, A Third Foramen Appearing in the Internal Part or the Leix Side of the Os Occiputs ; by which the Nerve of the Ninth Pair on that Side partes out of the Cranium ; that of the Right Side not Ap- pearing in this Pofition of the Bone. The Second Foramen of the Os (jccipttis, is Fram’d at its Conjunction with the Or Temporum and Helps to Compofe the Specus which receives the Bulbous Part of the Lateral Sinus, at the Beginning of the Internal Jugular Vein. Fig. 4. The Internal and Concave Part of the Os Occipitis next the Dura Matrr on Part of the Cerebrum and Cerebellum. Age A Riling in the Bone Fram’d Collateral to the Lower-part of Longitudinal Sms, where it meets with the Two Lateral Si- nUDF Two Depreffures parting to each Side from the Inferior Part of the lift mention’d Riling" in A.ch the External Surface of the Late- ere tjie Longitudinal and Lateral Sinufssmeet, which Conjunction is call’d Torcuiar Herophili. G G, Divers Foramina by which the Blood-VefTels enter the Med,- tullium of the Bone. Fig. f, CL, is contain’d the Giandulous Membrane in which the commonly call’d the Ear-Wax, is Separated from the Membrane is frequently Ulcerated, being ve y , r j va(l in its Circulating Blood and Separated Matter, by reafon ot tile vai Number of Velllls that are Neceilary in the Compolitton of Gian- dulous Struflure; here alfo Arife Excrefcenctes, lome of which J have feen very much like call’d "Polypi from their Figure : Others I have Obfei v a to be 1 U i benes, and the Patient has fuller’d great Pain wnen they touchd with a Probe: Neverthelels I have frequently Confumdito •with Caufticks, and the Patient has recover d his Hearing, cretcencies lalt mention’d, commonly Arile after Irapol ■ the Giandulous Membrane of the Ear. . , r B, A Sinus cover’d with a Cartilage, which receives the Head of the Long Procels of the Lower Jaw, by the Mediation of a Cait.lag nous Body, Defcrib’d in our Appendix Fig. * » • , Drrioi- C n That Part of the Os Temper ale placd between the Os Occipt and call’d the Third Procels of that Bone, in which the Internal Organs of Hearing are contain a. E, The Second Procefs of the Os Squamofum or Temper ale, which joining with the Procefs of the Firft Bone of the Upper Jaw, Compofes that Bone call’d Jugale. F, The Firft’Procefs of the Temple-bone, call’d cJMajloides or Mam- miforme, whole Internal Part is Cavernulous> and Opens into the Tym- panum. C, That Part of the Temple-bone which is Contiguous to the OsOccipitis. G, H, That Part of the Temple or Squamous-bone placdon the Os Sincipith. H> C, The other Side Sutur’d with the Os Cuneiforms* Fig* 6. The Internal Face of the Os Squamofum next the Brain. A, The Procefs of the Temple-bone, and may be call’d Troceffus TetroJ'us, as well from its Appearance as Compadtnefs ; wherefore the Whole Temple-bone is by iome call’d Tetrofam. In this Procefs are contain’d all the Internal Organs of Hearing between A and C: As the Membrana Tympanic the Tympanum, the Mujculus Obliquus, tho. Muj- culus Interims and Mujculus Stapidis ; the Incus, Maleus, St apis and OJJiculum Quartum ; the Meatus a Talato ad Aurem; the Toy amen Ovale and Rotundum ; the Labyrinth and its Veftibulum; Three Semi- circular Du as in the Fce- tus. D, That Part of the Os Tetrofurn in which the Cochlea is contain’d, Part of which is here Expreft, Broken up. Fig, 8. The Labyrinth and Cochlea of the Left Ear. A, B,C, The Three Semicircular Duds whofe Cavities are Inverted with a Membrane, in which the Auditory Nerve is Expanded : The Extremities of thefe Duds Open into the Teflibulum of the Labyrinth, or Cavity immediately within the Foramen Ovale, Figurd in our Ap- pendix : One of the Spiral Duds of the Cochlea alfo Opens into the ycfcbulu tn. D, Part of the Cochlea Open’d, which confirts of Two Spiral Duds, or One Dud Divided by a Bony Septum \ which from its Figure is call’d Lamina Spiralis : One of thefe Duds (as above Noted) Opens in- to the Feftibulum of the Labyrinth, ax. ns Bafts \ the othei in like Manner Ends its Bafts at the Membrane within the Foramen Rotun- dum. The Auditory Nerve is Expanded in like Manner in the Cochlea, as in the Labyrinth. Fig, q. The Four Little Bones of the Ear contain’d in the Tympanum, ta- ken out, and Reprefented in their Proper Articulations with each other. A, The Malleolus, the Depreft Head of which, is receiv’d in the Shal- low Cavity of (lie Incus, B, The Incus, Articulated with the Stapes by the Mediation of the Os Orbiculare. C, The Stapes. D, The Oj Orbiculare or Fourth Bone of the Tympanum. Thefe Bones we fhall Figure in Situ in our Appendix. Fig. io. The Malleolus taken from the reft of the Little Bones of the Ear, with Parts of Two of its Mufcles remaining to it. A . The Roundifh Depreft Head of the Malleolus. 5 a Ligament which Conneds the Head of the Malleolus to the Incus. C, The Neck of the Malleolus. D D, The Two Procefs’s of the Malleus, in which the External and Internal Mufcles are Inferred : Befides theie Procefs’s, its Long Produ- ction call’d the Manubrium or Handle of the Malleus, is Remarkable, which Adheres to the Infide of the Membrana Tympani. Fig. II. The Incus in whofe Lower-part (as its here Figur d) is a Shallow Depreflure which receives the Roundifh Head of the Malleus : Its Two procefs’s are here well Expreft ; of which the Shorteft lefts in a Sinus of the Os Tetrofam, within the Tympanum; but the Longer is Arti- culated with the Stapes, by the Mediation of the Os Orbiculare. Fig. 12. The Stapes fo call’d from its Figure , whofe Bafts Refts on the Margin of the Fenejira Ovalis, as is here Expreft, and the Os Orbicu- lare lying under it; which Latter is Delineated fomewhat bigger than the Life. Fig. 1. THE NINETY-FIRST TABLE. Fig. I. SHEWS the External Convex Surface of the Upper-part of the Skull, and its Proper Sutures, Elegantly Expreft. A, B, The Forehead-bone, by fome call’d Os Commie, In- The iwvaws of the 0.f CtoM/lr. by which the Me- duUa Oblongata pallesoutof the Skull. y S S, The Afperities and Sinus’s of the Bones of the Ocuput, made by the Iniertions of the Mufcles Moving the Head. T T, The Internal Parts of the Firlt Bones of the Upper Jaw. V V, The Fourth Foramen of the Os Cuneiforme', Vid Fi<*. i! I. W, Part of the Os Cuneiforme next the Aliform Procefs. X X, The Fifth Foramen of the Os Cuneiforme, Compos’d at the Meeting of that Bone with the Os Petrojum, and Fore-part of the Oc- cipital-bone on both Sides. Y, The Sixth Foramen of the Os Cuneiforme at the Root of the Pro- cejjus Pterygoides, by which a Branch of the Fifth Pair of Nerves pals out of the Skull. , r Z Z, The Foramina of the OJfa Temporum, by which the Carotid Arteries Firft Enter the Bafis of the Skull. Fig. 3. The Inferior Part of the Lower Jaw. a, The Internal Parc of the Lower Jaw, whence the Mufculus My- lohyoideus do’s Arifc. b, A Large Foramen in the Internal Part of the Lower Jaw by which the Blood-Veftels and a Branch of the Fifth Pair of Nerves?pais to the Teeth, Fig. 1. b. The External Foramina of this Bone by which the Branches of thole Vellels pals out of the Bone again to the Mufcles of the Lips. C, A Fore-fhorten’d Appearance of the Proceffus Corona of the Lower Jaw, call’d the Short Procefs. D E, The Head of the Long Procefs of the Lower Jaw call’d Con- dylus, which is Articulated with the Os Temporum by the Mediation of a Moving Cartilage ; Vid. App. Fig. 8. T,S. F, The Cervix or Neck of the Long Procefs of the Lower Jaw. Fig. 4. The Teeth of the Upper and Lower Jaw of one Side only, when taken out of their Alveoli or Sockets. A A, fyc. The Dentes Inc if ores • B B, The Canini j CC,iyc. The Mol ares. . Fig. y. The Right Side of the Lower Jaw in which the Alveoli or Sockets, after the Extraction of the Teeth, are Reprefented. A, The ProceJJus Corona, to which the Temporal Mufcle is fixt. B, The Proceffus Condylus. CC, The Alveoli or Sockets of the Teeth. Fig. 6. A A,&c. Divers Teeth Broken or Divided Varioufly, to (hew their Internal Cavities or Sinus’s. Fig. 7. One of the Grinding Teeth in like Manner Broken to Exhibit its Internal Structure, Figur’d much Bigger than the Life. A, The External Stony Part. B, The Bony Stria of the Tooth Divefted of its Stony Cortex. C, The Internal Bony Part of the Tooth becoming more Porous as it Approaches its Middle Cavity. D, The Middle Cavity or Hollow of the Tooth, Cover’d with a Membrane on which the Blood-Veflels and Nerves of the Tooth are Diftnbuted; by which the Tooth derives the Matter which makes it Germinate and repair that lofs it fuftains by frequent Ufe on its Corti- cal or Stony Part: Thus when one Tooth is wanting in either Jaw the Oppofite Tooth Grows Longer for want of its Reiiftance in Maftica- tion. When this Internal Membrane within the Cavity of the Tooth is Expos’d thro’the Breaking away of the Upper-part of the Tooth, it is moll Exquifitely fenfible to the Touch of any hard Body, or cold Liquor; and very frequently a Carnous Fungus will Arile from it: In thefe Cafes the drawing out of the Tooth is the bell Remedy. E, The External Membrane lying on that Part of the Tooth within the Socket or Alveolus : They who Doubt of the Exiftence of fuch a Membrane may be latisfied therein; After a Tooth is drawn from a Living or lately Dead Body, and laid in Water for fome Days, this Membrane will be very Confpicuous even to the Naked Eye.' F, The Bafis of the Tooth; G, The Apex of one of its Roots where the Blood-Veflels Arifing from the Parietes of the Alveolus or Socket, are Expreft, Running into that Part of it which lies within the Alveolus. Fig. 8. The Stony Parts of the Teeth of a Foetus, which lying within the Jaw-bones, are Cover’d with the Perioflmm, as Appear’d m the Difle- aion I fometime fince made of a Humane Foetus ; Fid. Fab. 101. L L. A A, The Stony Capfula of one of the Dentes Incifores. B B, That of the Caninus. C C, fyc. The Superior Stony Parts of the Dentes Molares in a Foetus. Fig. y The Os Hyoides or Bone of the Tongue, together with Two Pro- cefs’s of the Scutiformal Cartilage. A, The Middle Bone of the Os Hyoides, B, Its Superior Part next the Tongue, C, Its Internal Concave Part towards the Fauces, D, Part of the Superior Long Procefs of the Scutiformal Cartilage of the Left Side ioolly Tied to the Extremity of the Os Hyoides of the fame Side ; that of the Right Side is not Letter’d in this Figure. E, One of the Two Lateral Bones which Helps to Compoie the Os Hyoides. THE N 1 N E T Y-T HIRD TABL E. the Bones of the Head, we Pafs to frgh thofe which Support it and the Trunk of Jof the Body. (vi%.) The Bones of the Rg1 Neck, Back, Loins, Os Sacrum and Coccy- } t^ie^e together have generally ob- tain’d the Name of Spina. Since it’s Ne- ceffary the Head and Trunk of the Body fhould be varioufly Mov’d, it was therefore Requifite their Supporter fhould not Confift of One Bone only, but that it iliould be Divided into many, which are call’d Vertebra; of thefe, there are Reckon’d Twenty-four 5 (vvf) Seven of the Neck; Twelve of the Back, and Five of the Loins. In fome Subjects we have Found but Six Vertebra belonging to the Neck; in another we Found Thirteen of the Tho- rax, and as many Ribs; as Appears in a Skeleton now Hang- ing in the Middle of the Anatomical Theater of the Surgeons o The like 1 don’t Doubt may, or has been Ob- ferv d of the Loins: The Inferior Part of the Spine is Com- pos’d of the Os Sacrum and Coccygis. Fig. 1. The Inferior Part of the Firft Vertebra of the Neck, call’d Atlas, becaufe it Supports the whole Head. A, Its Fore-part: B, Its Back-part, wanting a Spinal Procefs: CC, Its Tranfverfe Proceffes Perforated to Tranfmit the Cervical Artery and Vein. DD, Two Oval Procefs’s, whofe Surfaces are Smooth and Cover’d with a Cartilage, which Procefs’s move to either Side on thofe of Fig. 3. B B. Fig. i. The Upper-part of the Firft Vertebra of the Neck. A, The Infide of the Back-part of the Firft Vertebra of the Neck next the Medulla Spinalis. B, The Outfide and Fore-part of the fame Vertebra : CC, Two Procefs’s whole Two Shallow Cavities are Ar- ticulated with Two fomewhat Convext Prominencies of the Os Occipitis, Tab. 92,Fi°\ 2.00 ; in which Articulation the Head is Mov’d in Nodding Fore-wards, Back-wards and Side-ways. D, A Sinus in the Upper-part of this Vertebra, in which the Contorted Trunk of One of the Cervical Artery, paffes towards the Great Foramen of the Os Occipitis. N. B. It is Necejfary the Great Foramen of this Firft Ver- tebra of the Neck Jhould be much Larger than any of the Infe- rior, leaft the Beginning of the Medulla Spinalis Jhould be In- commoded in Turning the Head to One Side; in which Aftion, this Firft Vertebra Moves with the Head on the Axis or Tooth- tike Procefs of the Second Vertebra of the Neck. Fig. 3. The Superior Part of the Second Vertebra of the Neck. A, The Tooth-like Procefs on the Fore-part of this Se- cond Vertebra Inferted behind the Fore-part of the Firft Vertebra (A,B, Fig. 1, 2.) whofe Apex A, is Faftned by a Li- gament to the Margin of the Fore-part of the Great Foramen of the Os Occipitis: Vid. Appen. F ig. 8 • E. BB, Two Procefs’s, whole Cartilaginous Surfaces are of an Oval Figure, and Correfpond to thofe of Fig. i.DD. whereby the Rotatory Motion of the Head is Perform’d. The other Remarkable Parts of this Figure may be known by the Explanation of the Following. Fig. 4- The Inferior Part of the Second Vertebra of the Neck: A, The Tooth-like Procefs call’d Epiftropheus. B, The Inferior Surface of the Fore-part of the Second Vertebra, join’d to the Superior and Fore-part of the Third. Fig. 5. C. C C, Its Tranfverfe Procefs’s Perforated to Tranfmit the Blood-Veffels, as in Fig. 1. CC. D D, Its Two Oblique Defcending Procefs’s plac’d on the Two Oblique Afcending of Fig. y. A. E, The Internal Part of the Second Vertebra next the Medulla Spinalis. F, The Double Spinal Procefs, to which the Superior Mufculi Interfpinales are Inferted. Fig. y. The Superior Part of the Third Vertebra of the Neck. A, One of its Oblique Afcending Procefs’s. B, Its Tranfverfe Procefs Perforated like as in the Two Firft Vertebra, C, The Superior Part of the Body of the Third Vertebra, on which the Inferior Part of the Second is Plac’d. N. B. 'The fteft of the Figure may be T)nderftood by the Ex- planation of the Preceding. Fig. 6. The Lower Part of the Third Vertebra of the Neck; A, Its Oblique Defending Procefs: B, Its Tranfverfe Procefs Perforated as above Noted. Fig. 7. The Superior Part of the Firft Vertebra of the Back. A, Its Tranfyerfe Procefs not Perforated like thofe oi the Neck. B, Its Spinal Procefs on the Back-part. C, A Shallow Depreffure on the Fore-part of the Tranf- verfe Procefs which Receives the Tubercle of the Firft Rib. Vid. Tab. 94. Fig. 2. B. D, One of the Oblique Afcending Procefs’s, which Re- ceives the Defcending of the Laft Vertebra of the Neck. E, The Sinus, in which fome of the Axillary Nerves pafs out of the Specus or Great Foramen of the Vertebra. Fig. 8. The Inferior Part of the fame Firft Vertebra of the Back or Thorax 1 A, Its Tranfyerfe Procefs: B, Its Spinal Procefs. C, A Shallow Depreffure in the Tranfyerfe Procefs, to which the Second Tubercle of the Firft Rib is Connected: D, Its Oblique Defcending Procefs, Receiv’d by the Amend- ing of the Next Vertebra. After Taking out the Vifcera from the Cavity of the TJjorax of the Late Earl of Peterborough, I was Defir d by One of his Phyficians Dr. Johnfton (who conftantly Attended his Lordfhip fome Time before his Death ) to Examine the Ver- tebra of the Thorax, becaufe his Lordfhip did not only Com- plain of very Great Pains about the Eighth and Ninth Ver- tebra of that Part, and particularly the Right ITypochondrium, &c. but One of the Spinal Procefs’s of thofe Vertebra was Obferv’d to be very Prominent fome Weeks before his Death i nor could he Endure any Motion of the Trunk of his Bo- dy : Befides at that Time the Lower Limbs were Deftitute of Motion, as well as Exquifite Senfe of Feeling. On Freeing the Defcending Trunk of the Arteria Magna and Duftus Tho- racicus from the Fore-parts of the Vertebra of the Thorax, I Found a Tumor, whole Thick Hard Membrane was chiefly Fram’d of the Ligaments of the Vertebra: I Divided the Tumor, and a Brownifh Colour’d Matter Flow’d from it: On farther Examination I Found the Upper and Fore-part of the Ninth, and in like Manner the Lower Part of the Eighth Vertebra of the Thorax Confum’d and Gone; infomuch that I could without Difficulty put the Top of my Fore-finger into the Foramen, and Feel the Medulla Spinalis Cover’d with its Membranes only. I Doubt not but Part of the Matter con- tain’d in this Tumor, had Defcended into the Lower-part of the Specus of the Vertebra of the Loins and Os Sacrum (fince it lay Open) whereby the Inferior Nervous Diftributions were affeefted, and their Proper Office Perverted; but Decen- cy Forbid our Scrutiny in this Cafe, fince the Bodies of thofe Vertebra muft have been Cut away with a Chizel to have made fuch a Difcovery. Fig. 9. The Upper-part of One of the Vertebra of the Loins: A, Its Tranfverfe Procefs: The Reft of its Parts may be known by the Explanation of the Fifth and Seventh Figures. Fig. 10. The Inferior Bart of the fame Vertebra of the Loins, whole Explanation may be Refer’d to Fig. 8. Fig. II, il. The Superior Parts of the Two Lower Vertebra of the Loins; A A, Their Tranverfe Procefs’s: BB, Their Oblique Afcending Procefs s: C C, The Bodies of the Vertebra. DD, Their Spinal Procefs’s, 93 T* S14- THE ninety-fourth table. H E Ribs are Twelve in Number on either Side; fometimes PiWl we iave f° Thirteen, at other times but Eleven on each Side; and frequently Twelve on one Side and Eleven on the mgm other : The Seven Superior are call’d, The True Ribs, which are join’d with the Sternum or Os Teel oris, by the Mediation of Cartilages. The Inferior Ribs are the Not ha, Spuria, or Baftard. iiplpy! Ribs. The Nine Superior Ribs have a Twofold Articula- tion to the Vertebra of the Back ; the one Collateral to the Fore-parts of the Bodies of the Vertebra ; the other to the Fore-parts of their Tranfverfe Procefs s. The Two and fometimes Three Inferior Ribs, are only Articulated to the Bodies of the Vertebra, and don’t touch their Tranfverfe Pro- cel's’s. The Loweft and Laft Rib has not its Cartilaginous Extremity Fatten'd to its Superior Rib, as the reft of the Baftard Ribs have, but its Extream Point gives an Origin to Part of the Oblique Defcending Mufcle of the Abdomen. Fig. j. The Inferior Part of the Firft Rib of the Right Side. Fig. i. The Upper-part of the fame Rib. A A, That Part of the Firft Rib next the Sternum. BB, Its Protuberance Articulated in a Sinus of the Tranfverfe Procefs of the Firft Vertebra. CC, Its Little Head receiv’d in a Sinus of the Anterior Bodies of the Firft Ver- tebra, Laterally. D D, Its middle Broad Flat Part. Fig. ?• The Lower-part of the Sixth or Seventh True Rib of the Right Side. . Fig. 4.. The Superior Part of the fame Rib. A A, That Extremity of the Bony Part of the Rib join’d to the Cartilage, plac’d between it and the Sternum. B B The other Extremity Articulated to the Vertebra of the Back Laterally. C, A Tubercle Articulated to the Tranfverfe Procefs of the Vertebra. E, pig. 3. A Sinus Fram’d in the Inferior Part of the Rib for the PafTage of the Blood-Veffels, which ought to be avoided in Perforating the Thorax, in Cafe of an Empyema, See. Fig. S- The Lower Edge and Internal Part of the Eleventh Rib of the Right Side. Fig. 6. The Upper Edge, and Part of the External and Internal Parts of the fame Rib. Fig. 7,8. The Internal and External Parts of the Twelfth Rib. THE NINETY-FIFTH TABLE. PRESENTS the Scapula, Clavicula and Os TeEloris, or Sternum. tEES £'\\s The External Convext Part of the Left Scapula or Shoulder-blade. HIm A B, The Outfide of the Scapula a little Arch’d or Convext. IMik C, The Spina Scapula; Es Extremity call’d cAcromion, Articulated to the Extremity of the E, The ‘ProceJJus Coracoides or Crow’s-Bill-like Procefs, by fome call’d Ancjrroides or Anchor- like. I7, The ProceJJus Brevis, or Short Procefs of the Shoulder-blade which receives the Head of the Arm-bone. The Reft of the Parts which Circumfcribe the Scapula, are Explain’d in the following Fi- gure. Fig. 2. The Internal Concave Part of the Right Shoulder-blade. ABB, Various Eminencies on the Iniide of the Scapula, whence the Fibres of the Mufculus Subjcapularis take their Origin. C, The Inferior Angle of the Scapula. D, The Superior Angle of the Scapula. E Superior, The ProceJJus Coracoides. FF G, The Foramina for the Blood-Veflels, which pafs in and out from the MedituUium of the Bone. G Inferior, The Sinus of the Short Procefs of the Scapula, in which the Head of the Os Hu- meri is receiv’d. G Superior, The Internal or Lower Part of the Acromion of the Scapula. H, The Cervix or Neck of the Short Procefs. N. B. From C to D, is call'd the Balls Scapulas; From D to F, the Cofta Superior; From H to C, the Cofta Inferior Scapulas. Fig. 3. * The Superior Part of the Right Clavicula or Channel-bone : Some call the Clavicula, Ojfa Hu- merorum: They are alfo call’d Furcula. Fig. 4.. The Inferior Part of the Left Clavicle. A, That Part of the Clavicle Articulated to the Superior Part of the Os PeEioris or Sternum, in which Articulation a Cartilaginous Body is plac’d not Unlike that of the Lower Jaw with the Os Temporum. Vid. 4pp• Fig. 8. S, T. B, That Extremity of the Clavicula join’d to the Acromion of Oca Scapula, by Two almoft Plain Cartilaginous Bodies appos’d to each other, and Conne&ed by Ligaments: This Conjun&ion of the Clavicle with the Acromion of the Shoulder-blade we have more than Once feen fuffer a Diflo- cation: when the Patient has fallen from fome High Place, and the Top of the Shoulder or c,Acro- mion of the Scapula has Firft come to the Ground. The Scapula with the Arm in fuch Cafe will be Depreft, and the Outmoft Extremity of the Clavicle will be feen to Arife up: This Difloca- tion we Mention, becaufe we don’t find it taken Notice of (or at leaf! not commonly) by Authors. C, The Middle Superior and External Part of the Right Clavicula. D, The Middle Inferiour and External Surface of the Left Clavicula. The Ufe of the Clavi- cula is to fupport the Scapula, together with the CJJ'a Humerorum. Fig. S- The External and Forepart of the Os PeEioris or Sternum, whofe Appearance in the Adult Dif- fers very much from that of the Foetus; as may be feen Tab. 101.6. In Aged Bodies it’s intirely United into One Bone; in fome Adults it’s divided into Two; in others (as in this Subject) it has Three Diftinft Bones. A, The Superior and Largeft Bone of the Sternum B, A Sinus which receives the Internal Round End of the Clavicula., C, the Superior Part, or almoft Semicircular Sinus of the Sternum. D, The Middle Bone of the Os Pettoris. EEE, The Sinuss in the Middle Bone of the Sternum Laterally; in which the Cartilaginous Extremities of the True Ribs are Receiv’d. F, The Lower Bone of the Sternum; the Extremity of which is commonly Cartilaginous, and call’d Cartilago Mucronata or Enjiformis j Externally it Frames that Cavity call’d Scrdbiculus Cordis or Heart-pit, commonly call’d th z Pit of the Stomach: The Pains of which Part are call’d Cardial- gite, they Affedling the Upper Orifice of the Stomach call’d Cardia, where the Plexufss of the Up- per and Lower Stomach Nerves are made. PS -r. s s. THE NINETY-SIXTH TABLE. HEPRESENTS the Bones of the Arms, together with the Two Bones of the Cu- bit : Thefe, together with thole which Compofe the Hand Reprefented in the Following Table, are commonly call’d the Bones of the Whole Hand; but are properly Divided as above. Firft of the Bone of the Arm, which is properly that Part between the Elbow or Cubit and Shoulder; the Whole Arm Compre- hends the Bones of the Cubit. Fig. 1. A The Fore-part of the Os Flumeri of the Right Arm; B* The Round Head of its Upper Appendix Cover’d with a Cartilage, which is Articulated with the Scapula by Ar- throdia. C, The Circular Sinus of the Upper-part of the Os Hu- meriy to which the Ligament Involving the Juncture, toge- ther with the Tendons of the Mufculus Suprajpinatus7 Injra- jpinatiiSy Teres Minor and Subfcapularis are Inferted. D F, Two Prominencies of the Shoulder-bone. E, A Sinus Fram’d between the Two laft Mention’d Pro- minencies, wherein the External Tendinous Beginning or Head of the Mufculus Biceps is Receiv d. Fid. Tab. 6y. 1. G, A Convext Protuberance of the Lower Appendix of the Shoulder-bone, which is Receiv’d in a Shallow Concave Depreffure on the Superior Extremity of the Radius. HK That Part of the Os Humeriy that’s Articulated to the Upper End of the Ulna by Ginglymus. # I The Internal Protuberance of the Os Humeriy from which the Greateft Part of the Mufcles Bending the Fin- gers and Carpus, together with the Mufculus Pronator Padn Teres and Palmaris Longus, do Arife. L An Interftice between the Lower Appendix of the Os Humeri and its Internal Protuberance. N A Large Foramen for a Blood-veflel of the Bone. I ’was lately Call'd to a Boy about 10 or 12 Years of Age, who Four or Five Days before, in Playing with his Com- panion, Receiv’d fuch an Injury in One of his Aims, as lie could not afterwards Move it Forewards or Backwards, much lefs, Lift it up towards his Head; but had all the Actions of his Cubit and Fingers, as we commonly Find in thole who have Diflocated the Os Humeri from the Scapula: After Exa- mining the Shoulder, and Finding no fuch Diflocation; by Moving the Arm, I Found the Bone near the Shoulder Grate very much, which I Guels could be no othcrwifc than the Upper appendix of the Os Humeri Divided from the Bone. I then Reduc’d it to a Good Figure, and after Applying a Plaifter De Sapone to Attenuate the Extravafed Blood, I Rold it up, and he has Continu d Falie ever lince. The Tingling, as he Told me, he had at his Fingers Ends, and Violent Pain in his Shoulder, Leaving him. I don’t Find Authors Mention fuch like Cafes where the Appendages of Bones are Broken off in Young Bodies; but I am Perfwaded from other Examples as well as this; fuch Accidents often Hap- pen, and are not commonly Known by Surgeons. NT B. Tbefe FraUures of Bones at their appendages in Young Bodies, are Jooner Vnited, than when the Middle-parts of Bones are Broken. Fig. 2. The Flinder-part of the Left Shoulder-bone. M A Cavity, in which the Superior and Back-part o the Vina (Fig. 3,4- CF), call’d Olecranon, is Receivd man Extenfion for the Blood-Veffels, which Pafs to and from the Marrow, and Internal Parts of the Bone. Fig. 3? The Vina or Os Cubiti of the Right Ann: AB, Its Internal Side, next the Trunk of the Body - C, Its Superior Part or Olecranon Articulated with the Cs Humeri: D, Its Inferior Part, whofe Lateral Smooth Surface is Re- ceiv d in a Sinus y at the Inferior Part of the Radius Laterally. EF, The Semicircular Sinus of the Ulnay which Receives, and is Receiv’d by the Two Prominencies and Sinus of the Lower Appendix of the Os Humeri, (Fig. i.KH,) which Ar- ticulation is call’d Ginglymus. Gy The Inferior and Lefler Acute Procefs of the Ulna, call’d Styloides. Fig. 4. # That Side of the Left Ulna next the Radius. A, An almoft Semicircular Sinus of the UIna, in which the Upper Head of the Radiusy Fig. y, 6. B B, is Receiv’d La- terally : B C, Its External Side next the Radius ; B, its Lower End next the Carpus ; C, its Superior (call’d Olecranum) towards the Os Humeri. D, A Smooth Prominence at the Lower End of the Ulnay which is Receiv’d in a Sinus of the Radius, as above-noted, Fig. 3.D. E, The Anterior Procefs of the Ulna, which Frames the Semicircular Sinus, Articulated with the Os Humeriy Fig. 1. K FI. This Procefs is Receiv’d in a Sims at the Inferior and Fore- part of the Os Humeriy (Expreft Fig. 1. above KH) when the Cubit is Bended. F, The Superior and Pofterior Procefs of the Ulna in like Manner, Framing its Upper and Semicircular Sinusy which Procefs is Receiv’d in the Cavity (M,F%. 2.) of the Inferior and Back-part of the Os Humeri, in an Extenfion of the Cubit. G, Part of the Leffer 'Sharp Procefs of the Ulna, call’d Styloides, Fig. y. The Hinder-part of the Radius of the Left Cubit. A, The Neck of the Radius'. B, Its Superior Appendix; in whole Upper Concave Sinusy (not Expreft in this Figure) Receives the Convext Tubercle of the Inferor Appendix of the Os Humeriy Fig. 1. G. C, The Inferior Part of the Radiusy which is Articu- lated with the Bones of the Carpus, Expreft, Fab. 97. Fig. 2. E, A Sinus in the Radius Laterally which Receives the Inferior Head of the Ulnay Fig. 3,4. D D. F, Another Sinus on the Inferior Part of the Radiusy in which the Tendon of the Mufcuius Extenfor Tertii Internodii Pollicis and Indicatory is Entertain’d. Fid. Tab. 70. C, N. Fig. 6. The Fore-part of the Right Radius: A, Its Tubercle a little Below'its Neck, to which the Round Internal Tendon of the Mufculus Biceps is Inferted. Fid. Tab. tfy, I. B, A Smooth Cartilaginous Outfide of the Superior Part or Head of the Radius ; which is Receiv’d in an almoft Se- micircular Sinus of the Upper End of the Ulnay Fig. 4. A, By this Articulation of the Radius with the Ulnay the For- mer, i. e. the Radius is Render’d Capable of Turning on the Vlnay like as on an Axisy the Ulna at that Time Remain- ing Unmov’d; which Motion of the Radius together with the Hand, is Call’d either Pronation or Supination: Pronation is Perform’d when the Palm of the Hand is Turn’d Down and the Back of it is Uppermoft; and on the Contrary, when the Palm is Turn’d Up and the Back is Undermoft, it’s Call’d Supination. C D, The Lower-part of the Radius Articulated with the Ojfa Carpi. N. B. The Foramina of the Blood-Fejfels of the Bones are well Expreft in this Table. THE NINETY-SEVENTH TABLE. EMONSTR ATES the BonesjoftheHatldf into Three Parts ; viz. The Carpus or Brachialif, (1,2,3,4, the Metacaypus or Toflbrachialis (E E E); and the Fingers (F G HI); Firft of the Bones of the Car- pus or Wrift: Thefe are Eight in Number, and Compos’d of Two Orders or Ranks of Bones ; of which the Firft Rank is commonly reckon’d to have Four t, 2, 3, 4; the Two Firft of thefe Bones jointly Compofe a Smooth Convext Surface, Cover’d with a Cartilage which is re- ceiv’d in a Shallow Sinus at the Inferior Part of the Radius, Tab. 96. Fig. y, 6. CD; which Articula- tion is call’d Arthrodia : The Third Bone here Expreft, dos not Help to Compofe the Articula- tion of either Rank, but is Fatten’d on the Fourth by a Ligament, which Conjun&ion is call’d Synde[mofis\ the Ufe of this Third Bone, is to Help to Support the Tranfverfe Ligament, under which the Tendons Bending the Fingers pafs: The Fourth Bone ( plac’d between the Second and Eighth) do’s not Compofe either Rank, whe- ther Articulated with the Radius or Metacarpal Bones, but is Inferted between the Two Ranks: The Fifth Bone here Expreft, is not properly to be reckon’d among thofe of the Two Ranks, but like the Fourth is plac’d between them, and is Ar- ticulated to the Firft Bone of the Thumb; which Articulation may be call’d Synarthrofis : The Sixth Bone here Expreft, ought to be reckon’d the Seventh, the Sixth not being Expreft in this Figure, but is Reprefented in Fig. 2. *: This may be properly reckon’d the Firft of the Second Rank, to whofe Lower Part the Metacarpal- bone of the Fore-Finger is Articulated: The Se- venth Bone of the Carpus (here Sign’d the Sixth as above Noted) like the preceding, is Articu- lated with the Metacarpal-bone of the Middle- Finger, and may be properly Efteem’d the Se- cond Bone of the Second Rank or Order : The Eighth Bone of the Carpus (here Sign’d Seventh and Eighth) is the Third and Laft Bone of the Second Rank : The Lower-parts of the Metacar- pal-bones of the Little and Ring-Fingers, are Conjoin’d to this Eigth Bone of the Carpus by Synarthrojis : The Upper-parts of the Three Bones of the Second Rank laft Treated of, (not unlike the Two Firft of the Firft Rank) do Con- junftly Frame a Convext Oblong Smooth Surface on their Upper-parts, which is receiv d in a Con- cave fitted for it, fram’d by the Inferior Parts of the Two Firft Bones of the Firft Rank: This Articulation made by the Two Ranks of Bones of the Carpus, may alfo be call’d Arthrodia. A B C D, The Four Bones of the , whofe Upper-parts are Articulated to the Sixth, Seventh and Eighth Bones of the Carpus by Sy~ narthrofis, and their Inferior Parts with the Bones of the Fingers, by Arthrodia. E E E, The Interflitia of the Metacarpal- bones, wherein the Mufculi Inter-OjfeiMQ plac’d; the Internal Parts of thefe Bones towards the Palm are Concave, as Appears in this Figure; but their External Parts towards the Back of the Hand are Convext, as is Reprefented by Fig. 2 ; the like may be Obferv’d in the Bones of the Fin- gers and Thumb. FFF, &c. The Firft Internodes, or Bones of the Fingers and Thumb. G G, The Second Internodes. HHH, <&c. The Third and laft Internodes of the Bones of the Fingers and Thumb. 11K K, The Articulations of the Bones of the Fingers with each other, and the Two laft Bones of the Thumb, is by Ginglymus; but the Fingers are Articulated with the Metacarpal-bones by Arthrodia, as above Noted. 9,10,11, The,Oj]a of which Ten are faid to belong to each Hand, viz. Two of the Thumb plac’d on the Inferior and Internal Part of its Firft Bone F ; the other Eight are in like Manner plac’d on the Inferior and Internal Parts of the Off a Metacarpi. In Young Bodies thefe Bones are not found, as in Others. They are apt to be loft in Freeing the Bones, whether by Boyling or otherwife. Fig. 2, The Bones as they Appear on the Back-part of the Right Hand ; for whofe Explanation Con- fult Fig. 1. Fig. 3. 12,13,14,15,16, 17, 18, 19, The Bones of the Carpus Separated "from each other. 1* yy. T 3%: 1 THE NINETY-EIGHTH TABLE. ■ E come now to the Two Bones which Compofe the Lower-part of the Spina, namely the Os Sacrum and Coccjgis. The Outfide and Back-part of the Os Sacrum Compos’d of Four or Five Bones like Vertebra in the Foetus; all which are United in the Adult, and fome Marks of their Conjunction only Appear, elpecially on its Internal Concave Part. Vid. Fig. x. D. AAA, &c. Some Ve/tigia or Marks of the Conjunctions of the Afcend- insand Defcending Procefs’s of the Five Vertebra, which Compofe the Os Sacrum. B B B B, The Foramina Fram’d by the laft mention’d Tranfverfe Procefs’s, and chiefly fill’d with a Cartilaginous Body; fome fmall Branches of Nerves only palling out of them to the Mufculus Glu- taus Maximus. C C C, D D, The Sinus’s Fram’d on each Side the Os Sacrum., by the Meeting of its Tranfverfe Pro- cefs’s. E, The Superior Surface of the Upper-part of the Os Sacrum, on which is plac’d the Laft Verte- ~bra of the Loins. Vr- yf*hy (ix r - ■ e - F, The Specus or Great Foramen of the Sacrum, being continued from that of the Vertebra of the Back, by which the Nerves that Help to Compofe the Cauda Equina Defcend to their Egrefs, thro’ the Internal Foramina of this Bone, Fig. 2. B B B. GG A Sinus Fram’d in the Oblique Afcending Prccefs of the Firft Vertebra of the Os Sacrum, which’receives the Oblique Defcending Procefs of the Laft Vertebra of the Loins. HH Thofe Parts of the Sacrum join’d to the Off'a IB by the Interpofition of a Cartilage; which Conjunction is call d Syncondrofis. 11 The Spines of the Sacrum. k k Two Procefs’s of the Sacrum, Connected to the Two Procefs’s of the Os Coccjgis, Fig. 3. A,B. •SovCyciL (PoMi-'-uk' Fig. x. The Infide or Fore-part of the Os Sacrum• AAA, The Smooth Infide of the Five Vertebra which Compofe the Os Sacrum. B B B The Foramina by which the Nerves pals out from its Specus. CC,DD, The partly Cartilaginous and partly Bony Connection of the Vertebra of the Sacrum. E, The Inferior Part of the Sacrum join’d to the Upper-part of the Os Coccjgis. Fig. 3. The Back-part of the Os Coccjgis, Compos’d of Five Bones join’d to each other by Syncondrofis. A B, Two Afcending Procels’s of the Os Coccjgis, join d to thole of the Sacrum, Fig. 1. k k. 4,5, The feveral Bones which Frame the Os Coccygis. Fig. 4. The Internal Part of the Os Coccjgis, whofe Characters are Explain’d in the preceding Figure*. THE NINETY-NINTH TABLE. Fig. i. E Internal Concave Surface of the Os Innominatum, which in the Foetus is Manifeftly Compos'd of Three Bones; but become fo United in the A- dult, as that no Marks of their Cartilaginous Conjunction do’s than Appear, Bone is by fome call’d Ilium, Os Coxcndicis, and Os zAnchce, and fome- times Lumbare: For the better Defcription of it, Anatomifls have given di- ftinCl Names to the feveral Parts of it, which Appear in fho Foetus, as follow. A B C D, That Part of the Os Innominatum, call’d Ilium: AAA, The Internal Concave Part of it, in which the Mufculus Iliacus Internus is plac’d, call’d Cofla Ilii: IBDiTTinP ■ The Spine of the Ilium: C, The Foramina of the Blood-Vellels which pafs into its Meditullium or Internal Part. D, That Part of the Os Ilium join’d to the Sacrum by a Cartilaginous Interpofition, which Com junction is call’d Syncondrofis. E, That Part of the Os Innominatum, call’d Os Tubis or Te&inis. F, The Great Foramen of the Os Ifchium, Compos’d by that Bone in Conjunction with the Os Tubis. G, The Fore-part of the Os Tubis. H, The Third Part of the Os Innominatum, call’d Os Ifchium and Os Coxcndicis. I, A Prominence of the Os Ilium, whence the zMujculus Re&us Femoris do’s Arife: Fid. Tab. 7y. G. Fig. x. The External Convext Surface of the Os Innominatum: ABB, Its Cavity, wherein the Head of the Os Femoris is receiv’d, call’d Acetabulum and Tixis- A, A Sinus Excavated in the Inferior Part of the Acetabulum, in which the Mucilaginous Gland is plac’d: Fid. Tab. 74.1. The Ligamentum Rotundum Figur’d Tab. 74. k, Arifes from the Lower-part of the Acetabulum to- wards its External Margin ; whence it pafles Upwards to its Termination in the Head of the Os Femo- ris ; which Difpofition of that Ligament, is no fmall Artifice in Nature, in preventing too great a Coa- lifion of the Superior Part of the zAcetabulum with the Head of the Thigh-bone, in Walking, Run- ning, <&c. as before Noted. B B, The External Margin of the Acetabulum, whence the Ligamentum Latum do’s Arife; which Ligament is Implanted in the Neck of the Os Femoris. C D E, The V or/urn Ilii. D Superior, The Spina Ilii. EE, Divers Procefles towards the BacLpart of the Ilium, where its other Side, Expreft in the Former Figure D, is join’d with the Sacrum. F, A Sinus of the Os Ilium, in which the MufculusTyriformis pafles towards its Implantation. G, An Acute Procefs of the Ifchium. H, An Appendix of the Ifchium, to which a Ligament Arifing from the Os Sacrum is Fatten'd: From this Appendix the dMufculus Qu/idratus Femoris, and the Mufcles Bending the Tibia, do Arife. I, That Part where the Os Ifchium joins with the Os Tubis. K, The Os Tubis or Tell inis. L, The Great Foramen of the Ifchium and Tubis. N. B. The Three Bones which Compofe the Os Innominatum, all meet and join in the Acetabulum. Tubis. oo. T. 100 THE HUNDREDTH TABLE. SH EW S the Bones of the Foetus of one Month to Seven Months after tns about a Month after Conception; in which the Cartilaginous Rudiments of Bones have di- vers little Bony Specks or Oflifications in the Arms and Legs. Fig. 2. The Skeleton of a Foetus of Six Weeks, in which the Rudiments of the Bones of the c Artus or Limbs do Appear in Bony Specks, fomewhat Larger than thofe of the preceding Figure; the Clavicula being Intirely Bony. Fig- 3,4- The Fore and Back-part of the Skeleton of a Foetus of about Three Months; in which the Be- ginnings of all the Bones Appear. Fig. y. The Skeleton of a Foetus of about Four Months; in which the Bones with their Cartila- ginous Appendages do Appear, without any confi- derable Difference (except in Magnitude) from thofe in the Two preceding Figures. Fig. 6. The Back-part of the Skeleton of a Foetus of about Four Months after Conception. In the Embryo, or Firft Rudiments of the Foe- tus within the Womb; thofe Parts which after- wards become Bones, are than Intirely Cartilagi- nous, till about the End of the Firft Month after Impregnation; at which Time divers Bony Specks or Oflifications begin to Appear about the Middle of the Larger Bones of the Limbs, efpecially in the Clavicula. Two Months after Conception, '•■Nie Whole Head do’s not afford any Bony Appear- ance, except the Third Pair of Bones of the Upper Jaw, and the Two Bones which Frame the Lower Jaw, which about this Time Appear Diftindt The Middle-parts of the Clavicula are Bony after the Firft Six Weeks. The Shoulder-blades are with- out any Proper Figure about the Second Month after Conception, at which Time their Oflifica- tions begin in their Middle-parts : About the Third Month their Spinal Procefs’s begin to be Bony, as well as their Coracoidal and Short Pro- cefs’sNear this Time the Whole Spine, or Ver- tebra of the Neck, Back, Loins, Os Sacrum and Coccygis, begin to be Bony. The Sixth Vertebra of the Back Internally, fome Bony Specks in each Vertebra Appear, and Gradually Leflen them- felves to the Fifth Vertebra of the Neck; the like Oflifications may be Obferv d to become Lefs and Lefs in each Vertebra, towards the Lower-part of the Spine, to the Third Vertebra of the Os Sa- crum. The Incurvation or Bending Forwards of the Whole Spine at this Time, is Remarkable. The Four Upper Vertebra of the Neck, afford fome Bony Appearances Laterally, about the Third Month; near which Time the Bodies of the Three Upper Vertebra of the Os Sacrum, feem to Frame One Bone, but its Lateral Parts are not Bony till the Fourth Month; at which Time the Bodies of the Third and Fourth Vertebra of the Neck begin to Appear. The Fifth and Sixth Month, the Epiftropheus or Second Vertebra of the Neck has a Bony Speck ; but its Tooth-like Proceft is yet Cartilaginous: The Fore-part of the Atlas or Firft Vertebra is yet wanting. The Os Coccygis is Cartilaginous till about the Eighth or Ninth Month; at which Time, in its Internal Part, call’d its Body, Two Offeous Specks Appear about the Bignefs of Two great Pin’s Heads. All the Vertebra of the Spine of the Foetus (at this Time) Appear Compos’d of Three Bones ; Firft that of the Bodies of the Vertebra Forwards; Secondly its Two Lateral Parts which Frame their Tranfverfe Proceft’s: Their Spinal Proceft’s not Appearing Bony till fome Time after the Par- tus j whence (as Spigelius Obferves) Rope-Dan- cers, Tumblers, &c. by early Practice whilft they are Children, the Spines ol the Back-bone give way to the Inflection of their Vertebra Back- wards ; the common Polition of the Spines being Obliquely Defending, they do thereby incline more Horizontal, and their Points are alfo ren- dred more Obtule. The Os Jnnominatum about the Second Month after Conception is Cartilaginous, except that Part of it call’d Ilium, where it Frames the Upper-part of the Acetabulum, it has a Bony Speck about the Bignefs of a Common Pin’s Head. In the Fourth Month the Os Coxendicis or Jjchium, (another Part of the Os Innominatum) has a Bony Appear- ance, where it meets the Ilium within the Aceta- bulum, not exceeding the Head of a common Pin in Magnitude; the like may be Obferv’d of the Os Pubis within the Acetabulum: Thefe Three Bones which Compofe the Innominatum, remain Diftinguilh’d in the Foetus by a Cartilaginous In- terpofitibn, which continues till the Seventh Year, at which Age thofe Cartilaginous Marks Difappear. In the Second Month all the Ribs except the Firft and Laft, are fo harden’d, that the Channels (Expreft Fig. 4. Tab. 94. E,) or Si- nus's for the Intercoftal Blood-Veflels and Nerves, Appear. The Time of the Oflification of the Sternum is uncertain; but Euftachius is miftaken in laying, It s altogether Cartilaginous in Children Newly Born. Kerckringius affirms he never Differed a Foetus of Four Months, but he found fome Little Bony-Bodies in the Sternum. Their Number and Figure Varying in moft Subjefts, we need not fay more of them in this place. The Oflification of the Art us is very Early, as Appears by the Firft and Second Figures of this Table, where the Mid- dle-parts of the Bones Firft Appear in little White Specks a Month after Conception, as above No- ted ; but fome of their Appendages are Intirely Cartilaginous for fome Months after the Birth, The Eight Cartilages of the Carpus become Bony fome Time after the Birth. The Appendages of the Bones of the Metacarpus and Fingers, conti- nue Intirely Cartilaginous fome Months after the Birth; the like may be Obferv’d of the Feet and Toes j the Patella in like Alanner are Intirely Cartilaginous fome Months after the Birth. THE HUNDRED & FIRST TABLE. EPRESENTS the Fore-parts of the Bones' of a Foetus of Nine Months. A, The Fronticulus fram’d at the Meeting of the Bones of the Sinciput %>JJ ife®§§ VrcV/ and Frontal Bones, it being a Difcontinuation of thofe Bones in the Foetus; ggCljgr J!f§$ which continues in the Infant for Divers Months, and fometimes Years. ljpj.% B B, The Two Frontal-bones. llfjk C C, Parts of the Bregma or Sincipital-bones. jyp-O t /In DD, The Sagittal Suture Extended to the Upper-part of the Nofe. tPUl ’ICSij EE, The Coronal Suture; they are call’d Sutures in Refpeft of their Appearance in the Adult, but here in the Foetus they rather feem to De- - ferve the Term Harmonia; they Approaching to limple Lines, and are not Indented till the Bones become Hard ; but fince a Membrane Interpofes, Spigelius call’s this Con- junction in Infants SynjmenJis. F, The Cartilage of the Nofe cut off; G, Its Septum. H H, The Upper-jaw, or properly the Fourth Bone of the Upper Jaw. 11, The Two Bones which Compofe the Lower Jaw; K, Their Suture, or more properly their Conjunction by Synchondrofis. L L, The External or Stony Parts of the Teeth, yet lying within their Alveoli or Sockets, and Co- ver d with the Periojlium of the Jaw-bone: The Time of their Breaking forth is uncertain, and the Order they Appear in, is commonly well known; yet in this too they fometimes vary, and the Dentes Canini Appear before the Incifores; if their Eruption is Tedious, the Gums thro’ frequent Ufe are fo harden’d, as to Occafion ill Symptoms; in which Cafe not only the Gums, but the Periojlium, which at that Time immediately Cover’s the Upper-parts of the Sockets, is to be Divided by a Sharp Inftru- ment; whereby the Imprifon’d Tooth is fet at Liberty, and the Tenfion of the Periojlium Reliev’d. In PraCtifing this Operation, we ought to have Regard to the Time of the Eruption of thofe Teeth we cut upon; for thofe only ought to have their Gums and periojlium Divided, which Appear fome- what Prominent: By too early Dividing of thofe Parts they Unite again, and their Cicatrice Ren- der’s them more Obftinate to the Eruption afterwards, especially if the Periojlium its felf was not Divided before. M, The Left Clavicle. N, The Internal Part of the Right Scapula. O, The Acromion of the Scapula join’d with the Extremity of the Clavicle. P, The Cartilaginous Appendix of the Os Humeri. Q, The Os Humeri. R R, The Ulna. S S, The Radii. T T, The Cartilages which Compofe the Bones of the Carpus on both Sides. V V, The OJfa Metacarpi, whole Extremities are Cartilaginous. W W, The Bones of the Fingers, whofe Knuckles or Appendages are Cartilaginous. X, The Vertebra of the Neck; Y, Thofe of the Back; Z, Thofe of the Loins. ' i, The Os Sacrum. x, The Coccygis. 3, The Ilium. 4., Ifchium. 5, Tubis. 6.6, The Sternum with Divers little Bony Bodies. 7.7, The True-ribs. 8.8, &c. The Baftard-ribs. 9, The Enfiformal Cartilage of the Sternum. 10, The Thigh-bone; 11, Its Trochanter Major yet Cartilaginous. 12, The Trochanter Minor in like manner Cartilaginous. 13, The Cartilage which makes the Patella. 14., The Tibia. 15, The Os Sura or Fibula. 16, The Cartilages which make the Bones of the Tar [us. 17, The OJfa Metatarji. 18, The Bones of the Toes, which are Cartilaginous at their Extremities, like thofe of the Fingers. JT. ioj T. so z THE HUNDRED & SECOND TABLE. —s the Back-part of the Skeleton of a Foetus of Nine Months. A, Part of the Sagittal Suture. BB, The Ojfa Bregmatis. PP(ts§f CC, The Sutura Lambdoides. Ilf D, The Os Occipitis which commonly in the Foetus is Di- vided into Four Bones; Three of which Appear in this Fi- ijySwl gure; the F ourth lying between the Offa Petr of a, and is join'd to the Os Sphenoides, Tab. 92. Fig. 2. P. E, The Os Temporum or Squamofum not yet join’d with that Part or Procefs of it, call’d Petrofum. F F, The Lower Jaw. G, The Os Jugale. H H,0fc. The Seven Vertebra of the Neck, II,&c. Twelve of the Thorax, KK,BV. Five of the Loins, without their Spinal Procefs’s. L, The Right Scapula. M> Part of the Right Clavicula. NN, &c. The True Ribs. O O, &c. The Baftard Ribs. P, The Os Humeri. Q, The Ulna. R, The Radius. S, The Cartilages which Compofe the Bones of the Carpus. T, The Bones of the Metacarpus. V, The Bones of the Fingers. W, The Os Sacrum ; X, The Ilium, Y, Thelfchium, Z, The Pubis, 1, The Thigh-bone. 2, The Cartilaginous Appendages of the Lower-part of the Thigh-bone, and Upper-parts of the Tibia and Fibula. q, The Tibia, a., The Fibula. y, The Cartilages which Frame the Bones of the Tar fits. <5, The Bones of the Metatarfus. 7, The Bones of the Toes. N. B There are divers Remarkable Parts of this Figure, as 'well as of the preceding Table, 'which have efcapd Lettering : Ms the Spines of the Scapulae, Cartilaginous cAppendages of the Olfa Humeri, Ulna;, Radii, Femoris, Tibia:, Fibula;, &c. but mofi ofthefe being already Letter'd on other Figures of the Bones, we jhall Omit their Repe- tition on thefe, Jince the Additional Letters already made with a Pen on thefe Figures, are fo Numerous. THE HUNDRED & THIRD TABLE. H E Bones of the Inferior Artus or Limbs are Divided into t^6 00t' 111 The Fore-part of the Left Thigh-bone. lei Mm The Upper Appendix of the Thigh-bone, call’d its Head, cover’d with a Cartilage, which is receiv’d in the Acetabulum of the Os Innominatum, Tab. 99. Fig. 2. A B B. The Round Ligament Arifing from the Inferior Part of the Acetabulum, is Tn- ferted near the Middle of this Head of the Thigh-bone, Fig. 2. B. This Articu- lation of the Thigh-bone with the Hip-bone, is call’d Enarthrojis. B, The Trochanter Major, which in Young Bodies Appears join’d with a Car- tilage to the Thigh-bone, and is therefore call’d an Epiphyfis or Appendix. C, The Cervix or Neck of the Os Femoris, to which the Ligamentum Latum is Faften’d. DE, The Inferior Appendix of the Os Femoris, Framing Two Heads : The Smooth Cartilaginous Surface which Appears between them, receives the Inter- nal Surface of the Patella, Fig. 4.. F, A Sinus whence the MuJcuius Poplitceus has its Tendinous Origin. Fig. 2. The Pofterior Part of the Right Thigh-bone. A, Its Head. B, A little Deprelfure, where the Ligamentum Rotundum is Implanted. C, The Lelfer Trochanter, to which the Mufcuius Pfoas and Iliacus Interms, are Inferted. DE, The Two Inferior Heads of the Thigh-bone, which are receiv’d in Two Shallow Depreflures, Fram’d by Two Semilunary Cartilages, plac’d on the Supe- rior Part of the Tibia: The Sinus between thefe Two Heads, receives a Imall Pro- minence on the Upper-part of the Tibia, efpecially in its Flexion : This Articula- tion of the Thigh with the Tibia, is by Gynglimus. F, The Great Trochanter, where the Mufculus Pyriformis, Marfupialis, Obturator Externus, and Parts of the Glutcei S3, The Extenfor PoUicis Pedis Longus on both Feet. Part of the Peroneus Secundus or Semifibuleus. SSy Part of the Peroneus Primus or Fibuleus. 5:6, y 6, Parts of the Gaflcrocnemus Exjernus on both Legs. y7, Part of the Flexor Tertii Inter noddL Digitorum Pedis Perf or an s. y8, Part of the Gajlerocnemus InternuW S9y The AbduBor Pollicis. 60, Part of the Extenjor Secundi Lnternodii Digitorum Pedis, or Extenfor Brevis. 6r, The Tendon of the Extenfor PoUicis Brevis. 62, The Extenjor Tertii Lnternodii Digitorum Pedis Ijmgus. P PEN 1) 1 X. ' THE SECOND TABLE. Fig- i- ■ H E External Mufcles and other Parts as they Appear on the Back-part of a Hu- mane Body , after the Skin, Fat, and Membranes are remov’d, i, The Muf cuius Temporalis. 2, The Orbicularis Palpebrarum. 3, Part of the Zygomaticus. 4, The Deprefjor Labiorum Communis. 7, The Maffeter. d, Part of the Maftoidens. 7, Part of the Elevator Scapula. 8, Part of the Splemus. 9, The Occipitalis. 10,10,10, The Cucularis or Trapezius, on both Sides, a, The Os Bregmatis ; b, The Occipitis. c, Part of the Sagittal Suture, or Longitudinal Suture, d, The Lambdoidal Suture, e, The Os Jugate. f, The Parotide Salival Gland. Under this Parotide Salival Gland, are plac’d divers Lym- phatick Glands, which receive Lympha from their Importing Lymphe-du&s, Arifing from the Neighbouring Parts as well as the Parotide Salival Gland it felf. Befides thefe Lympha- tick Glands immediately under the Parotides, there are ftill others of the fame kind below them, lying near the Jugular Veins, and are continued to the Clavicula ; all thefe Tranfmit Lympha (by their Exporting Lymphe-du&s) either to the Subclavian Glands, or to the Upper-part of the Thoracick- duCfc immediately. Thefe Lymphatick Glands become Tu- mid in Scrophulous Cafes, and may be happily remov’d by Incifion, and no great Flux of Blood follow ; which Pra&ice is Preferable to the Application of Efcharoticks which are commonly made ufe of. I have at this Time a Patient in whom not only the above mention’d Superior Lymphatick Glands of the Left Side were Diftended, but the Parotide Sa- lival Gland of the fame Side was very much Indurated, and not a little Diftended alfo ; in the Middle of which Indura- tion of the Parotide Gland, I found an Aperture whence the Spittle Flow’d in no fmall Quantity, in Maftication : In Preffing the Part near the Aperture, I found the Spittle Gufli out, which had Lodg’d it felf between the Skin and the Gland. After the External Skin was Divided, I could plainly fee the Spittle Arife from divers Interftices of the Lobuli of the Gland; when he Chaw’d any Thing, the Spittle Flow’d on his Handkerchief (per StiUicidium,) which he was wont to hold under his Ear to receive it. The Sinus s from whence the Spittle wasDifcharg’d being thus laid Open, the Quantity of Spittle which Flow'd, foon Abated ; the Fungous Flefli being remov’d by the Application of Gentle Efcharoticks, the Flux of Saliva Leffen’d. He Drinking of a Deco&ion of Sarfafa- nlay China, Lig. Guiaci, &c. for his common Drink, and Eating of a very Drying Diet, fuch as Biskets, Almonds, and the like. Aquapendens in Treating of the Wounds of the Cheeks, mentions a clear Water not unlike the Tears of the Eyes, which he faw Flow from a very fmall Hole when the Patient Eat; to which he adds, Vnde (3 quomodo effluaty Ego certe nefeio. The Accurate Nuck tells us (from Roonhuyfe a Dutch Wri- ter) of a Patient in whom the Spittle Flow’d from an Ulcer in the Cheek, not unlike that above mention’d : Nor was the Flux of Spittle Abated, and the Ulcer brought to a Cicatrix without a Drying Diet, as the Incorrjparable takes No- tice. A Flux of Lympha fometimes happens in Wounds of the Limbs, where the Lymphe-du&s are Wounded. After Letting Blood in the Flexure of the Cubit, I faw (the next Day) a vaft Quantity of Lympha had Stain’d the Shirt which lay over the Orifice, and about the Arm; the next Day af- ter, the Flux of Lympha Abated, and the Orifice foon after Clos’d. Perhaps a great Part of that Thin Matter call’d Gleety which we find fome Days after Amputations, or large Wounds, Flows from the Divided Lymphe-du&s as well as Nutritive Tubes of fhe. Part. When Lymphe-du&s are broken in Old Ulcers, and the Flux of Lympha do’s not ea- fily Abate, tho’ the Patient is confin’d to a Drying Diet. The like Difficulty attended the reftraining of the Flux of Lym- pha when a Lymphe-dud: was Open’d in an IfTue in the Leg, as was Communicated to me by Mr. Bernard and Mr. Guddier both Experienc’d Surgeons of this Town; in which Cafe a Drying Diet ftopt the Flux, and the Ulcer was foon after Ci- catric a; tho’ many Deficatives Topicks, as well as Actual and Potential Cauteries, had before prov’d Ineffectual. By this we may fee (however fome endeavour to Difparage Anatomy) how Ufeful it is in the Practice of Surgery. g, The Spine of the Seventh Vertebra of the Neck. h, h, The Tendons of the Cucularis on both Sides Inferted to the Spines of the Scapula. i, i, The Extremities of the Spines of the Scapula, to which the Clavicidce are Connected. k k, The Lower Angles of the Scapula. 11, The Bajis Scapula. m m, The Upper Appendices of the 'Vina, call’d Ole cram. n n, The External Protuberance of the OJJd Humerum, where the Radii are Articulated, and the Mufcles Extending the Carpi and Fingers do Arife. o o, The Inferior Appendix of the 'Vina next the Carpus, ii, The Muf cuius Deltoides of the Right Side. 12.12, The Infrajpinatus on both Sides. 13.13, Parts of the Rotundi Minores. 14)14) The Rotundi Major es. 1L 1L 1 f) The LatiJJimi Dorji. * * Their Tendinous Parts palling over the Sacrolumbales and DorjiLongiJJimi. i ' 1Jeulc 24,24. The Divifions of the Arteries of the Arm below the Flexure of the Cubit 25. A Communicant Branch of an Artery, Arifing from the Trunk of the Artery of the Arm, above its Flexure at the Cubit, vvhich is Inofculated with the Arteries of the Cubit below. In fome Subjetfs you will not find This Communicant Branch, as here reore- fented; in whom there arc divers Smaller Branches of the fame Kind. Bv thefe Com- municant Branches (of the TPFr art of the Brachial Artery with thofe of the Cubit! the Blood ftill pafles, tho the Trunk (23) is firmly Ty’d, which is done In taking up the Mrtery, as it’s call d when tis Wounded, in the Caufe of an Mmurifma. Brides firmly Tying the Trunk of the Artery above the Place where it is Wounded ; it is alfo n/ ceftay ,0 tie it in life manner Mow, lead .he Blood Convey’d by .he Branches to the Inferior Trunk, ftill pours out at the Wound of the Artery from below in a Retrograde Manner. 5 26. The External Artery of the Cubit, which makes the Pulfe near the Carina 27. The Arteries of the Hands and Fingers. r ' 28 28. The Defcending Trunk of the Mneria Magna. 29. The Mneria Bronchahs, Springing from one of the Intercoftal Arteries; It fome times Arifes immediately from the Defcending Trunk of the Morta, at other times the Superior Intercoftal Artery, which Springs from the Subclavian. Thefe Bronchial Ar- teries Inofculate with the Pulmonary Arteries, as I have elfewhere taken Notice, and which 1 fince find is mention d and Flgur d by the Accurate Epitt. Mnatom. 6 Fre < V c c 30. A Small Artery Springing from the Forepart of the Mona Defender, paffi.U to the Gula: guyfeh tells us of Branches of Arteries from the Superior IntcrcoftaL which 20 to the Gula. , . . ., . 3 r, 3 r. The Intercoftal Arteries on each Side the Mneria Magna Defendcns 32 The Trunk of the Mneria Cceliaca, from whence Springs ,, The Hepatick Arteries, and & -4! The Mneria Cyfiica,lying on the Gall-bladder, 35.' The Mrteria Coronaria Ventriculi Inferior, 36. The Pylorica, 37, 37- The FfFlcA De.xtr*’ Smftra, and Media, Springing from the Coronaria 38. The Ramifications of the Coronary Artery, which embrace on the Bottom of the Stomach. . „ . „ 39. The Coronaria EentmnU Superior. Tpfr c.'^0, !cn*c l flcrie5J or the Two Arteries of the Diaphragm: that of the CaBma. C An ,"S rOU1 lhc Trunfc of ,he Mugna, the Right Springing from tint in the fitujTh AmTh Arifing fr°m ‘he CMlCa- This is Co"'0”'1 Reft of1:- Arteri!'tArt'”t,S gn^ng 10 Tnle VPP^r art °f the Duodenum ant! Pancreai j the thf Spleen ™ °f Pm SPr,"S from lhc Splenick Artery in its Paflige to 44i44.llTh?Branch«rf,h5’r'W J SV,tr"r’ Turn'd towards the Right Side. the4Va4riom ° the Ar,cry-/®d the Small Guts; here arrtre at the Imeftines, may be obferv’d Al'er)r ln thc M'fcmeiy, before they 4« ARemartbl from ,h ,he Two °bIiand Raii'j» 66, 66. The Corpora CavcrnojaPenis, Freed from the Off a Pubis, and Ty’d after Inflation. vernou, Body Vm"‘ “ thcy Appcar Inje,aed wi,h Wax' in «* O. 68. The Capfula, and Septum of the Corpora Cavcrnofa Penis. 69. The Crural Arteries. . 7°> 7°* Jhe Arteries which pafs to the Mufcles of the Thighs and Tibia: The No- lmnanon of each Mufcle in this Place would be Tedious, and of no Ufe: wherefore I haU pafs Them by hem, as I have done in the Arms; it being fufficient, we know, the liogiefs of the Great Trunks, to avoid Wounding them in Chirurgical Operations, or to find them on Occafion : We fball begin firft with the Defcription of the Trunk of the Aiteiies of the Arm. So foon as the Subclavian Artery has paft the Clavicula, it marches *f°f /hC Xlu-a? whcrefore “j Cal,cl Axillaris, whence its Trunk Defcends between the Mufcuius Brachaus Jnternus and Externns, on the Inlide of the Arm, and is Divided below e Lending of the Cubit, as you fee it Expreft in the Figure ; it Parting with Several Branches to the Neighbouring Mufcles, and Parts it PafTes by; Their Dfllribution not being alike in any Two Subjects, I have hitherto Examin’d, or in the Right and Left Sues of the fame, as appears in this Figure: Tho’ the Progrefs of their Large Trunks aie commonly Uniform; yet in that too, they vary confidcrably, and the Trunk of the A ey at the Flexure of the Cubit fometimes runs Collateral with the Vena Bafilica, tho’ it mod commonly pafTes Under that Vein : Of this, Thofe that Let Blood ought to take Notice, and that the Veflel they See or Feel has no Puliation, before they thruft theic ' ut0r TTIS°r CJn I,ou\lt a Ufeful Obfervation in this Place; which is, That the Operator before He applies his Ligature on the Ann, fhould firft feel for the Artery, becaufe afterwards its Pulfation cannot be fo eafily Difcover’d; the Reafon of which is Obvious. After Amputation, above the Elbow, the Trunk of the Axillary Artery only, affords any Conlideiable Flux of blood : In Amputations below the Elbow, we find Two, fome-. Te\Thrce3 and Four Confiderable Trunks, which may require Tying Up; the Manner ox which I ractice is fo wtell Delcribd in the Works of Pary, I fliall omit faying ‘W Thing of it in this Place, tho’ it has been mofb commonly Difus’d in this King- dom till of Late; the many Conveniences of which Pra&ice will (I don’t doubt) iiifii- ciently Recommend it to a General Ufe, as well in other Impetuous Fluxes of Blood as m thofe after Amputations. After the External Iliack Artery (54.) is paft out of the Ca- vity of the it obtains the Name of ihe Crural Artery, (69.) and Defcends ob- liquely on the Crural Vein, on the Fore-part of thc Thigh, immediately Under thc MuC- cums Sartorms : t About Four Fingers Breadth above the Knee, theft Two Large Blood Veftels pafs thro the Lower Part of the Mufculus Triceps to the Ham, (7r.) hei/the Vein rs P\IC 1 -Ab£r thpAne,r)r as In other Parts» and fo Defcends to the Foot, after bein? Divided in Three Branches, as is Expreft in Fig. 7i. . * S 7r. That Parr of the Crural Artery, which pafies the Ham. 72. The Three Large Trunks of the Arteries of the Lee. 71. The Arteries of the Foot. a0I1!vtagVGrig.a"!! “ 'hey APPOT by a Micr0f“P= in *= Jhe Fin of a Grigt lying in a Glafs Tube. T‘!! Cartd3ginous Extremities of the Ribs, on which the Fin is Extended, kr? ir S'‘na11 Scratches, or Streaks we commonly find in the Glafs Tube. f , C . e Ianches 01 the Arteries, Proceeding from their Larger Trunks in the Body 0t iv Grig Conveying the Blood to the outmoft Margine of the Fin. . 1 , T Jr’ Tke Extremities of the Arteries, Continu'd to the Veins, wherein One Globule of the blood only moves before another. Belides thefe Communications of the Veins with the Arteries, there are ftill others which are Larger, wherein more than two Globules can pafs together: Thofe are every where Interfpers’d with the Lefler, as plainly appears in thc Fin and Tail of the Flounder, Fig. 5. F. F I, The Veins which convey the Refluent Blood to the Heart. G G, The Magnitude of the Alrea, taken by the Microfcope. f Fig. p. The Extremity, or outmoft Margin of the Side-Fin of a Small Living Flounder, view’if With a Microfcope. A A, The Cartilaginous Extremities of the Ribs, on each Side of which, the Trunks of the Great Blood Veftels pafs. BB, The Arteries. C C, The Veins. D D, Their Lefler Extremities Continu’d to each other. EE, The Large Branches of Veins and Arteries, Liofculating with themfelves, before they arrive at their Extremities, FF, The Larger Conjunftions of the Veins and Arteries, at thc outmoft Margin of the Fin. 6 G G, The which the Microfcope took in, as it appears to the Naked Eye. Fig. 6. R.eprefents ( according to our Conception ) the Origination of the Lymphedu&s from the Extremities of the Blood Veffels. A, The Small Branch of an Artery, a a, Its Extremity Continued to the Vein. B, The Branch of a Vein. C, A I.ympheduft Arifing from the Extremities of the Blood Vcflels, either by the Me* diarion of Divers Vefcula, or Small Tubes; which have Apertures into the Sides of the. Blood Veffels. Fig. 1- The Manner of the Origin of the Excretory Du&s, from the Extremities of the Blood Vefftls. A, The Artery. B, The Vein. C, A Branch of the ThiRus Excretorius. d d, The Extremities of the Blood Veffels. ee, The Extremities of the Excretory Tubes, at their Rife from the Pores in the Sides of the Blood Veffels, before they Unite in the Branch of the Duct* P P E N B IX. THE F O I Ii T H TABLE. Fig. 8. DI s the Sajis of the Skull with the Firft rertebra of the Neck reraain- in? on it, together with divers Mufcles and other Parts. A’,B, C C,D D, The Firft Vertebra of the Neck: A, its Fore-part, behind which, the Tooth-like Procefs of the Second rertebra is :U/> J plac’d j B, its Back-part wanting a Spinal Procefs where the Mufculi l{ecliMinora Pojiici Arife; C C, The Tranfverfe Procefs’s : D D, Two fomewhat Oval Procefs’s of the Firft rertebra, which Move Side- ways on the like Procefs’s on the Upper Part of the Second Ferte- E, A Cavity ifnmediatly behind the Fore-part of the Firft rertebra, Fenc’d with a ftrong Ligament Backwards next the Medulla Spinalis, in which the Tooth-lilSe Procefs of the Second Vertebra Tab. 93 . Fig. 3,4. A A, is receiv’d. , F The Great Foramen, through which the Aledulla Spinalis Deicends from the Flead. G A Small Mufcle, which from its Polition I call Foetus Lateralis: I firft met with it in Diflcftion fome time lince, and afterwards found it was partly Mention’d by Galen, and De- fet ib’d by Falloppim: It Arifes from the Superior Part of the Extremity of the Tranfverfe Pro- cefs of the Firft rertebra of the Neck, and Afcends directly to its Implantation in the Os Occipitis; when it Afts, it Nods the Head Laterally. Id, The Alufulus liettus interior Minor, fo call’d from its Progrefs, Situation and Size, it being much lefs than the Rettus Major, Tab. iS.LI.. It Arifes from the Fore-part of the Fir d rertebra, and is Inferted to the appendix of the Os Occipitis: This with its Partner Nod the Head Forewards, and may be term’d Mnnuentes. 11, The Perforations in the Tranfverfe Procefs’s of the Firft rertebra, in which the Trunks of the Vertebral Arteries and Veins Pafs. K K, The Trunks of the Vertebral Arteries in their Contorted PafTage between the Tranf- verfe Procefs of the Firft rertebra and Great Foramen ( F ) of the Os Occipitis. L L, The Mamiform Procefs’s. M M, The Cartilages of the Meatus Muditorius. jq N A Probe Inferted into the Meatus a. Palato ad _s4urem. This Paflage 11 om the Fauces ad- mits the Air to Pafs from thence into the Cavity of the Tympanum, whereby the Membrana Tympani becomes more Diftendcd, and the leaft Impetus oj the outward Air Shakes it, toge- ther with its little Bones that are Contiguous to it. Befides this PafTage into the Tympanum, there is another PafTage out of it, by the Upper Part of the Membrana Tympani into the Meatus Studhorius, by which fome in holding their Noftrils and Mouths, and forcing up their Breath, can move a fmall Feather or the Flame of a Candle, when held near the Qutwaid Eai; in others it’s ftill Opener, and they can Blow Smoke out at their Ears. Tho this PafTage thro the Tympanum is not commonly (o Open as in the Firft Cafe, yet naturally there is a Small PafTage by the Upper Part of the Membrana Tympani into the Meatus Auditor ms, which feems neceflary, to the End when the Tympanum is Fill d with Aii, any Sudden Impetus of the Ex- ternal Air fhod.1 not Violate the Membrana Tympani. The Meatus .1 Palato ad Murem do’s not only Convey Air into the Tympanum, but ( conftantly remaining Open ) it Admits of a Flu- ctuation of the Contain’d Air of the Tympanum, as well as a Frefh Supply: If this PafTage is Straiten’d, a Difficulty of Hearing nccelfarily Follows; if it is totally Obftrucied, a Deafnefs ; in which Cafe, the Taking of Sneezing Powders gives Relief OjThe Glandulous Membrane Continu’d from the Foramina Nanum to the Inlide of the Fauces. P P, The ProceJJus Styloides. Q, The Carotid Artery Cut off near its Entrance into the Os Petrojum. R R, The Lower Parts of the Ofja Jugaha. S, A Cartilaginous Body lying in the Depreffure of the Os Temporum, where the ProceJJus Condyliformis of the Lower Jaw is Articulated. ... . , T, The fame Intermediate Cartilage of the Articulation Rais d. . V, The Smooth Sinus in the Os Temporale, which Receiv'd the laft mention d Cartilage, t, Part of the Mucelaginous Gland of this Articulation, Cleaving to the above-mention’d Cartilage. W, The Upper Part of the Os Temporale Cut off. X, The Os Occipitis, in like Manner Saw’d off. Y, The Mufeulus Occipitalis, as it Arifes from that Part of the Os Occipitis, where the Mufcles of the Head arc Inferted, whence Mounting ir, foon becomes Tendinous, and Matches on the Sinciput, where it’s Join’d with the Tendon of the Frontalis: Unlefs it may be Suppos d, that the Occipital and Frontal Mufcles are One Biventral Mufcle, Arifing from the Occiput and Inferted to the Lower Part of the Skin of the Fore-head, and being Faften’d to the Hairy-fcalp, Moves it Forewards and Backwards,as well as Lifts up the Lower Part of the Forehead with the Eyebrows. Z Z, The Thinner Part of the Os Occipitis, where the Mufcles of the Inierted. a, The Gargareon Supported by the Probe, NN, Inferted into the Meatus a Palato ad my4itrem, b b, The little Glandules, which Appear in Cutting the Fauces from hence, cc, The Extremity of the ProceJJus Pterygoides, or more properly the Extremity of a Small Slender Procefs above the ProceJJus Pterygoides in this Polition of the Skull; fince Anatomifts in Defcribin" the Mufcles of the Uvula have call’d this Procefs Pterigoides or Tiformis, we [hall ftill Retain the fame Name, tho’ the Aliform Procefs s Expreft, Iab. 92. Fig. 2. K, are Diftinft P10- cefs’s, and no ways like thefe. , . . _ r , T . . dd, The Mufculi Sphenopterigoftaphilini, fo call’d from their Origin, Progrefs, and Infertion : they are alfo call’d Pterigopalatini and Sphenopterigopalatini; they Arife Flefhy from an Acute Procefs of the Os Sphenoides Expreft Fig. 15. H. whence they Pafs to the Procfus Ptery- goides, c c, where they become Tendinous, and arc Reflected over thofe Procefs s to their Infer- tions on the Fore-part of the Gargareon: When thefe Aft,they Draw the Fore-part of the Gar go.- reon towards the Pterigoid Procefs’s, whereby it s pull d fomewhat Upwards, as well as Fore wards. c e, The Sphencftaphilini: Thefe Arife from the fame Procefs’s of the Os Sphenoides with the for- mer, and are Inferted on the Back-part of the Gargareon Oppohte to the Former. Thefe Draw t he Uvula Upwards and Backwards, whereby it Prevents the Afcent of the Aliment into the Fora- mina Narium in Deglutition, as it Happens in thofe in whom the Uvula is wanting. f, The Mufeulus Pterygoideus Fxternus Left at its Origin, at the External Part of the ProceJJus Pterygoides, as well as the Upper Part of the <>s Sphenoide: it felf; whence it Paffes Backwards to its Infertion at the Neck of the ProceJJusCandy hides of the Lower-Jaw. When this and its Partner Aft they Draw the Lower-Jaw Forcwards,whereby the Fore-teeth of the Lower-Jaw are Driven beyond thofe of the Superior, as Falloppius Obferves. g, The MufculUs Pterygoideus Internus alfo Free’d from the Lowef-JaWj and Left at its Origin : Tab. 1 f. Fig. 2. N. It’s Reprefented at its Infertion. h, Some Appearance of the Septum Narium Backwards, ii, The Dentes Molar ex. kky The Canini. 1, The Incifores. m, The Glandula: Labiorum, as they Appear in the Infide of the Upper Lip. Under the In- Internal Membrane of the Mouth; each of thefe Glands has an Excretory Duft, which Perfo- rates the Membrane of the Mouth at a fmall Papilla, by which a Salival Humor is Emitted in- to the Mouth : The like Glands may befeen on the Inlide of the Cheeks, n, The Tip of the Nofe. o, The Hairs of the Palpebrte. Fig. 9. The External Surface of One of the GlanduLe TonftUte or Mmigdala, where the many large Foramina of its Excretory Duels Appear, by which its Pituirous Matter is Difcharg’d into the Fauces, which joins with the Aliment in its Defcentto the Gula. Fig 10. The Pyceptaculum Chyli Fill’d with Quick-Liver, with the Neighbouring Lymphatick Glands remaining in their Proper Situation, together with the Adjacent Parts 5 as I could make a Sketch of them whilft I was Demonftrating the Parts of a Humane Body to fome Worthy and Ingenious Gentlemen, when ProfclTor Bidloo favor’d me with a Vilit. A A, The Kidneys. a a, The Emulgent Veins, of which that of the Right Side is Lower than the Left. B, The Afcending Trunk of the Fena Cava Diftended with Wind; the Lower Part of which is Compreft' by the Iliack Artery of the Right Side. b, The Trunk of the Fena Cava Cut from its Entrance into the Liver and Ty’d. C C, Parts of the Two Iliack Veins, which may be feen Diftended with Wind below the Right Iliack Artery, as the Fena Cava is above ; The External Iliack Veins, as well as the Cru- ral Veins, lie iinmediatly under the Trunks of the Arteries that Accompany them, till they pafs by the Lower Part of the Mufeulus Triceps and Os Femoris, to the Ham, where the Vein is Upper- moft and the Artery Pafles Underneath, after the fame Manner the Great Trunks of Veins and Arteries do in other Parts. This Contrivance in Nature of Placing the Trunks of the Iliack and Upper Parts of the Crural Arteries on the Veins, is an Admirable Artifice to Accelerate the Afcention of the Blood to the Fena Cava and Heart, as it Arifes from the Inferior Parts, by means of the Pulfation of the Arteries. If you Injcft the Arteries with Wax and afterwards Fill the Veins with the fame, you will fee by the Figure of the Wax Contain’d in the Veins, what Ef- feft the Pulfations of the Arteries have on them, in Order to Promote the Afcention of the Re- f] uent Blood from below. In this Comprelfure made by the Iliack Artery of the Right Side, on the Inferior Part of the Fma. Cava its Contain’d Blood is Forc’d to Afcend towards the Flearr, the Valves in the Crural Veins Oppoling its Defcent: By this means alfo the pondus of the Re- fluent Blood from below is Leflen’d, to the End its Motion may be the better Carri’d on at the Extremities of the VefTels in the Legs and Feet, and a Kind of a Pulfation made by the Fena Ca- va, whereby the Lymphatick Lumbal Gland RR, lying between it and the Bodies of the Fer- tebra is gently Compreft, of which hereafter. D D, The Afcending Trunk of the Fena Cava below the Kidneys, d d, The Iliack Arteries. E, The Trunk of the Cali.ua slnsria Cut off'. F, The Trunk of the Mefenterica Superior in like Manner Cut off. e e, The Arteries of the Teftes j the Right Appearing at its Origin from the Trunk of the ylr- teria Magna D; the Left Palling thro’ the Lumbal Gland, Q. f f. The Spermatick Veins near their Entrance into the Trunk of the V ena Cava of the Right Side, and Emulgent Vein of the Left; where there are Valves Plac’d, which Hinder the Deicenc of the Blood from thofe Large Veffels into thefe Veins. g g, The Upper Parts of the Ureters Diftended with Wind ; hh, Their Lower Parts, as they Pals to the Bladder of Urine not Extended: About thefe Parts of the Ureters, as they Defcend over rhe Iliack Arteries, we frequently find them Dilated by Reafon of the Pulfation of thofe Arteries, which Prevents the free Defcent of the Urine, and efpecially Stones and Gravel, both which often Pafs them: Tho’ more than once I have Sccu One of the Ureters compleatly Obftrufted by Small Stones in this Part, i, Some Fat Remaining on the Ureter, as it Paffes out of the Kidney. G G, T he GlanduLe Fenales or CapfuLe Mtrabilares in Situ. H H, The Lower Flefhy Part of the Diaphragm, which Arifes from the rertebra: of the Loin*. I, The Fijjura of the Diaphragm, in which the Gala Pafles to the Stomack. K, The Bladder of Urine Diftended with Wind. L, The Urachus Turn’d down. MM, The Atufculi Pjoi Magni. N, The Sacculus chyliferous or Feceptaciilum chyli (Expreft A. Fig. ii.) as it Appears when Fill’d with Mercury,after freeing the Fena Cava,B,from its Accompanying the Ntnerix MagnafD. O, A Large Trunk of the Feme LaSltue Secundi Generis, -by which the Mercury was Injefted. P, The Tube which Convey’d in the Mercury. QQ,The Glandula Lumbalis of the Left Side, Lying partly on the Trunk of ffiQSfrteria Magna. R R, The Right Lumbal Gland, Lying partly under the Trunk of the Fena Cava. S S, Some Communicant Branches of Lymphedufts between the Two Lumbal Glands. If, The Lymphedufts Arilingfrom the Inguinal Fig. 1. S S. as well as Di- vers other Lymphatick Glandules Lying on the Iliack Branches of Blood-Veflels ( C C d d:) Thefe Difcharge all the Lympha, arifing from the Inferior Parts into the Lumbal Glands, whence it Paffes immediatly into the Eyceptaculmn Chyli, and is afterwards Convey’d by the Tho- racick Duft(F/g.n.MM.) into the Subclavian Vein (Fzg.12.HL :) This isthe Ordinary Courlc of the Lympha, arifing from the Inferior Parts in its Way to the Mafs of Blood again. Hence it Appears, the Lympha of the Inferior Parts Meets with the Chyle in its Peceptaculum, whereby the Chyle is there not only farther Dilated, but its Afcention is Accelerated towards the Subcla- vian Vein, by an Additional Impetus from the Afcending Lympha. Here we can’t but take Notice of a Conliderable Artifice in Nature in the Difpofition of thefe Lymphatick Lumbal Glands, whereby the Progrefs of the Lympha is Promoted towards the I{e- ceptaculum Chyli. As the Lymphedufts Pafs from the Inferior Parts, they Accompany the Trunks of the ArtcrieSjby whofe Continual Motion of Syjtole and Diajlole, the Afcent of the Lympha is Promoted as well as the Blood; but when the Lympha Arrives at the Lumbal Glands, the Pul- fation cft.he Afcending Trunk of the Great Artery being not fuflicient (by reafon thofe Glands are much Larger than the Exterior Surface of that Artery can give a Sutable Impulfe to; ) One of the Lumbal Glands R R, is Plac’d under the Fena Cava B, or between it and the Vex- tebrte Lum'oares, by which its FeficuLe are gently Compreft, and their Contain’d Lympha is Pufh’d on towards the Beceptaculum Chyli. T T, The Spermatick Vein and Artery on both Sides Involv’d in the Duplicature of the Pe- ritoneum as they Pafs towards the Teftes. Fig. 11. The Lumbal Glandules with the Pecepueeuliim chyli and Part of the Thoracick Fill’d with Mercury and Free’d from the Body. A, b b, The l{eceptaculum chyli Compos’d of Three Trunks; One of which A, is very Large Expreft at N, Fig. 10. the other Two are much lets, and lie immediatly under the Trunk of the Great Artery D, Fig. 10. This Divilionofthe l{eceptaculum chyli into Three Trunks has not been taken Notice of, which Makes me Sufpeft the Defcriptions we have hitherto had of it, have been Taken from Quadrnpedes; where by Reafon of its Horizontal Polition, it is likely One Sacculus Chyliferus may be Sufficient; but in Men, in whom the Thoracick Duft, and fcceptacu- lum Inclines to a Perpendicular Polition, it feems to be a neceflary Contrivance that it fhould be Divided into Three Channels (efpecially before it intirely Pafles under the Trunk of the Great Artery) the better to Support the Chyle and Lymphe in their Afcending Progrefs. a, The Trank of a Lympheduft Ariling from the Diaphragm. B, The DuElus Thoracicus above the Diaphragm, where it Pafles between the Defcending Trunk of the Mfrteria Alagna and Bodies oft he Fertebrce Thoracis ; which Difpofition of it is very neceflary, to the End the Pulfation of the Artery may continually Prels this Duft, and thereby Haftcn the Afcent of its Contents. C, A Trunk of One of the Fa fa Laftea Secundi Generis, Expreft Fig. 10.0, by which the Mer- cury was Injefted. c, A Conliderable Double Valve, which Hinders a Retrocefiion of Chyle and Lympha in this Lafteal Veflel. D, The Surface of the Left Lumbal Gland Plac’d on the yfneria Alagna. d, Another Small Trunk of the Faft1 Latlea Secundi Generis, with a Small Gland of the Mc- fentery, from whence it Arifes. E, The Lymphedufts, which Arife from the Inferior Parts and Empty themfelves into the Left Lumbal Gland. F, The Glandula Lumbalis of the Right Side Plac’d under the Fena Cava. G H, The Lymphedufts of the Inferior Parts, which Empty themfelves into the laft men- tion’d Gland. I, A Large Lympheduft, which Difcharges its felf into the Receptacnlum chyli Majus. KL, The Communicant Branches of Lymphedufts between the Right and Left Lumbal Glandules. MM, The Thoracick Duft where its Valves, which Hinder the Defcent of the Chyle and Lympha, are faintly Expreft. NN, Divers Divifions and Inofculations of this Duft, whereby the Afcention of the Chyle may be the better Carri’d on. O, Divers Lymphedufts, which Arife from the Lymphatick Glands on the Back-parts of the Lungs,and are the Exporting Lymphedufts of thole Glands; their Importing Lymphedufts Spring from the Lungs themfelves and Adjacent Parts. Fig. 12. The Thoracick Duft at its Entrance into the Subclavian Vein, with its Lymphedufts In- jefted with Wax. A, The Thoracick Duft where it Leaves the Defcending Trunk of the stheria Alagna, and Accompanying the Gula as it Pafles towards the Left Side of the Bodies of the Upper Fencbrte of the Thorax, in its Way to the Subclavian Vein, where that of the Former Figure is Cut oft' and Ty’d. B B, Two Lymphedufts, which Sprang from the Thymus. C, A Divilion and Inolculation of the Thoracick Duft. D, A Large Lympheduft, whofe Extremities Arife partly from theThymus and partly from the Right Subclavian Gland. E, The Left Subclavian Lymphatick Gland. The Subclavian Glands (tho’ not Mention’d by any Author I Know of) are Two Large Glands Plac’d under each Clavicle, and feem to be One of thofe Belonging to the Concatenation of Glands of the Internal Jugular Vein: They Receive their Importing Lymphedufts from the Mufcles of the Neck and Glands laft Men- tion’d on the Jugular Veins, and perhaps from the Thyroid Gland. F G, The Exporting Lymphedufts of the Subclavian Gland, which Empty themfelves into the Thoracick Duft. H, The Large Trunk of the Thoracick Duft near its Entrance into the Subclavian Vein. I, The External and Superior Part of the Subclavian Vein. K, Part of the Axillary Vein not Fill’d with Wax from the Thoracick Duft by Reafon of the Valves. L, Parcs of the Internal Jugular and Cervical Veins Cut off. M, The Wax Injefted by the Thoracick Duft Cut Tranfvcrlely, with the Trunk of the Vein as it Pafles towards the Heart. Fig 13. A Lymphatick Gland with its Importing and Exporting Lymphedufts Fill’d with Mercury. A, The Gland whofe Feficule are Diftended with Mercury. E, The Importing Lympheduft, by which the Mercury was Injefted into the FeftcuU Glandulofe ; D D, Its Ramifications before they Enter the Gland. C C, The Ramifications of the Exporting Lymphedufts, as they Arife out of the Gland and Unite in One Trunk, Call d B, The Exporting Lympheduft, which Pafles either into the Peceptaculum chyli immediatly, or Thoracick Duft, or elfe into another Lymphatick Gland. Befides this Communication of Lymphedufts by the Mediation of Lymphatick Glands; the Trunks of the Lymphedufts themfelves are frequently Inofculated with each other, and j tho’they commonly Enter into the next Lymphatick Gland (where they Meet with a Frefh Supply of Lymphe Separated from the Blood-veflels of the Gland, as well as an Impetus from thence ) yet it fometiines Happens there is a Communicant Branch from the Importing to the Exporting Lympheduft, as Appears in the Following Figure. Fig. 14. A, The Gland Fill’d with Mercury as in the Foregoing Figure. C, The Importing, B, The Exporting Lympheduft. T~\ T'X TUn Mi* inr n Apr . f. APPENDIX. THE FIFTH TABLE. E, Part of the Os Jugale cut off. F, The Sinus in which the Condyloide Procefs of the Lower Jaw, is Receiv’d. G, That Part of the Os Temporum, call’d Proceffus Petrofus; wherein the Three Semicircular Duffs and Cochlea are Excavated. H ... The Long Procefs of the Incus which is Articulated to the Upper-part of the Stapes, by the Mediation of the Os Orbi- culare. I The Os Orbicularc and Stapes, Articulated to the Extremi- ty of the Long Procefs of the Incus. K The Long Procefs of the Malleus which is Connected to the Internal Surface of the Membrana Tympani. By this mutual Articulation of the Four Little Bones of the Tympanum with each other, and the Connexion of the Internal Surface of the Membrana Tympani, to the Long Procels of the Mal- leus; whatever Motions are made by the Outward Air which lhakes that Membrane, the Malleus is ncceflarily Mov’d, confequently the Incus and Stapes : Now the Baps of the Stapes exaff ly Covering the Foramen Ovale, the Air contain’d in the Labyrinth and Cochlea, is thereby ncceflarily Agitated, and the Effects of the Various Tre- mulous Motions of the Stapes, are Reprefented to the Expanlions of the Auditory Nerves, in the Labyrinth and Cochlea. L, The Circulus Ojfeus of the Foetus. M. .., Part of the Cochlea in Situ, Open’d. N .... The Tendon of the Mufculus Stapedis Defcending from the Os Petropum, to its Implantation on the Upper-part of the Sta- pes, whereby it Draws the Stapes Upwards towards the Foramen, and Shuts it. O, The Stapes. P, The Ofiatlwn Quartum or Orbiculare. Q, The Mufculus Stapedis Free’d from its Bony Pipe, Excavated in the Os Petrofum, near the bottom of the Tympanum. The Pipe which contains the Flefhy Part of this Mufcle is Lefs than the Sixth Part of an Inch in Length, and is much Larger than the Foramen, by which its Tendon pafles to its Implantation in the Stapes. R -, - The Baps of the Incus where the Head of the Alalleus is Articulated; S . - - Its Short Procefs which Refts on the Os Petrofum; T,- Its Long Procefs that is Articulated with the Stapes. V. - The Head of the Malleus which is Articulated with the Incus. W ... That Part of the Long Procefs of the Alalleus, where the Internal Mufcle of the Tympanum of Euftachius is Inferted. X .. The External Acute Procefs of the Malleus, where it Be- gins to Cleave to the Membrana Tympani; Y — Its Internal Acute Procels, to which the Mufculus Obliquus or Fxternus of Du Ferny, is Implanted. Fig. 18. The Internal Face of the lame Os Temporum next the Brain, Reprefented in the preceding Figure A, The Internal Concave and unequal Surface of the Bone next the Dura Mater. B, Part of the Os Jugale. C, The Porous Subftance of the Bone as it Appears after it’s cut away to fhew its Cavity, call’d Tympanum. D, The Pofterior Part of the Os Temporum which Touches the Occipital Bone. E, The Extremity of the proceffus Petrofus next the Anterior ap- pendix of the Os Occlpitis. F, .. The Lower-part of the _Annulus Ofleus. G, .. Part of the Mufculus obliquus Auris, left at its Infertion. H . -. The Long Procefs or Handle of the Malleus. I... Part of the Incus where it’s Articulated with the Malleus. K ... The Os Petrofum cut away into the Cavity of the Tympa- num F, G, H; I, K. The Tympanum Open’d : Befides the Membrane of the Tympanum at the Extremity of the MeatusAuditorius; the Ca- vity of the Tympanum is Lin’d with a Thin Tranfparent Membrane, which ( I am apt to think ) is alfo Extended on the Malleus, In- cus, Os Orbiculare, and Stapes, fince the Accurate Fpyflt has Ob- ferv’d divers Blood-Veflels on thole Bones. k, The Superior or External of the Three Semicircular Duffs Free’d from the Adjacent Part of the Os Petrofum, and Open d. l, The Middle Semicircular Du# alfo Clear’d and Open’d. ra Part of the Third and moft Internal Semicircular Duff alfo partly Open’d. n, Thc Foramen by which the Auditory Nerve Enters the Os Petrofum. Fig. 19. The Salival Glandules of the Lower Jaw, together with thofe under the Tongue, Diffeffed. A A, The Two Inferior Maxillary Glands, which are Repre- fented in Situ, Tab. if. Fig. i.MM, Compos’d of divers Lobuii, Inclos’d in One Membrane. B B, The Glandule Sublinguales Cover’d with their Common Membrane; One of which Glandules is Reprefented in Situ, in the laft mention’d Table, Fig. 2. W. C C, The Trunks of the Two Arteries which Spring from the Carotides, and Convey Blood into the above mention’d Salival Glands. D D, Two Branches of Arteries, Arifing from the laft mention’d Trunks, which pals to the Tongue. Befides the Branches now men- tion’d, each of thefe Large Trunks fends out another confiderable Branch Expreft Tab. 12. Fig. 4. F. which is Employ’d on the Mufcles of the Face. E, The Trunk of the Vein Arifing from the Extremitties of the Arteries of thofe Glands, and thofe of the Neighbouring Parts. F, A Branch of the Fifth Pair of Nerves. G G, The Salival Duffs of the Inferior Maxillary Glands, as they pals to their Excretory Pores at the Extremity of each Papilla plac’d under the Tongue. H H, The Two Papilla laft mention'd, where the Excretory Duffs of the Sublingual Glands alfo empty rhemfelves at the fame Pores with the Two Salival Duffs. This Protrufion of the Sali- val Duffs which Frame the Papilla, is a neceflary Contrivance to Hinder any Particle of the Mafticated Aliment from Entring thofe Duffs, or the Exceted Saliva from Repafling them. I, The Salival Duff of the Right Side Open’d according to its Length, and Expanded. K, A Small Stone as it Appear’d lying in the above mention’d Duff: It was of a bright Yellow Colour, not unlike that ol Arumpigmentitm. In Diffeff ing thefe Parts the Leffer End of ii happen’d to Break off, as it is here Expreft. Fig. 20. The Internal or Back Side of the Larynx, with the Afpera Ar- teria and Part of the Bronchia. A, The Concave Part of the Epiglottis as it Appears when Pinn’d up. a a, Divers Small Glands at the Root of the Epiglottis, which are Cover’d with a Loofe Membrane which makes the Glottis, and is Continued to that of the Infide of the Mouth, Fauces, and Gula. B B, The Extremities of the Os Myoides. C C, The Ligaments which Fallen them to the Two Superior Long Procefles of the Scutiformal Cartilage. D D, The Internal Concave Part of the Scutiformal Cartilage. b b, The Two Long and Superior Procefles of the Scutifor- mal Cartilage. | c c, The Superior Parts of the Arytenoidal Cartilages which T 1 1 were Cover’d with the Loofe Membrane above mention'd, and Compofe the Glottis. d, The Back-part of the Annular Cartilage. E E, The Mufculi Cricoarytenoidei P oft hi which Open the Aryte- noidal Cartilages c c, by Drawing them Backwards. F, The Alufculus frytenoideus which Draws the Two Arytenoi- dal Cartilages nearer each other, and Streightens the Simula. G, The Cartilaginous Part of the Wind-Pipe Forewards. H H, The Pofterior and Membranous Part of the Wind-Pipe next the Gula. e e, Divers Small Glands which Appear on this Membranous Part of the Wind-Pipe, and Beginning of the Bronchia. The Ex- cretory Dnfts of thefe Glands, I am perfwaded, Difcharge them- lelves into the Wind-Pipe and Bronchia*, and ferve to Moiften their Cavities, and Defend them from the Inspired Air, whence A- rifes Part of that Moifture which is Rejefted in Expiration 5 a great Part of it Arifing alfo from the Saliva, as the Air paffes the Mouth; whence it happens, lefs Moifture paffes with the Expired Air by the Foramina Nan urn only, than when we Expire thro’ the Mouth; and confcquently the Ualitus is more oriels Wet, as the Mouth is more or lefs Open’d. f f, The Beginning of the Bronchia. The Glands above mention’d are moft commonly Affeffed in Catarrhs, and moft of thofe Defluff ions on the Wind-Pipe which caule frequent Coughing. Fig. 21. A Portion of the Wind-Pipe Open’d and Pin’d out to fhew its Inlide. A A, Its Cartilages Divided according to the Length of the Wind-Pipe. , B, Its Internal Membrane Compos’d of Longitudinal Fibres, Rais’d: This Draws the Cartilages nearer each other, and Shortens the Wind-Pipe. CC, The Tranfverfe Order of Fibres lying on the Membra- nous Part of the Wind-Pipe next the Gula : Thefe Pul! the Extre- mities of the Little Semicircular Cartilages of the Wind-Pipe near- er each other, whereby they Strenghten its Canalis. Fig. 22. The Larynx or Upper-part of the Wind-Pipe after the Scuti- formal Cartilage is taken off, as it Appears Laterally. A, The Epiglottis; B, Its Root cut from the Tongue. C, The Arytenoidal Cartilage. D, The Back-part of the Cricoidal or Annular Cartilage; d, Its Fore-part which Appears immediately under the Thyrois. E, The Mufculus Cricoarytenoidms Pofticus. F, The Thyroarytemideus Frce’d from the Scutifonnal Cartilage, and left at its Infertion to the Arytenoidal Cartilage Lateraly. G, The Cricoarytenoideus Lateralis ; it Arifing from the Cartilago Cricoides, and is Inferted to the Arytenoides. It A (lifts with its Part- ner in Opening the Glottis or Arytenoidal Cartilages. H, Parts of the Wind-Pipe. Fig. 23. The Larynx together with a Portion of the Wind-Pipe. A, The Epiglottis, by which the whole Larynx is Sufpendcd, which makes it Appear much longer in this than in the prece- ding Figure. B, That Part of the Epiglottis cut from the Root of the Tongue. C C, The Sides of the Scutiformal Cartilage drawn from each other; a a, Its Superior Long Procefles Tied to the Extremities of the Os My aides. b, One of its Two Inferior Short Proceffes Cleaving to the An- nular Cartilage. c, One of the Arytenoidal Cartilages (which Compofe the Bf- rrmla of the Larynx,) Cover’d by the Glottis. d d, The Annular Cartilage. D, A Portion of the Wind-Pine. E, The Membranous Part of the Wind-Pipe which Touches the Gula, as it Defcends to the Stomach. c, The Alufculus Cricoarytenoideus Pojlicus. f, The Cricoarytenoideus Lateralis. g, The Thyroarytenoideus Arifing from the Internal Concave Part of the Thyroid Cartilage, and is Inferted to the Backpart of tho Arytenoidal Cartilage above the Infertion of the Cricoarytenoideus Lateralis : This and its Companion on the other Side Affing to- gether, Draw the Two Arytenoidal Cartilages nearer each other, and Streightcn the Primula: They Act in Deglutition, whereby any Part of the Aliment is cffeffually Kindred from Defcending in- to the Larynx, by the Alllftance of the Epiglottis, which at that Time exafily Covers the lftmula. Thefe Mulcles are fo Strong in fome, who by adequately Clofing this Paffage to the Wind-Pipe, can fuffer Liquors pour’d into their Mouths to pals the Gula, without the Action of Deglutition, or the Afliftance of the Epi- glottis ; as 'tis evident if they hold their Mouths Open and their Tongues Depreft, whilft a Quantity of Liquor Defcends from thence into their Stomachs. The Ufe of the Epiglottis is to Cover the Glottis in Deglutition, fo that the Aliment may Delccnd over it into the Gula and Sto- mach. Nor has the Epiglottis any Mufcles to Depreis it in that Affion; but when the Tongue is Elevated, the Epiglot is necefla- rily Depreft: Hence it is, when the Tongue is very much Intu- inified (as it is frequently in thofe who "T-in great Salivations) the free Affion of Deglutition is Hindred, and the Patient is ne- ccffitated to Swallow even Fluids very leafuicly, and not withouc Difficulty, efpecially if the Tongue is fo Diftended, that it cannot be Contain’d within the Teeth. Fig. 24. The Upper-part of the Tongue as it Appears when taken out with its Proper Mufcles. A, The Tip of the Tongue. B, Its Root Free’d from the Epiglottis and Os Fly aides. a a, The Vilous Nervous Bodies of the Tongue, which ftanrf Obliquely from the Apex or Tip of the Tongue towards its Root. b b, The Glands plac’d at the Root of the Tongue, whofe Ex- cretory Pores may be leen to Open in their Middle, whence a Sail— val Humour is emitted, not unlike the Glands of the Fames and Foramina Natrium, and thole plac’d in the Cheeks and Lips. CC, The Mufcttli Ceratoglofti Expreft in Sim, Tab. 14.Fig. r- DD, on one Side. D D, The Styloglofi in like Manner Expreft, Tab. ibid. Fig. ibid.C* The Fepcuhe Seminales with Part of the Fas Deferens, and their common Duff which pafl’cs thro’ the Proftatx into the Urethra, Open’d. A A, Part of the External Surface of the Fepcuhe Seminales* where the Ramifications of Blood-Vellels are Conlpicuous to the- Naked Eye. B,C, The Larger Cells of the Fepcuhe Seminales and Fas Deferent:- D, The Fas"Deferens Open’d. 4 b, c c, The Leffer Cells of the Fas Deferens and Fefmle Semi- nales within the Larger. , . . E, The Place where the Fas Deferens and peftcuhe Seminale* Communicate with each other. , F, The common Duff of the Fepcuhe Scmmaks and / as De- ferens- which pafles thro’ the Glandule Prof ate, an Die arges- the Semen into the Urethra. Fig. if. ®I V ERS Parts of the Organ of Hear- A, The External Convext Part of the part of the Os Sincipitis. C The Proceffus Maftoides Conti- nuous with the Os Temporum. D, Part of another Procefs of the Os Temporale, which makes the Os Jugale. E, The Proceffus Styloides. F Part of the Os Temporum, behind which the Carotide Ar- tery pafles towards the Brain. IL Si Acutf Procefs the Os Sphenoides, whence the Mufcles °fT^pfrforation the Os Sphenoides and Temporum, by Which the DuBus d palato paffes into the Tympanum. K The Sixth Foramen of the Os Sphenoides which is near the RooJt of the Proceffus Pterygoides; by which a Branch of the Fifth Pair of Nerves pafles out of the Cranium. Fid. Tab. 92. Fig. 2. Y. i a, The Upper-part of the Poms Auditories or Pallage from the External Ear. b b, The Breaking off of the Bone which Compoles the Lower- part of the Meatus or Poms Auditories. c The Mufculus Externus Auris, by fome call’d Laxator Exterms. 1 This Small Mufcle is plac’d under the Glandulous Membrane of 1 the Porus Auditorius, which Separates that Matter call’d the Ear- i jpax: Its Beginning is Flefhy on the External Margin, at the Up- per-part of the Porus, foon becoming Tendinous,pa(les to its Broad Tendinous Expanfion on the External Surface of the Membrana Tympani. When it Affs, it draws the Membrana Tympani towards a Plan Outwards, together with the Handle or Long Procels of the Malleus; by which means the Great Concuflion made in the Outward Air, is Hindred from Violating the Membrana Tympani; which at that Time is Rclaxt. d The Long Procefs of the Malleus, call d its Alanubnum, lying immediately under the Membrana Tympani, and is Contiguous to it. e The Membrana Tympani or Thin Tranfparent Membrane, COf,’ AStai in the O «V2fw/fot the Articulation of the Pncej]m ConjSnaioToJX O. with the Orr— - $ h The Ease* of the laft mention d Bones Saw d oft. * The Suture between the Os Temporum and Sinciputs. , Lowef-part of the o.»-»/«. which lie* Blood.. Veflels lying on the Dura After. bbrn°fConjunffionof the O* Tm^n,m: with the Bone* of the Sinciput and Occiput, call d Sutwa Squamof . ?%JXnolTo: ' Bone, which Touches the Anterir of the O, Our„s. D p-irr of rhe Os Sphenoides. j d/ That Part of the Os Sphenoides at the Upper-part of the Proceffus Pterygoides. E, Part of the Os Jugale. e, The External Semicircular Duff of the Os petrofum Open d; F, The External Surface of the Os Petrofum, to which the Dtsca Mater firmly Adheres. a ., ,. ff, The External Lamina of the Os Petrofum cut off with a Chl- zel, to fhew the Two Internal Mufcles of the Malleus Part of the Cavity of the Tympanum and the Articulation of Malleus with the Incus) with the Cavernul£ of the Os Petrofum which Com- municate with thofe of the Procejfus Mafioides. _ G A Channel on the Os Petrofum, in which the Superior Long and Narrow Sinus of the Dura Mater, pafles from the Sell a Turcica to the Tortuous Part of the Lateral Sinus e The Perforation in the Proceffus Petrofus, by which the Ca- rotide Artery paffes in a Tortuous Manner towards the Sella Turcica to AUUcus Articulated with the Bafts of the lncus‘ of the Jncm and its Short Procefs in Shu K* * * The Alufculus Obliquus or Semicirculans Auns\ this Du f er- ny Defcribes inftead of theZ**wr Externus Expreft at c, in the preceding Figure : It is plac’d in a Proper Furrow of the Bone which is^above the Bony Part of the Channel from the Palate to die Far whence it Marches Obliquely to its Infertion at a Small Acute Procefs1 mar .he Neck of ,he Mdlm-. When .. Afls, .. draw* .he Handle of .he Afcfen Sideways towards the O. y j whereby i. Affift* the External Mufcle, mmatang he TyllZcapable of Relifting any great Imprn made m the Out- petrofum, lyiRg Expreft; when it is Advanc’d to the Up- palato ad -Bure , jt js Converted into a Small Tendon Fel-Shde a nut JSBony Channel, not unlike a Rope from a which pafles out of the Tympanum, and is Fatten'd to the Pully, to the Oppofi e Mufde Arifes from that Part Long Procefs of th Touches the Os Petrofum, and Helps to Of t& os Spheno,dei1 that Touches tJO Frame the Aqueauci Channel in which this Mufcle is Membrane which Lm Tendon to the Internal Acute Pro- Entertain’d, pafles ou , Mufcle is Inferted. Placcn- cefs of the Malleus, at its Infertion, and tutus feeing the Tendon o • belong’d to the Mufcle laft mention’d, which hc “ th;s internal Mufcle of Euftachius Affs, nous Terminations. \ Malleus towards the Foramen O- it draws the Long tJExtcrnal Suffice of the Membrana VSUSSrfX? olVf"* brfkh a Eranch of The External Smface of .he Os Tmpmm of the Right Side rf I f0!1 fcTuperio'and Anterior Margin which was Conti- gtious to the 0/ J XouVhcs the Os Oalphh. B, Its Pofterior P- vvhich the Blood-Vcffcls Enter the C, A Large For am at the Root of the Mammiform Pro- Bone; this Foramen ps j0’s not Appear in the Foetus. cefs of the Adult; w jn tfie fam at the meeting of the 01 <“>«'>wiicb is not in Adult. P P END IX. THE SIXTH TABLE Fig. 2 6. EPRESENTS the Internal Surface °f the Baft of the Cranium, with the IfroA \ Inferior Part of the Dura Mater re- !/■** s5jf*7 maining on it, done immediately af- (fo'f j ter the Brain was taken out 3 the Blood-Veflels being firft Injetted with fA A, The Edges cf the Skull, as j|v|| they Appear when its Upper-part is B B, Part of the Dura Alater lying on the Bafs of the Skull. CC, The Two Lateral Sinus's fill’d with Wax in their Declive and Tortuous Progrefs, to their Egrefs at the Bafs of the Skull. dd, The Two Superior Long Sinus's which Communicate be- tween the Circular Sinus 22, and Lateral Sinus's. e e. Two Inferior fhort Sinus's, which alfo Difcharge themfelves Into the Two Lateral Ones at their Egrefs. f, The Os Crifta Galli or Middle Procefs of the Os Ethmoides or Cribrofum, by which the Olfattory Nerves pafs to the Foramina Nariim. g g, Divers Blood-Veflels of the Dura Alater, not Injetted with Wax, by reafon of their Smallnefs. h h, The Firft Arteries of the Dura Alater not fill’d with Wax. i i. The Second Branches of the Arteries of the Dura Alater; Thefe Arife from the Carotides before they Enter the Skull, and pafs thro’ a (null Foramen Reckon’d a Fifth of the Os Sphenoides, at the Root of an Acute Procefs of that Bone, whence the Muf- cles of the Gargareon Spring : After thefe Arteries Enter the Skull, their Larger Branches lie on the Exterior Surface of the Dura Ma- ter, as Expreft Tab. 6. Fig. 1, 2, and 4, which are Entertain’d in Furrows on the Internal Surface of the Cranium, Expreft Tab. 91. Fig. 2. F F : As the Branches of thefe Arteries become ftili more and more Divided, and lefs on the Upper-part of the Dura Alater, fo their Channels on the Top of the Skull fcarce Appear 5 nor do any of them Enter the Longitudinal Sinus, as Dr. Ridley has well Obferv’d. Bolides thofe Branches of thefe Arteries which carry .Blood to the Dura Alater, there are others alfo which convey Blood to the MeditulHum of the Skull A A, and do Inofculate with the Arteries of the Hairy-Scalp. The Branches of thefe Ar- teries on the Dura Alater, are Accompanied with Veins, which do not pafs out of the Cranium at the fame Perforation where the Arteries Enter’d, but leave them where the Inferior and Foremoft Angle of the Bregma Touches the Os Sphenoides and Temporum In- ternally, and afterwards pafs between the Two Internal Long ProcefTes of the Os Sphenoides and Os Frontis, and March out at the Second Perforation of the Os Sphenoides or Large Rima, Tab. 89. Tig. 1. C D, I. Nor do the Larger Branches of thefe Blood- .VefTels always continue their whole Progrefs between the Skull and Dura Alater, but Parts of them March in Bony Inclofures of the Skull, efpccially at the Inferior Angle of the Bregma above mention’d, and afterwards pafs out again in their Ufual Manner: Nor are the Perforations in the Os Sphenoides always Regular where thefe Arteries of the Dura Mater Enter : They fometimes Marching thro’ the Sixth Perforations of the Sphenoides, where the Branches of the Par Quantum Nervorum pafs out 3 at other times their Perforations are at the Conjunctions of the Os Sphenoi- des with the Of a Petrofa, between the Acute Procefles of the Firft nam’d Bone, and Perforations of the Latter where the Carotide Arteries Enter the Skull. k, The Third Branch of the Arteries of the Dura Alater Enter the Cranium, where the Eighth Ppir of Nerves pafs out: I don’t remember I ever faw any Branches of Veins Accompany thefe Ar- teries. Befides thefe Arteries of the Dura Mater, I don’t doubt but on a diligent Search, many more may be found 3 and in fome Sub- jects fome of thefe may be wanting, efpecially thofe in whom divers Branches pafs the Upper-part of the Skull near the Longi- tudinal Suture 5 of which, we commonly find Two Remarkable Ones towards the Occiput, as has been taken Notice of, Tab. 90. Fig. i. .... .L, The Great Foramen of the Os Occipitis, by which the Ale- dulla Oblongata pafles to the Specus in the Fertebrce. m in, Some Veins of the Dura Alater which Communicate with the Inferior Short Sinus's. n, Part of the Os Jugale. 00, The Os Ethmoides or Cribriforme, by which the Olfattory Nerves pafs out of the Cranium. PP, The Optick Nerves cut off" at their Egrefs. qq, The Great Branches of the Carotide Arteries cutoff at their Entrance into the Cavity of the Skull. r, One of the Nerves of the Third Pair on the Left Side, made bare from the Duplicature of the Dura Alater, in which it pafles before it Marches out of the Skull with the following Pair. ss, The Fourth Pair of Nerves Free’d from the Duplicature laft mention’d, and Turn’ up at their parting the Second Perfora- tion of the Os Sphenoides or Large Rma, Expreft Tab. 89. Fig. 2. between C, D, I. tt. The Fifth Pair of Nerves on the Right Side Expanded, be- fore it is Divided into Three Branches, on the contrary Side its Trunk is Whole. Fid. Fig. 27. V, The Upper and Foremoft Branch of the Fifth Pair of Nerves on the Left Side, before it pafles out of the Skull at the Second Perforation of the Os Sphenoides, with the Third, Fourth, and Sixth Pair of Nerves. w, The Nerve of the Sixth Pair on the Left Side Free’d from the Duplicature of the Dura Alater 5 in which it is Inclos’d at a conliderable Diftance before it Accompanies the Third, Fourth, and Foremoft Branch of the Fifth Pair of Nerves at its Egrefs. x, The Intercoftal Nerve of the Left Side, Compos’d of Two Branches from the Fifth Nerve, and joining with the Body of the Sixth in this Subjett, whether this Difpofition is Conftant, I muft confefs my late Enquiries have not afforded me an Oppor- tunity of Obferving. y, The Two Branches of the Fifth Pair of Nerves which Help to Compofe the Intercoftal Nerve. zz, The Contortion of the Carotide Artery Collateral to the Sella Turcica. ij I, The Glandula Pitmaria lying in the Sella Turcica. ij 2,, The Circular Sinus or Vein Environing the Pituitary Gland, and was Firft taken Notice of by Dr. Radley. 3, The Infundibulum in whofe Infide, I conceive, the Trunks of Exporting Lymphedutts pafs from the Pinial Gland 5 befides which, the Inmoft Cavity of the Infundibulum it felf Tranfmits the Aqueous Humour of the Ventricles of the Brain into the Pi- tuitary Gland, where it joins with the Lynipha above mention’d. 4, 4, Two Arteries taken Notice of by Fieufens, which pafs out of the Cranium to the Glandulous Membranes of the Foramina Natrium and Neighbouring Parts. 5, 5, The Bended Parts of the Lateral Sinus's as they part that Part of the Cranium, where the Os Temporum, Sincipitis, and Occi- pitis meet. 6, Part of the Dura Alater Rais’d and Reclin’d Laterally, to fhew the Progrefs of the Third, Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Pair of Nerves. 7i 7) The Hard and Soft Trunks of the Auditory Nerves En- tring the Os Petrofum. 8.8, The Eighth Pair of Nerves or par Fagum, together with the Acceflbry Nerves (* F) Accompanying them at their Egrefs. The Acceflbry Nerves. 9.9, The Ninth Pair of Nerves. Fig. 27. The Trunk and Three Branches at One of the Nerves of the Fifth Pair within the Cranium. A, The Trunk, B, Its Cangleon, C, Its Forcmoft Branch Expreft at V, in the preceding Figure, pafrtng out of the Skull at the Second Perforation of the OsSphe- noides 3 D, Its Middle Branch fomewhat lefs than the other Two, which partes out at a Diftintt Foramen of the Os Sphenoides, Collateral to the Sella Turcica, and is Reckon’d the Third Foramen of that Bone, Expreft Tab. 89. Fig. 2. E, The Third Branch of this Nerve, which pafles the Sixth Perforation of the Sphenoides. Fig. 28. The Bafts of the Brain with the Large Trunks of its Blood- VefTels of both Kinds In jetted with Wax, fome of their Rami- fications being clear’d of the Pia Mater, together with the Ten Pair of Nerves of the Brain, and a Portion of the Medulla Spi- nalis, See. A A, The Forcmoft, BB, The Hindmoft Lobes of the Brain. C C, The Cerebellum which in this Subjett was very Large. DD, The Two Lateral Sinus's cut off after their Declive and Tortuous Progrefs, Expreft in the Firft of the Two precedent Fi- gures CC,j,j. EE, The Trunks of the Vertebral Arteries as they pafs the Tranfverfe Procefles of the Firft Fertebra of the Neck, in their Tor- tuous Progrefs thro’ the Great Foramen of the Os Occipitis, to the Medulla Oblongata and Brain. Fid. append. Fig. 8. K K. F, The Vertebral Sinus or Large Vein, in vvhofe External Mem- brane the Wax is Extravaft, which makes it Appear with an Un- equal Surface, as here Expreft. G G G G G, A Continuation of the Dura Alater Divided ac- cording to its Length 3 One Side lying on the Alcdulla Spinalis, the other being Rais’d and Pinn’d out. a, A Foramen to whofe Margin the Upper Broad Part of the In- fundibulum is Faften’d, and Opens into it, infomuch that if you take out the Brain with the Infundibulum remaining to it, and Infert a Blow-Pipe into the Fourth Ventricle, you may thereby not only Diftend that and the Two Lateral Ventricles with Wind, but you will alio fee the Infundibulum Rife and be Di- ftended alfo. b b, Two White Protuberances behind the Infundibulum. CC, Two Large Branches of the Carotide Arteries cut offj be- fore they pafs between the Forcmoft and Hinder Lobes of the Brain. d d, Two Communicant Branches between the Carotide and Cervical Arteries, by which the Latter chiefly became fill’d with Wax, it being Injetted into One of the Trunks of the Carotide Arteries only of One Side : Hence we may be Inform’d, not only of the Inofculations of the Large Branches of the Carotide Artery of the Right Side with thole of the Left, but of their Communications alfo with the Vertebral Arteries, as they pafs the Tranfverfe Procefles of the Fertebra;5 the Wax in fuch an In- jettion pouring out by the Vertebrals; as I have had occafion more. than once to Obferve by Injetting thefe Arteries as above mention’d, after the Head together with the Fertebrre of the Neck have been taken from the Body. eeee. Two Large Branches of the CervicalArteryfomctiir.es feeming as tho’ they came from the Communicant Branches 5 from the Forcmoft of thefe chiefly Spring the Arteries of the Plex- us Choro'eides 5 from the Two Hindmoft Arife thofe Branches which go to the Chorocid Plexus of the Fourth Ventricle of the Brain. f, Two Little Branches of the Carotides. hh. The Two Trunks of the Vertebral Arteries which Com- pofe the Cervical. g. The Cervical Artery. 1 i, The Spinal Artery which by reafon of the Retrograde Mo- tion of the Wax, or fome Coagulated Blood in it near the Ver- tebral Artery, was not fill’d with Wax as the reft. k, A Small Branch of an Artery Running between the Fafii- cuU of the Nerve of the Ninth Pair, on the Right Side near their Originals. 11, Parts of the Crura Afedulla Oblongata, immediately before they meet at their Conjunction under the Pons Farolii. in m, The Annular Protuberance or Pons Farolii. n, That Part of the Caudex Medullaris or Medulla Oblongata on the Right Side, call’d by Willis and Fieujjenius, Corpora Pyrami- dal!a, o, That Part on the fame Side, call’d Corpus Olivare. p, A Branch of the Carotide Arteries which Divide the Two Anterior Lobes of the Brain from each other 3 from whence Spring fome Small Branches which Accompany the Olfattory Nerves at their Egrefs by the Os Cribriforme, Fig. 26. 4,4. q q, Little Branches from the Cervical Arteries which Run under the Pia Alater that Covers this Part, and fometimes pafs further to the Plexus Choroeidcs in the Fourth Ventricle, and Cere- bellum. rrrr, Other Branches parting into the Annular Protube- rance. s s, The Two Firft Medullary ProcefTes of the Cerebellum which are continued to the promberantia. Mnnularis, and feem to Com- pofe Part of it : The Two Second ProcefTes of the Cerebcl are Expreft Tab. 10 Fig. 1. S S. 11, The Veins on the Cerebellum which pafs according to its Sulci or External Furrows which Vary very much in their Progrefs from thofe of the Brain it felf. v v v, Other Veins Varioufly Diftributed on the Cerebcl which Empty themfelves into the Lateral Sinus's. ww, The Sulci of the Brain, in which large Branches of Veins and fometimes Arteries may be feen. xxx, Their Capillary Branches as they Appear under the Pia Alater on the External Cortical Surface of the Brain. l, 2, 3,4, &c. The Ten Pair of Nerves of the Brain, with Seven of thofe of the Spinal Marrow. i, r, The Firft Pair of Nerves of the Brain, call’d Par O/fa- clorium, they are much Larger in Brutes, and are Hollow 5 which LIollownefTes Communicate with the Ventricles of their Brains, but do not Appear fo in Humane Bodies. They are call’d ProceJJus Alammillares, from their Appearance in Quadru- pedes. By the utmoft Scrutiny that Exatt Anatomizer of thefe Parts, Dr. pulley and my Self could make, we never Difco- ver’d but One Original to each of thefe Nerves 5 which is from the Under and Forcmoft Part of the Crura Alcdulla Oblon- gata, whence they pafs in an Oblique Manner for fome Space be- tween the Fore and Hindmoft Lobes of the Brain, and March out from thence as Appears in the Figure : As they pafs thro* the Os Ethmoides (oo, Fig. 2 6. ) thefe Medullary Bodies are Con- verted into as many Nervous Fafciculi, as there are Perforations in that Bone, which are afterwards Expanded on the Glandu- lous Meinbrhne that Inverts the Foramina Nar'mm. i, 2, The Second Pair of Nerves, call’d Optici, or Seeing Nerves: Thefe Arife from the Two Large Medullary Protube- rances of the Brain, call’d Thalami Neruomm Optkorum, Expreft in the following Table, cc, Fig. 30. and palling over the Crura Medulla Oblongata, March to their Conjunction here Ex- preft 4 5 after parting from each other again, they foon pafs the Firft Foramina of the Os Sphenoides P P, Mpp- Fig. 26. where the Great Branches of the Carotide Arteries lie Contiguous to them ; whence it happens in any great Plethora (as after plen- tiful Drinking or the like) thefe Arteries by reafon of their Tur- gefcence, fo Prefs on the Optick Nerves, as to Diftort the Courfe of their Fibres, and make Objects feetn Diforder’d. Some Branches of the Blood-Veflels are Vifible to the Naked Eye as they pafs thro the Bodies of thofe Nerves, and are Confpi- cuous alfo on their Expanfions within the Bulb of the Eyes, which Compofe the Tunica Retina. 3)3) The Third Pair of Nerves parting out between the Two Branches of the Cervical Artery eeeej thefe Arile from the Up- per and Fore-pait of the Annular Procefs, where the Crura Me- dulla Oblongata meet : Nor do the Beginnings of thefe Nerves Appear till the Blood-Veffels above mention’d and Via Mater are remov’d : .They Enter the Duplicating of the Dura Mater on each Side the Pituitary Gland, as Expreft Tab. 9. Fig. 3. H H, and pafs out of the Skull with the following Nerves, to the Mufcles of the Eyes, wherefore thefe are call’d Par Oculorum Alotorium. 5> The Fourth Pair of Nerves of the Brain as they Appear after their Progrefs between the Cerebrum and Cerebellum: They Arife Remote from their Appearance in this Figure, even at the Back-Side of the Aleduila Oblongata, Tab. 10. Fig. j. v v. In ta- king out the Brain you 11 find them under the Fore-part of the Second Pi ocefs of the Ultra Mater near the Sella Turcica: They Match into the Duplicature of the Dura Alater immediately un- der the Former, and pafs the Second Foramen of the Cs Sphenoi- des with them into the Orbit a Oculi : They arc call’d Par Patheti- a,m> cltJlcr becaufe fome Branches of them pafs to the Oblique Mufcles of the Eye, or that conliderable Branches (if not their Whole Trunks) pafs the Trochlea Cartilages of the Eyes. bh The Fifth Pair are very Large in their Originals, at the Upper and Lateral Part of the Procefus Mhnularis, near the Pe- dunculus or Second Procefs of the Cerebellum. In taking out the Btain from the Bafs of the Skull, you’ll find thefe Nerves im- mediately under the Pathetick : Nor can you well fee them to cut them off (in this Operation ) unJefs you Firft Divide the Second Procefs of the Dura Alater, where it’s Faften’d to the Extremity of the Inner Procefs of the Os Petrofum: After they pafs ovei the Extremity of the laft mention’d Procefs they Frame Gungleons, and each is Divided into Three Branches Repre- preiented in the preceding Figure. 6,6. The Sixth Pair of Nerves are about the Bigncfs of the Third, and Arife from the Hinder-part of the Annular Procefs, not far from the Bafs of the Corpora Pyramidalia 3 as they pals on the Annular Protuberance, lome Branches of the Cervical Artery run over them : They Enter the Duplicature of the Dura Alater below the Former. Fid. Tab. 9. Fig. 3.N N, and pafs over the Extremity of the Internal Procefs of the Petrofum with the Former, as is Reprefented Fig. 16. w. 7) 7j The Seventh Pair are the the Auditory or Hearing Nerves, each of which are Compos’d of Two Nerves5 the One being Hard, the other Soft, which have Diftintt Originals: The For- mer or Hard Trunk Springing from the Medulla oblongata5 the Latter or Softer Arif in g very Remote from it, being continu'd from divers Bright Medullary Fibres that Appear in\he Fourth Ventricle of the Brain, whence they Creep on the Sides of the C'audex Aledttllaris, till they meet with the Harder Trunk, which they Accompany to the Of a Petrofa, Fig. 26. 7, 7. The Soft Nerves being Expanded within the Labyrinths and Cochleas of the Organs of Hearing j whilft the Hard Trunks pafs thro’ the onej and Expand themfclves in a Larger Field, as the Accu- rate Fieufens Reprefents them. 8.8, The Eighth Pair of Nerves or Par Fagum ; eachofthefa have Ten or Twelve Nervous FibrtUa Springing from the Ale- du.la Oblongata, immediately below the Annular Procefs tn,m, and under the Corpora Olivaria 00, or between them and the 1 bird or Cordal ProcefTes of the Cerebellum, Tab. 10. Fig. 1. W W, whence they March Accompanied with divers Small Blood-Vef- lels of both Kinds, to their Egrefs with the Lateral Sinus's 8, 8, Fig._ 26. where they meet with the Spinal Acccflbry Nerves** which go out with them, and are Diftributed as Fieuffem has Expreft them. 9.9, The Ninth Pair of Nerves, whole Various Originals of the Right Side differ from thofe of the Left: They continue to derive their Beginnings at Various Diftances from the Upper- parts of the Corpora Olivarca, to Half an Inch in Length on the Caudex Aledttllaris 3 fome of the Fibres of that on the Left Side, parting over the Vertebral Artery of the fame Side, when thofe of the contrary Side pafs from under it: After parting a fhort Space, thefe Nervous Fibres Collettively pafs the Third Perfo- ration of the Or Occipitis. Fid. Fig. 26. 9, 9. Tab. a. Fig. 3. R R. Tab. 90. Fig. 3. E. “ 3 k, A Small Branch of the Vertebral Artery which I have feen Jnjedfed with Wax, and pafs out with One of thefe Nerves. * * The Spinal Acceflbry Nerves as they Afccnd from under the Vertcbi.il Arteries to the Par Fagum : They Arile much Lower fiom the Medulla Spinalis than Prieuj]ens defenbes them, even from the Formoft and Hindmoft Beginnings of the Seventh Pair of Neives of the Neck (16) and in their Collateral Afcent to the Spinal Marrow, they ftili receive New Roots from all the Ner- vous Origins they pafs by, except thofe of the Ninth Pair of the Brain. 10, The Tenth Pair of Nerves of the Brain on One Side, or more pioperly the Firft of the Neck, which pafs out between the Firft Fertebra of the Neck and the Os Occipitis. ,r.r»IZ)T3) r4> Uj *6} X7> The reft of the Nerves of the Neck, which pafs out between the Fertebra; fuccefiively. Fig. 29. A A, Part of the Cerebellum ; a a, Its Second ProcefTes which Help to Compofe the Annular Protuberance. B B, I he Crura Medulla Oblongata: cut off from the Brain. C C, The Annular Procefs Divided thro* its Middle, its Ex- ternal Surface ( m in, in the preceding Figure ) being cut off With a Razor, or large ibarp Knife. b b, The Cineritious and Medullary Stria which Appear in this Scttion of the Annular Protuberance. c, The Middle Medullary Tratt to which the Lateral Stria run. el tl, The Cineritious Part of the Medulla oblongata under the Corpora Pyramidalia : In this Scttion the Corpora Olivaria are Di- vided. e, The Left Chordal Procefs partly in Sint. yipj? , i/afr' 6’ Jtpjo; £7ab: y > -M-VanJcr- f uc At *£«/-' APPENDIX. THE SEVENTH TABLE. Fig. 30.’ H E Brain lying on its Bafs after its Two IgT-V Hemifpheres are cut off, and the Blood- igp Velfels Injeded with Wax 5 the Cerebellum Igl© A A, The Inferior Part of the Fornix & as if Appears when cut from its Roots b, b. and turn’d Back, with Part of the Corpus Callofum remaining on it. a a, The Blood-Velfels that Appear on this Inferior Sur- face of the Fornix. b b, The Roots of the Fornix. c c, The Thalami Nervorum Opticorum or Beginnings of the Optick Nerves. a a, The Corpora Striata ; that of the Left Side remaining Whole 5 the Right being Divided to Hiew its Strice. dd, The Crura Fornicis where they begin to Wind down on the Sides of the Crura Medullce Oblongatce : Thele Crura of the Fornix are call d Hyppocampi or Bombycini. e e, The Plexus Cboroides whole Arteries Arile from the Firft Branches of the Cervical Artery ee, Appen. Fig. 28. f, The Meeting of the Plexus at the Root of the Fornix, where its Two Veins pafs to its other Part g g. g g, The other Part of the Plexus Choroeides, whofe Arteries Spring from the Second Branches of the Cervical Artery, join’d with the Firft by Communicant Branches 5 which do not Appear here, by realon they lie under the Crura Forni- cis d d. h h, Two Veins which Arile from the Upper-parts of the Plexus Choroeides, and pals the Third Ventricle to the other Part of the fame Plexus g g, near the Nates and Tefles. i ii i i i, The Branches of the Carotide Arteries cut off, as they Appear Injeded with Wax, and palling between the Cortical Foldings of the Brain. k, A Branch of a Vein which palfes according to the Length of the Corpus Striatum of the Left Side, and Dif- charges its Blood into the Veins of the Plexus Choroeides; that of the Right Side being taken away to Ihew the Strice. l, Partol the RimaoF the Third Ventricle that do’s lome- what Appear under the Vein, h. m, Along Medullary 1 rad between the Corpus Striatum and Thalamus Nervi Optici, call’d by Dr. Willis, Procejfus Me- dullaris Tranfverfas. nnnn, The Centrum Ovale of Vieujfens. o, That Part of the Corpus Callofum by Vieujfens, call’d For- nix Vera, between which, and the Fornix p, is plac’d the Sep- tum Lucidum, Dividing the Fore-part of the Right Ventricle of the Brain from the Left. This Septum by fome call’d Spe- culum, is a Continuation of the Inward Membrane which In- verts the Two Superior Ventricles, meeting in their Upper- parts not unlike the Pleura on the Sternum, where it Compofes the Mediaftinum, and Divides the Cavity of the Thorax. In the Upper-part of this Septum 1 have more than once ffen its Duplicature fill d with a Watrifh Humour in Hydropick Brains, as Vieujfens alio takes Notice. O, The Fourth Sinus of the Dura Mater fill’d with Wax. P, The Longitudinal Sinus cut off, where it meets the Fourth and Two Lateral Sinus’s, call d Torcular Herophili. CLQ, The Two Lateral Sinus’s alio Extended with Wax. R, A Vein fill’d with Wax on the Second Procels of the Dura Mater. r, Some Branches of Veins as they Appear on the Second Procels of the Dura Mater. p, The Fornix cut off' near its Two Roots. q q, Some Lymphe-duds on the Plexus Choroeides which Ac- company the Vein h h h, in their Way to the Glandula Pinta- ils not feen in this Figure j that Gland being plac’d under the Fornix A, a, with the Nates and Tejles, as is Expreft Tab. 10. Fiz. 1. Q, O, O, P) P* Thefe Lymphe-duds perhaps were leen by that Accurate Anatomift Monf. Beddevold, in Examining an Ox’s Brain ; of which he Communicated an Account to the Accurate Nuc\ as Monf Beddevold himfelf told me, and Appears in an E- piftle at the End of Nuck’s Adenographia Cunofa. Vidi, fays he, Lymphaticum in Cerebro Bivmo, quod examine tuo (ut Origmcm fcias 6 Injertionem) eritDigmJfimum. Non longe a Glandula Pi- neah, a qua Ramos forte habet, incumbit Plexui Choroidceo ad In- fundibuli later a fefe extendens. S S S S The Cerebellum Cover d with the Second Procefs of the Dura Mater in its Upper-part, and the Dura Mater it felf on the Hinder-part. . . f f f Some Branches of Veins winch Appear fill d with Blood on the Dura Mater, Covering the Back-part of the Cerebel- lum ; which vary in their Courfe from thofe Subjacent Velfels on the Pia Mater, which are immediately Diftributedon the Cerebellum it felf, and faintly Appear in thofe Stroaks running fomewhat Parallel with the Lateral 6inuss. T T, Parts of the Vertebral Arteries. VV, The Vertebral Sinus’s on which the Wax Appears Extravaft, as in Fig. 2 8. F. W, The Back-part of the Medulla Oblongata Cover’d with the Dura Mater. x x, A Probe Supporting the large Veins of the Plexus Cho- roides in the Third Ventricle of the Brain. fff The Medullary ; *** The Cineritious Part of the Brain. Fig. 31. The Back-part of the Cerebellum cut thro’ its Hinder-part j11// Eaterally; together with a Portion of the Me- dulla Spinalis. A A A, The Cerebellum Cover’d with the Via Mater only, where its Circular Sulci in which its Large Blood-Velfels pals* are Expreft, together with divers Arborious Ramifications of Blood-Velfels, which Decuffate thole of its Sulci as they March under the Pia Mater. B B, The Branching of the'Medullary Part of the Cerebel- as it Appears when Divided, a, The Vermicular Procefs on the Back-part of the Cerebellum. C C, The Two Pathetick Nerves near their Origin. c c, The Nates ; d d, The Tejles, in whole Surfaces the Blood-Vellels Ap- pear Diftributed under the Pia Mater. i? The Glaudula Pimalu which we take to be a Lymphatick Giand, Receiving Lympha from the Lymphe-duds of the Plexus Choroeides, and Dilcharges it into Exporting Lymphe- duds which pals the Third Ventricle of the Brain, to the In- fundibulum and Glandula Pituitaria; the Manner we Conceive thele Lymphe-duds pals the Infundibulum, is on its Internal Surface, and lb pierce the Pituitary Gland; it being unuliial in the Pradice of Nature for Lymphe-duds before they Ar- rive at the Receptaculum Chyli to Dilcharge tlieir Contents in large Cifterns, to be again tranfmitted by narrow Conduits to the Thoracick-dud, as it mull: do, if aslome Conceive, the Infundibulum it feIf is a meer Lymphe-dud, which in fome meafure I am apt to think with Dr. Ridley it do’s ; as I have already intimated, Append. Fig. 26. 3. g g, The Firft Procels’s of the Cerebellum which pals towards the Nates. * e, The Tranfverle Procefs which Unite the Two Firft Pre- cedes of the Cerebellum, whence the Pathetick Nerves take their Rile. h h, The Third, or Cordal Procefs’s Arifing from the Cere- and Defcend on both Sides the Medulla Oblongata. i i, Some Bright Stria which Appear in the Fourth Ven- tricle of the Brain, and Help to Compole the Medullary Trunks of the Auditory Nerves ; thefe fometimes have Va- rious Originals from the Upper-part of the Fourth Ventricle j at other Times fome of thefe Stria Arile Lower than here Expreft. k k, 11, n, The Fourth Ventricle Open’d and Expanded. o, The Beginning of the Medulla Spinalis. pp, The Accelfary Nerves. q q, Thole Parts of the Tenth Pair of Nerves which Arile from the Back-part of the Medulla Spinalis. m ni, Parts of the Eighth Pair of Nerves where they meet the Accedary Nerves. Fig. 3 2. The Lower Jaw with fome of the Mufcles of the Under Lip remaining to it. A, The External Left Side of the Bone made bare. B, The Procejfus Condyliformis. C, The Procejfus Corone. D, An Acute Procels, on the Internal Part of the Lower Jaw beyond the Dentes Mollares, under which the Trunks of Neives and Blood-Velfels pals into the Meditulhum of the Bone, and give Branches to each Tooth. d, Some Branches of the lame Nerves and Blood-Vedels Marching out of the Bone again to the Muffles, Glands, and Membranes of the Lower Lip. E, The Infide of the Lower Lip Cover’d with its Proper Membrane. F F, The Inner Face of the Mufculus Deprejfor Lahti Infe- riors Propnus. Vid. Tab. 12. Fig. y. PI. G G, Some of the Small Salival Glandules which Appear immediately under the Membrane E. H PI, Thele Mufcles I could never find Defcrib’d by any Author, tho they are conftant in Nature, or at leaft in all thole Bodies I have ever look’d for them. 1 call them Fleva- torcs Labii Inferiors Proprii from their Office. They Spring Flelhy from the Fore-part of the Lower faw, immediately under the Gengivce of the Dentes Incijorcs, and Deffend to their Inlertionsin the Skin, which Compofes the Chin : When they Ad, they Draw up the Skill on the Chin, and make ic Appear Varioully Indentedt APPENDIX. THE EIGHTH TABLE. Fig. 33- HE Mufcles of the Face as they Appear p-ffi after the Skin, Fat, Membranes, and Mufculi Quadrati Genarum are taken off. @J| A A, The Mufculi Front ales. B , The Orbiculares Palpebrarum. KM/gSi C, The Mufculus Dilatator Alee Nap. D, The Elevator Labiorum Communis. E E, The Elevator Labii Superioris Vro- prius. F F, The SphniBer Labiorum. G G, The feu Difortores Oris. FI H, The Depreffor Labiorum Communis. I, The Depreffor Labii Inferiors Vroprius. K, The Buccinator. L, The Temporalis. M, The Elevator Auricula. N, The Majfeter. a, Part of the Os Jugale. b, The Cartilage of the Auricula freed from the Skin., cc, The Parotide Gland. d, The DuBus Salivalis Superior of the Parotide Gland, as it Defcends over the Majfeter thro’ the Buccinator into the Mouth. e e, A Branch of the Carotide Artery which paffes thro’ the Inferior Maxillary Gland. f, Part of the Lower Jaw Bone made Bare, g, Part of the Inferior Maxillary Gland. O, Part of the Mufculus Biventer in Situ. P, The Majioideus. Part of the Cucularis. R, Part of the Elevator Scapula. S S, Parts of the Mufculi Sternobyoidei. TT, Parts of the Coracohyoidei. Eg. 34- The Left Eye with its Mufcles freed from the Orbit and Dry’d. A. The Bulb of the Eye Fill’d with Wax. a a, The Optick Nerve in like manner Diftended with Wax. B, A Portion of the Superior and External Margin of the Bone of the Orbit next the Nofe. b . .., A finall Cartilage call’d the Trochlea, in which the Long Tendon of the Superior Oblique Mufcle (D) paffes to its Infertion. C, A Portion of the Inferior and External Margin of the Orbit, where the Mufculus Obliquus Inferior (I) takes its Origin. D, The Obliquus Superior as it Arifes from the Inferior Part of the Orbit, and paffes thro’ the Trochlea b... to its Infertion on the Back-part of the Bulb of the Eye. This Contortion of the Tendon of this Mufcle renders it capa- ble of drawing the whole Bulb of the Eye Outwards, and turning its Papilla Downwards. E, The Mufculus Atollens. F, The Abducens. G, The Deprimcns. H, The Adi iucens. I, The Obliquus Inferior, whole Origin from the External Margin of the Inferior Part of the Orbit, renders it capable of performing the fame Addon in Oppofition to the Tro- chlearis or Obliquus Superior, i. e. of drawing the Pofterior and Lateral Part of the Bulb of the Eye towards its Origin, whereby the whole Eye is drawn Outwards, and its Vupilla turn’d Upwards; elfe the Projection of the Eyebrows would hinder our looking Upwards, unlefs the Head at the fame Time was drawn very much Back. Befides thefe Proper Offices of the Two Oblique Mufcles of the Eyes, they have conjundly a very ufefull common Office in holding the Bulb of the Eye as it were on an Axis, they prevent its being drawn Inwards, when any of the Streight Mufcles Ad; by which means, each performs its proper Of- fice in turning the Eye either Upwards, Downwards or Side- ways ; which is no Inconfiderable Artifice in Nature. As- 3 y- Reprefents the Inferior Part of the Skull with its Baps uppermoft; the Left Side of the Lower Jaw together with the Eirft Vertebra of the Neck and its Mufcles Arifing from it, remaining to the Occiput. A, The Left Side of the Lower Jaw. B, The Mufcuius Vterygoideus Internus, in Situ. C, The Foramen of the Fourth Bone of the Upper Jaw, by which a Large Branch of the Fifth Pair of Nerves paffes to the Mufcles of the Face, and a Branch of the Carotide Ar- tery to the Inner Cavities of thefe Bones, as you fee them Expreft in the preceding Figure. D, The Mufculus Depreffor Labii Superioris Vroprius & Con- ftrittor Ala Nap, here cut from its Infertion to the Upper Lip, and left at its Origin from the Gums of the Upper Jaw. d, Part of the Elevator Labii Inferoris Vroprius left to its Origin from the Lower Jaw. e, That Part of the Inferior Margin of the Orbit, where the Inferior Oblique Mufcle of the Eye Springs, Expreft in the preceding Figure at C. E, The Os Jugale. f f, The Styloidal Procefs’s of which that of the Right Side is broken off, which frequently happens by means of the Rope after the Common Execution of Malefactors. G G, The Mammiform Procefs’s. H, The Firft Vertebra of the Neck remaining on the Oc- ciput. g g, Two Procefs’s of the Firft Vertebra of the Neck, which are Articulated with the like Procefss of the Second. h, The Extremity of the Tranfverfe Procefs of the Firft Vertebra. i, The Mufculus Annucns or feilus Minor Anticus, Expreft fomewhat Foreffiorten’d in Appen. Fig. 8. k, The feftus Lateralis or Abnuens Lateralis. I, The Obliquus Superior Capitis. m, The Mufculus Pectus Minor Voflicus. l, The Auricula or Outward Ear. n, The Lobe of the Ear cut off. o, That Part of the Superior Orbit where the Trochlea is Faften’d. K K, The Os Occipitis. L, The Os Squamofum. M, The Os Frontis. N, Part of the Os Sphenoides» Fij:^ 0at>-y - APPENDIX. THE NINTH TABLE. F%. 3 ?• T. 62,62,. Alp. F. 3. Various Inequalities in their Trunks, T. 61. F. 3, y. the Caufes of them, F. 3. Epigaftrick, T. 32. F. I. F. 3. Of the Oblique Mufcles of the Albdomen, Alp. F. 3. Of the Extenfors and Obturators of the Thigh, ib. Penis, T. 47. F. 1. T. 48. F. 1. Afp.F. 3. Bladder, Ap.F. 2,. Internal of the pudendum, Alp.F. 3. Hypogaftrick how Compos’d, ib. External of the Pudendum their Origin, ib. Crural, ib. an Account of their Progrefs, ib. Leg, ib. Foot, ib. Pulmonary, T.22.F. 1, 8. F. 24. F. 2, 3.7*. 2y.F.io. ——Arthrodia, T. 97. F. 1. their Semilunar Valves, T. 22. F. 14* Ar)’tcnoides Cartilage, 7*. 24. F. 8. F. 20^22,23. After a. Arteria, y. Wind-Pipe. Aljlragalus, v. Bones. Atlas, y. Epiftropheus. Altlas, v. Fertebrte. Auricles of the Heart, v. Heart. B- T) Ladder of Urine of a Man in Situ, T. 41. taken out, T. 42. F. 2. of a Woman in Situ, T. 49. taken out, F. yo. of a Foetus in Situ, T. 63. F. j. taken out, F. 2. its Back-part Cover’d with Fat, T. 44. F. 2. Fore-part Open’d, T. 48. F. 1. Sufpended by the Uracus, T. 44. F. 2. its Situation, & Stru&ure, ib. Ufe, ib. its Fibres and Glands fometimes Tu- mified, and caufe a Thicknefs of its Sides, ib. Bladder of Gall, v. Gall-bladder. Blood, an Account of it according to the Chymifts, T. 23. F. iy. View’d with a Microlcope, T. ead.F. 16. no Fibres difcernable in it, ib. its Fibrous Appearance caus’d by a Coagulation of the Serum, ib. another way of Examining it, ib. how made, IntroduB. Bones in an Embrio Cartilaginous, T. 100. F. 6. Time of their Formation, ib. Appendixes fometimes Broken off, a Cafe Recited, T. 96. F. 1. All in a Skelleton of an Adult; its Fore-part, T. 87. Side and Back, T. 88. of a Foetus a Month after Con- ception, T. 100. F. 1. of Six Weeks, T. ead. F. 2. of Three Months, T. ead. F. 3,4. of Four Months T. ead. F. y, 6. of Nine Months, T. 10r, 102. Skull, the External Surface of its Upper-part, T. 91. F. 1. Internal of the fame,. T. ead.F. 2. Channels in it for the Paffage of Veflels, ib. very Large and Tranfparent in an Apoplerick perfon, ib. Inferior Surface of its Bafts, T. 92. F. 2. Alp. F. 8,36. In- ternal Part of the fame, T. 9. F. 3. Alp. F. 26. Forehead its Convext or Outer Part, T. 89. F. 1. a Defcription of its Cavity, ib. its Inner-part, T. ead. F. 2. Sinciput its External Part, T. 90. F. r. Internal, F. 2. Occiput External Part, T. 90. F. 3. Internal, F. 7. F. 2. T. 90. F. 4. Temples External Part, T. 90. F. y. Alp. F. ry. in a Foetus, Alp. F. 17. Internal Part, T. 90. F. 6. of a Foetus, Ap.F. 18. Ear, T. 90. F. 9, xo, r 1,12. Alp. F. iy, 16,17,18. Os Cuncifonne, T. 89. F. 1, 2. an Account of its Fo* ramina, ib. Os Cribrofum, T. 8. F. 3. T. 9. F. 3. 7”. 89. F. 2. F. 26. Upper-Jaw, r. 89. F. r, 2. F.92.F. 1. their Num- ber and Defcription, & Lower-Jaw, T. 92. F. 3, y. its Proceffes, F. 32, Teeth, v. Teeth. Tongue, T. 92, F. 9. V'ertlbrce their Number, and Reafon why Divided, T. 93. Firft of the Neck or Atlas, F. 1, 2. Alp. F. 8. Second with its Toothlike Procefs, F. 3,4. Third, F. y, 6. Firft of the Thorax, F. 7,8. 7". 10. F. S. a Crr/ei found in them, the Cafe Related, ib. Of the Loins, F. 9,10,11,12. Ribs their Number, Diftinftion, and Articulations, r. 94. the Firft, F. 1, 2. the Seventh, F. 3,4. the Eleventh, F. y, 6. the Twelfth, F. 7,8. Scapula or Shoulder-blade, its External Part, F. 9y. F. 1. Internal Part, F. 2. Clavicle or Channel-bones, T. 9$. F. 3, 4. its Joint with the Afcromion fometimes Diflocated, and the Symptoms, ib. Sternum or Breaft-bone in an Adult, F. 9y.F. y. in a Foetus, F. 101. Shoulder-bone, T.96.F. 1,2. Ulna, T. 96. F. 3, 4. . Radius, T. 96. F. 5,6. Carpus, T. 97. their Number, Difpofition, and Ar- ticulations, ib. —Metacarpus, F. 97. F. 1,2. Fingers and Thumb, F. 97. F. 1, 2. -Oj]a Sefamoidea of the Hand, F. 97. F. r. of the Great Toe, F. ioy. F. 2. fometimes found on the Lower Heads of the Thigh-bone, F. 103. F. 2._ alfo on the Tendon of the Peroneus Longus, ib. in the Tendon of the Mnfculus Stapedis, yip. F. 37. Os Sacrum, T. 98. F. I, 2. ' Os Coccygis, T. 98. F- 4* Os Itmom'inanm in a Foetus confifts of Three, there- fore Diftinguifh’d into Os Ilium, T. 99. F. 1,2. Os Ifchium, T. 99. F. 1, 2.' Of Pubis, T. 99. F. i, 2» Thigh-bone, T. 103. F. 1, 2". Patella or Knee-pan, T. 103. F. 3,4^ Tibia, T. 104. F. I, 2. Fibula, T. 104. F. 3, 3. Tarfus or Inftep j which are the Talus, T. 10$. F. 1, 2. Heel, ib. Os Spongiofum of the Foot, ib. Oj]a Cuneiformia, ib. Os Naviculare, ib. Metatarfus, T. 105. F. 1,2. Toes, T. 105. F. 1,2. Brain, its Upper-part with its Membranes, F. y. F. 2. Co- ver’d with the Dura Mater, T. 6* F. 1. Hinder and Lateral Part with its Membranes, T. 6. F. 4. Two Heinifpheres, T.8.F. y. Foreinoft Lobes, T. 9. F. r, 2. Ap. F. 28. Hinder Lobes, T. 7. F. 1. T. 9. F. j, Ap. F. 28. cut Tranfverfly, T. xo. F. 1. Ap. F. 30. Cortical Part, T.10.F. 1. sip.F. 30. AlnfraBus or Windings on its Surface, T. y. F. 2. F. 8. F. y. Medullary Part, 7*. 10. F. I. F. 30. View’d with a Microfcope, the Diftribution of Blood-Vef- fels, the Glands and their Tubes, T. 10. F. 2. its Arteries, v. Arteries Carotid, Vertebral Veins before they Enter the Longitudinal Sinus, T. 6. F. 3. T. 8. F. 4. the Manner of their Entrance, and the Rea- fon of it, T. 6. F. 3. a Large Vein emptying it felf at the Torcular, T. 8. F. 2. Blood-Veflels lying in the Duplicature of the Pia Mater, T. y. F. 2. T. 8. F. y. Wounds liable to great and dangerous Fungus, F. 8. F. y. in Concullions what V effels in j ur’d, r. y. F. 2. Breafts of a Man, T. r, 19. F. 2. in a Fa?<«i of both Sexes they contain a Serous Liquor, T. 62. of a Wo- man, F. 2,19. F. 1. their Glands, Lactiferous Dufts, Plexus of Blood-Veflels, Sacculi Adipofi lying on them, T. 19. F. 1. Nipple and Areola, v. Nipple. Arteries, Veins, Nerves, Lymphedufts, T. 19. F. y. Ladtiferous Dudts, v. Ladtiferous Dudts. Milky Tu- mors in them, how caus’d, T. 19. F. 4. Bregma, y. Bones of the Sinciput. Bronchia, T. 24. F. 2, 3, 4. T. 25. F. y,6,8,9, ro. F. 20. Glands in its Membranous Part, and their Ufe, F. 20. its Cartilages of Various Forms, and how Connedtcd, T. 2y. F. 8. a Reprefentation of it in Tin, F. ead. F. n. how to prepare it, F. 10. c. Calamus Scriptorius, v. Ventricle, Fourth of the Brain. Colds Os, y. Bones, Heel. Canalis ArteriofUs, Alp. F. 3. its Origin, Infertion, and Ufe, ib. after the Birth it becomes a Ligament, ib. Canalis yenofus turn’d into a Ligament, T. 38. F. y. Canthut Greater and Lefs, v. Eye its External Part. Caruncula Lachrymalis, ib. Caruncube Myrtiformes how caus’d, T. y 1. F. 3. Carpus, v. Bones. Cartilage Enfiformal, T. 26. F. 1. T. pf. F. y. Cartilages Semilunar on the Upper-head of the Tibia, F.S4. Of the Larynx, T. 24. of the Wind-Pipe, T. ay, F.8. Cataradls Directions for Couching, T. ir.F. 24. Catarrhs the Parts Affected in them, Ap. F. 20. Cavernous Bodies of the Penis, y. Penis. Caul, y. Omentum. Center of Gravity to the Whole Body, wher6, T. 82i Centrum Ovale, Ap.F. 30. Cercbel, T.6.F. 2. T.j.F. 1,2. F.8.F. y. T. 9. F. r.' Alp. F. 28, 29, 30, 31. its Meditullium, T. 9. F. r. T. 10. F. 1. Ap. F. 3 r. Vermicular Procels, T. 7. F. 2. r. 8. F. y. Alp. F. 3 r. Firft Procefs, T. ro. F. r. Ap. F. 3 r. a Tranfverfe Procefs joining them, ib. Second Procefs, Alp. F. 28, 29. Third or Cordal Procefs, Alp- F. 29,3 r. Cheeks their Inlide, T. 14. F. r. chorion, T. yy, y<5, y7- F. 3,7. T. y8, y9, 60. F. 1,2,*. Branching of its Veflels, T.6\. F. 7,8. Chyliferous Dudl, v. Thoracick Duct. Chylification, Imrod. Cilia their Cartilages, T. 11. F. y. Circulation between the Mother and the Ftm« prov’d, T. y 4. Manner of it thro’ the Heart of a Foetus, Alp. F. 3- Clavicles, v. Bones. Clitoris, T. 51. F. 1. The Gians, T. yo, y 1. F. r, 2. Pre- puce, T. y o, y r. F. 1. what it is, ib. Crura, T. y I F.x. Contexture, r. yi. F. 2. or Proper Mem- brane, ib. Septum, ib. Caufe of its Exteniion, F. 5 F. 1. Coccygis Os, v. Bones. , Cochlea, V. Ear. Ccecum, v. Inteftines. Colon, v. Inteftines. Columns Came#, v. Heart. ' Conception, Introd. Concha, y. Ear External. Condylus Proceffus, v. Bones of the Lower Jaw. Coracoidal Procefs, v. Bones Scapula. Corpus Callofum, T. 10. F. 1. Alp. F. 30. its Corpus Trartf-• verfale, T. 10. F. I. Corpus Glandofum in Men, v. Profiles', in Women,V Vagina. Corpora Striata, T. 10, F, I. sfp, F. 30, A. ABdomen or Lower Belly Open’d, Fd>. 33,40. of a Woman, F. 49. with Child, F. y 4, y J, of a Foetus,T.6z,61. its Integuments, F. 3 x. Mufcles x'/de Muidcs. Cavity, F.41,49,Ji. Acetabulum, T. 99. Fig. 2. Acretion of Parts in General, v. Introduction. Acromion, v. Bones Scapula. AdipofeDuftstheirUfe, F.4. F. 13. Allantois, T. y y, y 6, y 7. F. 7. F. y 8, y 9. whence call d, F. y9# a Defcription of it, ib. its Ufe, /6. whether Exi- ftent in Humane Bodies, F. y8. ;Alvearium, v. Ear Meatus Aluditorius. Alveoli, T. 92. F. y. F. y y, y6, y7- F. 37-F. y8, y9- Tranfparent, full of Veflels, F. yy, 59. Ufes of its contain’d Liquor, T. y8. Glands in it in Cows, and their fuppos’d Ufe, F.yy. Amygdals, v. Tonuls. Anajlomojes of Arteries and Veins, v. Arteries. Anatomy prov’d Ufeful in Surgery, IntroduB. F. iy. F.2. F.72. Ap.F.2. l/lncon. v. Bones Ulna. Animal Spirits, the Common Hypothecs concerning them, Rejected, F. 10. F. 6. Annular Cartilage, F. 24. F. 5,6,7,8. F. 20,22,23. Anthelix, v. Ear External. Antitragus, ib. AqueeduSits Aluris, Alp- F. 8. ArSieT their Tunicks External, F. 24. F.4. Middle or Fibrous, T.ead.F. y. Internal, F.ead.F. 6. farther they run from the Heart, they Subdivide and Grow Thinner, ib. their Extremities Tranfparent, ibid. View’d in the Fin of a Living Grig, Alp. F. 4- of a Flounder, F. y. Arteries and Veins a contmu d Chan- nel ib. Tying them Advis’d in cutting off the Breaft, T 19. F.y. in Amputation, F. 64. F. 8. Diredlion for Tying them in an Aneurifin of the Arm, Alp. r. 2. how to Secure the Artery of the Lower-Part of the Face, &c. in Incifions, F. 12.. F. 14 Aneurifin in a Small Artery coming out of the Skull to the Forehead, and how Cur’d, F. y. F. 1. a Syftem of them by Bidloo Erroneous, F. 24. F. 1 y. an Exact one, Ap. F. 3. . Aorta or great Artery, F. 22. F. 1,7. Alp. F. 3. its Valves Semilunar, F. 22. F. 13. Afcending Trunk, F. 24. F.i. Alp. F. 3. Defending Trunk, F. 41,42,49, 50,63.F. 1,2. —Coronal of the Heart, F. 22. F. 11. F. 3. Subclavian, Alp. F. 3. _ „ _ _ * Carotid, T. 6. F. 6. T. 9. F. 3. F. 14. F. I. F. iy. F. 1,2. >rp. F. 3, 8, 28, 30. their Contortions, F. 6. F. 6. Alp. F. 3. Reafon of them, T.6.F. 6. palling by the Sella Turcica, Ap. F. 3, 26. —Vertebral, Alp. F. 3, 8, 28,30. their Contortions, Ap. F. 3. Reafon of them, ib. their Cavities fome- times Larger there, ib. Afcending on the Medulla Oblongata, ib. Cervical, Alp- F. 28. Communicant Branches, Ap. F. 3, 28. Lower-part of the Face, Tongue, F. 12. F. 4- Temporal, Alp. F. 3. its Branches to the Parotid Gland, ib. Temples, ib. Occipital, ib. Inofculates with the Temporal, ib. Of the Fauces, Uvula,Sec. ib. Larynx, &c. ib. Mufcles of the Neck and Scapula, ib. , . , Mammary, F. 32. F. 1. Alp- F. 3. Inofculate with the Intercoftals and Epigaftrick, ib. Mufcles of the Shoulder and Scapula, ib. r&^Jn,B^rrXwo0na. Cubit whidf makes the Pulfe at the Wnft, T. 67. A- F. 3. . _ Hands and Fingers, A*P‘f-3- lno(cXihlc with Bronchial, F. 3. their Rite, ™ the Pulmonaiy, F. 24- F. 1. 3- Of the C7*«4*, F. 3. ZlSuact r 41*. R 3* its Various Ramifications making the Hepatick, F. 38. F. y. Alp- F. 3* ——Coronary^[nferior of the Stomach, F. 33, 34- F.f. F. 3. Pylorick, Alp. F. 3. Epiploick, ib. Coronary Superior,F. 34* F. 5: Phrenick, Alp.F.$. their Origin, 1 • Splenick, F.36. *Ap.F. 3. F Of the Duodenum and Pancreas, yip• 3* —“ jmZLSiTrS theses and In-' Mefenterick Inferior, F. 4°- F. *l, *Z$ur^ib. F. 3. its Branches to the Colon, -/*/'• F 3‘ A- -Emulgent, F. 42,43* F. 1. K 3- Vertebral of the Loins, Alp- F. 3. r 4<. F. r, —Spennaticbrf. Uz«,T. ♦«.^ Er. ror concerning it Noted, and the Cauleof «, < • SlntnSS »d45.he Reafon of.t, r. «• INDEX Corpora Pyr/mdalia, Mp. F. it, Corpora Olivaria, Mp. F. 28. Corpora Cavernojd Penis, v. Penis. Corone, ib. Cricoidal Cartilage, V- Annular. Crifia GaUi, v. Bones Os Cribrofum. Cuticle, y. Scarf-Skin. D. Diaphragm, v. Mufcles. Diaftole of the Heart, F 22. F. 1. v. Heart. Diploe of the Skull, F $. F. 2. F 9. F 3. Diflocation of the Clavicle and Mcromion, v. Bones. Diftimilar Parts, whar, F 4. F. 6. , JJuffus ffygropthalmici Lachrimalis, T. il* F* J* BlU'nnSy T. 7,6. F. I. M. Parsereaticus, T. ib. F. ead. thoracis, Mp. F. 10, r 1,12. MPotato adMurem, F. 8. Hepaticus, T. 38. F. J. Duodenum, y. Inteftines. Dtrro Alatcr, T. <).F. z. T.6. F 1,2. 5". j.F.z. F8.Fr, 2, 4, 5. F 9. F. 2, 3. F 10. F. 1. F. 26. Blood- Veffels Diftendcd with Wind, T, 6. F. j. lying in its Duplicature, F ?. F 2. pals from it to the Skull, F j. F 2. F 6. F r. a particular Account of them, Mp-F. 16. Quadruplicating, F 7. F. 1. F8.F. 1. Firft Procefs, v. Falx. Second Procefs, F 7. F. 1. E. EAR External, F 12. F 1. 2. the Aleatus Mbditorius, t T. 90. F 5. F. ij. Cartilages of the A/m- tns, Mp. F. 8. its Glandulous Membrane, F 90. F 5. its Ufe and Difeafes, ib. The Membrana Tympani or Drum, Mp. F. 15. Mnnulus Ojjeus in Embrio’s, Mp- F 17,18. Cavity of the Tympanum, Mp. F. 16,18. Lin’d with a Membrane, F. 18. which is Commu- nicated to its Bones, ib. a Paffage into it from the Palate, Mp- F. 8. another out of it into the Aleatus, ib. The Ufe of both, ib. its Bones, v. Bones, a Di- ftinct one in the Ear of a Calf, Mp- F 37. Laby- rinth, F90. F-7,8. Mp-F. 16, 18. Cochlea, T. 90. F. 8. Mp. F. 17,37. Foramen Rptundum, Mp-F. 37. its Mufcles, v. Mufcles. Eggs taken from the Ovaria, F 57. F I. Impregnated, F. 2. Introd. Fmbrio, v. Foetus. Empiema Caution in Opening, F 94. F. 4. EpidydymicLe, v. Teftides. Epigafirium, T. 1. Epiglottis, T. 13. F. 1. F 24. F. J, 6,7,8. F 20, 22, 23. Glands at the Root of it, Mp. F 20. its Ufe, F 14. F 1. F 23. miftaken by fome for an Ex- crefcence, F 13. F 1. Epijlropheus, F 93. F. 4. Eye its External Parts, F. II. F I, 2. Glands, v. Lachry- mal Glands. Bulb, F 11. F. 6, 11,14- F. 34. its Mufcles, v. Mufcles. Optick Nerve, v. Nerve. Tunica Mdnata,T. 1 i.F. 1,6,9. mother Membrane of Columbus, F 11. F 9. Tunica Sclerotis, F n.F. II, 12, 16,17,18. Tunica Cornea, T. 11, F 11,12, 16, 17. Tunica Coroides, T. n. F 12, 17. Ligament. Ciliare, T. I i.F. 13. its Ufe, ib. - —Tunica Retina,T. 11 ,F 14,15,17,18. Iris and PupiUafc.6. Humor Cryftaline, F 11. F 19,21, 23. Humour Vitreous,F ir. F. 20,22,24. Humour Aqueous, F 21. F. FOetus of Seven Months in the Womb, T. 56. its Po- fture Various, when beft for Birth, ib. of Twen- ty-Five Days after Conception, T. 57. F. 3. of For- ty Days, F. 4. of Two Months and a Half, F. 5. of Three Months, F. 6. of Eight Months, F. 7. Open’d, F 62,63. Falloppian Tubes, F $.F. 3,4. F*A, F 8. F r, 3,4- Ufe, F. 8. Fat, F 4. F. 13. its Membranes, #. Globules with their Blood-Veffels, ib. what it is, ib. Labi of it on the Mbdomen, T. 31. Fauces their Glandulous Membrane, F 14. F 3. Fermentation of the Aliment in Chylification, Introd. Fermentation of the Blood in its Veffels, v. Inteftine Mo- tion of it. Fibre of a Mufde,F 64. F. r. Fibula, v. Bones. Fijlula Lachrymalis, its Caufe and way of Cure, T. 11. F 5. Fiftulous Ulcer in the Upper-part of the Thigh how Cur’d, F 72. Foramen Ovale Defcrib’d, Mp- F. 3. Fornix, Mp. F 30. its Roots, F 10. F I. Mp. F 30. CVxra, F. 30. G. G All-bladder, F 37. F a. F 38. F. 3,4,1- its Dud, F 37. F 2. F. 38. F. 3,5• Internal Membrane cf the Dud, F 38. F 2. Valves in it how made and their Ufe, ib. Gall-duds Enter it, none into the Bladder, prov’d, F 38. F. 3. Gangleon in the Nerves, T. io. F. 6. F 27. Gargareon, v. Uvula. Ginglimus, T. 96. F 1. Glands Adipofe, v. Omentum. Axillary, F 1. their Ufe, Tumours in them how Caus’d, ib. Inguinal, Mp- F 1. their Ufe, Caufes of Tumors in them, Cafes related, One where it Weigh’d Six Pounds. Lachrymal,F u.F 1,3,their Duds,Fcad. F. 5. Lips, Mp- F. 8. Lymphatick, Mp. F 13, thofe of the Neck Tumid in Scrophulas and their Cure, F. 2. Lumbal, Mp.F. 10, 11. Maxillary, F 15. F r. -Wp. F. 19. their Arteries. Veins, Nerves, Salival-dud, Mp.F. 15. Miliary, v. Skin. Mucilaginous of the Vertebra, T. 10. F.3. their L7fe, ib Parotide, F 12. F. 2.Mp. F. 1, 2, 33. a Remarkable Cafe of an Abfcefs in ir, Mp. F. 2. its Salival-dud F 12. F.2, 3. Mp.F. 1, 33. Symptoms and Cure of it when Wounded, Mp. F. 2. Piliferous, T.4.F.6. -Pinial,F io.F. 1. Mp.F. 31. itsLTfe, ib. Pituitary, r. 9. F 2,3. M~p. F. 26. Ren ales, ib. F 42, 50. in a Foetus, T. 63. theii Compofition and Veffels Defcrib’d, T. 42. CvxlwllUMn. ft. JT Sublingual, F 1?. F. 2. Mp- F 19. theirBlcod- Veflels, Nerves, Salival-dud, Mp. F. 19. Skin, or Sudoriferous, F 4. F. 6. Thyroid, F 15. F. 2. F 24. F 7. their Ufe, Colour and Compadnefs, F 24. F. 7. C/0. Ligament, F 40. F. 1. F 54. Com- pos’d of Flefhy Fibres, and their Ufe, ib. Blood- Veflels, F 39. F 4,5. Reafon why the Excrements can’t return, & an Experiment illuftrating how it happens in Iliack paffions, ib. l{eBum, T. 39. F 6, 7. its External Coat whence deriv’d, F 6. Blood-Veffels, ib. Fatty Appendages of it, ib. Internal Coat, and its Compofition, F. 7. its Difeafes, ib. Iris, its Inner Surface next the Ligamtntum Ciliare,T. II. F. 17. v. Eye. K. Kidneys in Situ, F 41. in a Foetus Conglomerate, F63. taken out, T. 42, 43. F. 1, 2. F 50. their Adipofe Membrane, F 42. Proper Membrane, F 43. F 1, 3, J. Pelvis, T. 43. F 1,1,^,4,6,7. Glandulous Part, F 43. F 3. View’d with a Mi- crofcope, F. 5. Urinarii, T. ead. F. 3, 4, 5,6. Carunculx Papillares, T. ead. F. 4, 5, 6. Emulgent Ar- teries and Veins, F42,43. F. 1, 2,3,4, j. Nerves, Lymphe-duds and their Ufe, F 43.F j. Manner of their Secretion, & Stones in them, how they caufe Pain, ib. Ill Effeds of their Laxity Related in a Cafe, ib. LAbyrinth, v. Ear. Lachrymal Bone, v. Bones of the Upper-Jaw. Lachrymal Duds, v. Glands Lachrymal. Ladeal Veffels, F 39. F 1. T. 40. F. 5. Mp. F. 10. their Valves, F40. F. 5. Rife, Progrefs, and Ufe, F39.F.X. Ladiferous Veffels in the Breaft, F 19. F. 1, 3,4, J. their Beginning, Form, and Orifices, F. 4. Lambdoidal Suture, v. Suture. Lamina Spiralis, T. 90. F 8. Larynx, its Fore-part, F 24. F f, 7. Back-part, F 24. F. 6, 8. F 20. View’d Laterally, Mp. F 22, 23. its Cartilages, v. Thyroidal, Annular, Aryte- tenoidal, Epiglottis. Ligament Annular of the Wrift, T.64.F.8.T.6y,6^.Mp.F.x. Of the Ancle, Mp. F. 1. how Compos’d, F 81. Imbanding the Tendons of the Fingers, F 67. Between the Ulna and Radius, F 68,71. Between the Tibia and Fibula, F 8 2. Round of the Thigh-bone Fatten'd to the Mceta- bulum, and its Ufe, F 74, 99. F. 2. Broad Covering the joint of the Thigh and Hip,F.79. Inverting the Knee, F 84. Of the Ancle Joint, F82. Joining the Bones of the Tarfus, T. 82. Of Of a Carpi at their Articulation, F 71. Reaching from the Os Sacrum to the Mppendix of the Ifchium, F 72. —:—Ciliare, v. Eye. Lima Mlba, T. 31. Mp. F. 1. Lima Semilunaris, ib. how Compos’d, ib. Liver in Situ, T. 33,41,49. in a Foetus, T. 62. a Com- pages of Veffels and the feveral Offices of them, F 38. F. 5. how found in Dead Bodies, Three In- ftances, ib. Scirrhoma Cur’d, ib. Proportionably Larger in a Foetus, and by what means, F 62. Dif- charges more Gall in Children, and the Benefit of it, ib. taken our, F 37. F. 1,2. its Convex Part, F 37. F 1. Concave Part, F ead. F. 2. Cut in Two to ihew its Infide, ib. Portion of it View’d with a Microfcope, T. 38. F. r. Lobuli cf Glands, ib. Fif- fure in it, F 37. F. 2. Sufpenfbry Ligament, F 3 37. F. 1, 2. Umbilical Ligament, F 37. F. 1, '2. F. 38. F. 5. F 41,49. External Membrane, 7*. 37. F. r, 2. F 38. F. 1. Hepatick Artery, r. 37. F. 2. F 38. F. 5. tena Porta, T. 37. F. 2. F 38. F. 2, f. F”Cava, F 37- F. 2. F 3 8. F. 2, f. Nerves, Lym- phe-duds, and their Ule, F 38. F. 5. Hepatick, or Gall-Duds, F 37. F. 2. F 38. F. 1, 3,5. their Ori- fice in the Duodenum, F 36. F. 1. Gall-bladder, v. Gall-bladder, how to Prepare a Scheme of the Veil els, F 38. F. 5. Capjula of the Vetlels, F. 37 F.2. F38.F.J. Lungs in Situ, F 21. in a Foetus.T. 63. taken out,F 24. F. 1. Part of a Lobe Divided, F eF6*.L lInternus, F 6$. K K. Buccinator, T. 12. A, B. Burfalis, y. Marfupialis. Caro Alufculofa Quadrata, v. Palmaris Brevis, Catena:, y. Tibieus Mnticus. Ceratoglojjus, T. 14. F. 1. D D,H. Ciliaris, v. Orbicularis Palpebrarum. Clitoridis Mufculi, y. EreBor Clitoridis. CnemodaBillus, v. Extenfor Digitorum Communis Alanus. Collaterals Penis, v. Erigens. Complexus, T. 16. F, G, H. ConjlriBor Palpebrarum, v. Orbicularis. ConjlriBor Labiorum, T. 12. F. 5. I. ConjlriBor MU Nafi feu DejvejJoj Labii Superior is, Mp, F. 32. INDEX. —«—Coracobrachialit, T. 69. F. Coracohyoideus, F. 1 y. F. 2. C C, SiC. Cremafler, T. 4y. F. 1. B. ak'vyivmdm { ——Cricothyroideus, T. 24. F. y. HH. Crureus. T. 7 6. C. Calm,, $ \y.Utnm. I Flexor J -Cucullarh, T. 27. A, B. Declivis, V. Obliquus Defcendens. IDepreJjor Labii s4ertoriS ’ Con^or NaP > Deprefftr Labii Inferioris Proprius, T Vi.F. y.H. Depreflor Labiorum Communis, T.tb. F ib. C. -Depreflor Maxilla Inferioris, v. Dtgaflncus. Deprejjbr Oculi, T. II.F. 7. C. Efctrnfor Unna, T. 44 F 2. C C- Diaphragm a, F- 5»■■ B, C Jligaflricus, F. iy. F. i.A, », C. yllx Nafi, T. 12. h. y.E. Dire Sior Penis, V. Erc&or. Diftortor Oris, v. Zygoma icus. Dorfi Latifiimus, V. Latiflimus Dorfi. DorfiLongiflimus, T. 28. N- __—Elevator ylni, v. Levator. Elevator yluris, v. ylttollens yluriculam. Elevator Oculi, T. 11. F. 7. A. Elevator Labiorum Communis, T. 12. F. y. D. Elevator Labii Inferioris Proprius, yip. F. 3 2. I I H. Elevator Labii Superioris Proprius, F. 12. F. 4. C. Elevator Scapula, v. Levator. • ErcElor Clitoridis, T. y I. E E. ——Erigens feu Ereflor Penis, T. 47. F. y. F F. FxtenCor Carbi J ?<*dialis> T’• DxF* ib £ ——Extenfor Communis Digitorum Manus, F. 69. G. Extenfor Digitorum pedis Longus, F. 81. F. Extenfor Digitorum Brevis, T. ib. G. Extenfor Minimi Digiti Mams, F. 69. G. Extenfor Primi Oflis Pollicis Alanus, T.71. O• Extenfor Pollicis Pedis Longus, F. 81. H. Extenfor Secundi Oflis Pollicis Alanus, T. 71.O. Extenfor Pollicis Pedis Brevis, F. 8r. R. Extenfor Tertii Oflis Pollicis Alanus, F. 70. C. Exterms yluris vel Laxator Externus, ylp.F. iy.C. Fafcialis, V. Sartorius. Fafcia Lata, v. Membranofus. -Fibuleus, v. Peroneus Primus. Fidicinales, v- Lumbricales Manus. Flexor Capitis, F. 18. L. . f Badialis, T. 68. E. —.—Flexor Carpi fylnaris, ib. Flexor Primi Internodii Digitorum Alanus , v. Lumbri- cales Manus. Flexor Pollicis Manus Longus, F. 68. L. f/e.vor Pollicis Pedis Longus, T. 8y. K. __Flexor Pollicis Pedis Brevis, T. 86. F. 2. A. F/exor PnVwi Internodii Digitorum Pcsbs, v. Lumbricales Pedis. Flexor Secundi Internodii Digitorum Alanus, v. Pcrforatus Manus. Flexor primi & Secundi Oflis Pollicis Manus,T.6Z.lAfi},0. Flexor Secundi Internodii Digitorum Pedis, v. Pcrforatus pedis. . Flexor Tertii Internodii Digitorum Manus, v. Perforans Manus. Flexor Tertii Internodii Digitorum Pedis, V. Perforans Pedis. ——Frontalis, yipp. F. 3 3. A A. Gemellus, T. 66. C, D. Genyoglofjus, T. 14. F. I.E,F,G,I,L, Genyohyoideus, T. ib. & F. ead. O. (TiWitjor, F. 12. A. Glutteus < Medius, ib. D. f Minimus, T. 73. C. — —Gracilis, F. 7y. D. Graphoides, v. Digaftricus. flyothyroidcus, T. iy. F. 2. P. Efypfllogloflits, v. Bafiogloffus, no fuch Mufcle in Hu- mane Bodies. F/rfcwx Externus, v. Pyriformis. .Jliacus Internus, T. y2. N N- ——Immerfus, V. Subfcapularis. ——Indicator, or Extenfor Indicis Proprius, T. 70. N* Infcaffmatus, T. 66. F. Intercoflales T.z6.C,D. Internus yluris, yip. F. 16. L. f Alanus, T. 68. d d. • ■Interofja r F. 3. A A A. Interflpinales Colli, yipp- F. 36. LL. Labiorum SphinSler, v. Conflritfor Labiorum. Latiflimus Dorfi, T. 27. Laxator Exterms, v. Externus yluris. Levator ylni, T. 47. F. y • E E. Levator Scapula, F. 28. G. Lividus, v. peElineus. Longiflimus Dorfi, v. X»or/? Longiflimus. Longiflimus Oculi, v. Obliquus Superior. Longus Colli, F. 18. A A. Longus Femoris, v. Sartorius. , . , f Alanus, T. 67. M,N. Lumbricales r g6< FjE. —.—Marfupialis, T. 74- F, G. Mafloideus, T. 18. 11* Mafleter, F. 12. F. 4, 5.0 O* 7 wiwi Dighi• . . Af/WW D/g/n < pedis ygbduttor, v. ylbduflor Mmi- ( mi Digjti• . ... Mirim Dighi Tmfir, v.&uf' Z>«»- Alylohyoideus, T. iy.E. i-E Nauticus, v. F/f’/ewx pofUcus. Nonus Humeri Placentini, V.Bptim Obliquus ylfcendens, T. 32. F. I. 3 * Obliquus Defcendens, T.fl1 ’ p 8 G. 0%««x Minor feu Inferior Oculi, 1-_f ■ y H Obliquus Superior Oculi cum Trochlea. T. • 7 Obliquus Inferior Capitis, T. 17. f r- Obliquus Superior Capitis, T. ib. G, ci- obliquus Tympani yluris, -Zip-1-1 ■ '•* , f Externus, T. 74- rl. Obturator y< Marfhptahs. olli-Uri. PilfArmm, T.U- F. 4. DD. OriimUrU L.ibiorum, Y.Coglri{hr, &C. ——palmaris Longus, T 64- C, F- Palmar is Brevis, F. ih. K. Patientia, v. Levator Scapula. PeEioralis, T. 20. H. PeEtoralis Interims, v. Triangularis. Peflinens, F. 7y. L. Pedieus, v. Pcrforatus Pedis. Perforans Manus, T. 67. A,B. Pcrforatus Manus, ib. F, G- Pcrforatus Pedis. T. 83. G. Perforans Pedis, T. 8y. H. —j. Plantarts, T. 84. G. Platyjina My aides, v. Quadrants Gena. ——Popliteus, F. 84 C. „ , _ ... fTeres, F.68.A. rona or pa it jjrevis feu Quadrat us, ib. B. Pfoas Magnus. \ Parvus. „ f Exterms, T. 12.F. y.O. \InKrms'tT. „.F. ,.N. Pterygopalatinus, v. Sphenopterygopalatinus. Pterygopharyngeus, yipp• F. 38. B. Pyramidalis, yipp. F. 1,42. Pyriformis, T. 73. D- Ouadragemini, v. Pyriformis. Quadratus Femoris, T. 73. N* Quadratus Gena, yipp- F. 3 3. Quadratus Lumborum, F. 3 o. V* padialis Extenfor, v. Extenfor Carpi. fieflus ylbdominit, T. 32. F. I. L, M, N, O,P. ——Betlus Femoris, T. 75. G. pe&us Capitis Lateralis, F. 8. G- By cl us Capitis Major ylnticus, v. Flexor Capitis. Beflus Capitis Minor ylnticus, yip. F. 8. H. v a /-> . *. * f Major Pofticus, T. 17. A,B. VitimT.ib.C,C. ByElus Palpebra, v. ylperiens, &c. Benuans, y. BcSius Capitis Minor ylnticus. Pytracior yila Nafi, feu Elevator Labii Superioris, yipp. F.35.C. Bytrahens yluriculam, T, 12. F. 1. B, C C. Bfomboides, T. 28. A,B, C, D. Bytundus Major, T. 6y. d. Bytundus Minor, v. Teres Minor. Sacer,T. 29. M M. Sacrolumbalis, F. erfd. A, B, D, E. Sartorius, F. 7y. A, B,C. C Primus, Scalenus < Secundus, > F. 18. B B. (Tertius, j Semifbuleus, v. Peroneus Secundus. Semimembranofus, F. 77. D. Seminervofus, T. ib. E. ScmiJfrinatuSjT. 29. M M. C Major ylnticus, F. 20. D, E, &C. J Minor ylnticus, T. 20. K. Senattts\ Superior Pojticus, T. 28.1. £ Inferior Pojiicus, F. ib. K. Soleus, v. Gaflerocnemius Internus. Sphenopterygopalatinus, yipp. F. 8. d d. , f ylni, T. 47. F. y. A, B, C, D. \Gula, v. Oefophagaus. Labiorum, v. Conflriclor. Jyagina Uteri, F. y 1. F. 1. F F. T. 48. F. I. K. Spinalis Colli, yipp. F. 36.11. • Splenius, F. 16.AA. Stapedis, yipp. F. 17. Q. -Stemohyoideus, T. iy.F. 1. F F. Sternothyroideus, F. I y.F. I.HH. Stylohyoideus, F. iy.F. 1. N. Styloglofjus, F. 14. F. 1. C. Stylopharyngeus, yipp. F. 38. D D. Subclavius, F. 20. A. • Subpopliteus, F. 84. C. Subfcapularis, F. 6y. E. • Succenturiatus, v. Pyramtdahs. Suprafpinatus, feu Superfcapularis, T. 66. G* Sufimml&B {SiZitxi. Supoplifeus, v. Subpopliteus. SujpenforTefliculi, v. Cremafler. Temporalis, F. 12. F. 4, y. M, K. Tenfor feu Extenfor Digitorum Manus, T. 69. G. Tenfor Pollicis, v. Extenfor. Tera S Major, v. Bytundus Major. \ Minor, T. 66. F. Thenar, v. ylbdubior Pollicis Manus. Thyroarytanoideus, ylpp.F. 22. F. —Tibiae, XPojhcus, F. 8y.G. f ylbdominis, T.31.F.I. I, K, K. Colli, yipp. F. 36. K. I Dorfi, v. Semifyinatus. Tranfverfalis < Lumborum, v. Sacer. Femoris, y. Quadratus. Pedis Placentini, T. 86. F. 2. E. ~Penis,T. 47. F. y. I. Trapezius, y.Cucullaris. Triangularis, T. 16. F. 1. B B. • Triceps, F. 76.1. ■ Trochlear is, v. Obliquus Superior Oculi. yaginalis Gulx, yipp. F. 38. Vagina Uteri SphinEler, v. SphinElcr, &c. F. 7y. I. -* Internus, T. ib. H> , . f Extenfor, v. Extmfor Carpi, SiC. Omaris eX0Yi v. Flexor Carpi, Sic. Zygomaticus, T. 12. F. 4. E N. NAils, F. toy. F. 3. their Origin and Compofition, Nates of the Brain, F. 10. F. I. yip. F. 31. Navel, F. i.R. Navel-String, T. y6, y7.F.3,7. 3. T. 61,63. its Loofe Membrane, F. 60.F. 3. Fibres, F. 4. Suc- ciferous Tubes, F. 60. F. 4. a Conjecture of their Ufe, F. y8. Part of its External Surface, in Cows full of Tubercles, F. y9> its Courfe Various, F. y6. its Vcffels Injur’d, have had EffeCts 5 Two ftrange Cafes, ib. Nerve Defcrib’d by a Microfcope, F. 10. F. 6. Fibrilla, and Manner of their Cohalion, ib. not Tubulated, ib. Blood-Veffels pafs with them, ib. Globules in them, and whence Deriv’d, ib. Fibres proceeding from the Brain, F. 10. F. 2. from the Spinal Mar- row, F. ead. F. y. palling thro’ the Dura Mater, ib. their Gangleons, or Plexus Ganglia Formes, T.IQ.F. 4;5j6. ylp.F. 17. Olfactory, T. 9. F. r, 3. yip. F. 28. Optick, F. 9. F. 1,2,3. r. 11. F. 7,9, ro, r r, 14. 15, 16. 26, 28,38. their Conjunction, F.9. F. r. Blood-Veffels, F. 11.F. 18. Motory or Third Pair, T. 9. F. 1, 2,3. ylp.F. z6, 28. Pathetick, F. 9. F. 1,3. ylp.F. 26, 28. Fifth Pair, F. 9. F. 1, 3. F. 26, 27,28. a Branch of them making the Guftatory, F. 14. F. 1. Sixth Pair, F. 9. F. i, 3. F. z6, 28. —Auditory, F. 9. F. 3. F. 26, 28. • ParVagum, F. 7. F. 2. F. 9. F. 3. F. 26, 28. Acceffory Spinal, F. 7. F. 2. F. 9. F. 3. F. 28. Ninth Pair, F. 7. F. 2. F. 9. F. 3. F. 26, 28. Branches Running to the Tongue and Larynx, T. 14. F. 1. Tenth Pair, F. 7. F. 2. F. 9. F. 1. F. 28. — All of the Spinal Marrow, F. 10. F. 1. of the Neck, yip. F. 28. Several Branches of the Spinal Nerves, vh(. Axillary, yip. F. r. One palling thro' the Coracobrachixus, F. 65. Running to the Fingers, F. 67. Crural, F. 72, 77, 78. yip. F. 2. Trunks on the Fore-part of the Tibia, F. 82. Running to the Bottom of the Foot and Toes, F. 84. in the Ann, F. 64. Nipple and ylreola, F. 19. F. r, 2. View’d with a Mi- crofcope, F. 3, 4. Structure of the Nipple, F. 4. how to Examine it, ib. Obfervations on the Co- lour of the ylreola, F. 3. Nofeits External Parts, F. 14. F. 1. Noftrils their Pituitary Membrane, F. 14. F. y. its Na- ture and Extent, ib. Nutrition, Introd. Nymph*, F. 5 o, 51. F. 1. o. OCciput, v. Bones. Olecranon, v. Bones, £//».*. Omentum in Shu, F. 33. Superior, ib. Inferior, F. 40. F. r. ■ and how to Demonftrate it, F. 33. Fat Glands, F. 34. F. r. Membranes clear’d of Fat, F. erfrf. F. 2. Blood-Veffels, F. 33. Orbiculare Os, v. Bones of the Ear. Ovaria Entire, F. 50, 5 r. F. y. F. 53. F. 1,4. in a Farmx, F. 63. Open’d, F. yi. F. y. their External Mem- brane, Glands, V'eftcuhe. ib. Ligament between them and the Tube, //>. F. 53. F. 4. their Vafa Prxparan- tia} T. 53. F. 1, 4. P. TJAlate its Bones, v. Bones of the Upper-Jaw* Gian* dulous Membrane, v. Membrane. Pancreas in Situ, T. 36. F. r. F. 41. External Membrane, F. 36. F. 1. DuCt, F. earf. F. 1,2. Arteries, F. 1. its U/e, F. 2, Pancreas ylfellii, F. 40. F. I. Paryagum, v. Nerves. Parotid Gland, v. Glands. Paflions why they diforder the Reafon, F. 5. F. 5. Patella, F. 103. F. 3,4. its Ufe, Penh, T. 41. F. 1. F. 48. F. 1. its Back-part, F. 44. F 2.’ its Membrana Camoja, T. 47. F. 1. Prxpuce, F. 48. F 1. how Compos’d, F. 47. F. 1. Cavernous Bo- dies, F. 47. F. 1, 3. F. 48. F. r. their Structure, F. 48. F 3,4, s • Gians, T. 47. F. 1. F. 48. F. 1. In- flated, F. ead. F. 3,4. View’d with a Microfcope, F. 2. Glandul* Odorijerx, F. 48. F. 1. Mufdes, v. Mufdes. Arteries, F. 47. F. 1. F. 48. F. 1. F. 3. Tying them Advis’d after Excifion , F. 48. F. 3. Veins, F. 47. F. 1. F. 48. F. 1. Nerves, ib. Lymphaticks, _ F. 48. F. 6. their Origin, F. 36. F. 1. Pericardium, F. 21. its Origin, Compolition and Ufe, ib. Blood-Veffels, Lymphe-duCts, Glands that fe- paratc the Humour, Evident in fome Morbid Bodies, Inftan’d in a Child, ib. Another Cafe where it Ad- her’d to the Heart, ib. Pericranium, T. y.F. r. F. 7. F. 2. its Lamella and Blf od- Veflels, their Number, whence deriv’d, ib. Periofiium of the Skull, r. y.F. 1. if different from tha Pericranium, ib. Perltonxum, T. 32. F. r. its Internal Surface, F. 41. made up of divers Lamina, T. 3 2. gives a Membrane to each yifeus, ib. vaftly Extended in Droplies, ib. Two Cafes mention’d, ib. Examin’d with a Mi- crofcope, F. 32.F. 2. Procefs of its Internal Mem- brane, F. 32. F. 3, 4. External Procefs, yip. F. 1. Perforations Defcrib’d, F. 32. F. 2. Petrojum Or, v. Bones of the Temples. Pia Mater Covering the Brain, F. 8. F. y. the Cerebef, F. 9. F. r. the Spinal Marrow, F. 10. F. 1. Lining the Ventricles, i&. Piles, v. Hemorrhoids. Placenta Uterina, its Convex Surface, F. 5 5, y 8. Concave, F. y£, 39, Wind-Pipes its Upper-part, v. Larynx. Middle-part, v. Trachea. Lower-part, V. Bronchia. Womb, v. Uterus. Wounds Gleeting whence it proceeds, sip. F. 2. Wry Necks Caution in Cutting their, T. 15. F. 2. Y. \ Ard, v. Penis. F INIS. The Anatomy of Humane Bodies William Cowper London, 1698 National Library of Medicine Bethesda, Maryland CONDITION PRIOR TO TREATMENT The full doth cover was a recovering in buckram book doth. The tight-back style restricted the opening of the volume and caused damage to the text. The laid paper text was stiff; and moderately soiled to heavily soiled. There were losses to the text paper and tears throughout. There were previous damaging repairs of heavy western paper that discolored and caused tears. There were library stamps in the text. TREATMENT The text was collated in pencil. The edges of the text block and heavily soiled leaves were surface deaned with grated and solid vinyl erasers. The text block was disbound. The text was washed in a bath of deionized water and deaddified in an aqueous solution of magnesium bicarbonate. The pH of the paper after treatment was 7.9. The leaves were repaired with Japanese paper and wheat starch paste. The repaired leaves were humidified and flattened. The book was resewn by hand with unbleached Irish linen thread with the addition of new end leaves of handmade paper. The spine was lined with both Japanese and Western paper using wheat starch paste adhesive, and a layer of unbleached Irish linen with PVA adhesive. The book was recovered in a new doth case binding. Leather labels from the previous binding were reused. Conservation Center for Art and Historic Artifacts Accession #91.835 March 1992